SlideShare a Scribd company logo

Wcdma ps service_optimization_guide

Download as DOCX, PDF
A
azee_shah

1. The average downlink throughput of R99 PS UL64k/DL64k service should be between 48-56 kbps. 2. The average downlink throughput of R99 PS UL64k/DL128k service needs to meet requirements. 3. Tests are conducted in areas with good radio conditions and low traffic. FTP servers are placed in the core network, and downloading uses 5 threads. Non-RAN problems and UE-related throughput declines are excluded.

Engineering
1 of 200
Downloaded 302 times
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
WCDMA PS Service Optimization Guide For Internal Use Only Product name Confidentiality level WCDMA RNP For internal use only Product version Total 166 pages 3.2 WCDMA PS Service Optimization Guide (For internal use only) Prepared by Yu Yongxian Date 2006-03-22 Reviewed by Xie Zhibin, Chen Qi, Xu Zili, Xu Dengyu, Jiao Anqiang, Hu Wensu, Ji Yinyu, Qin Yan, Wan Liang, and Ai Hua Date 2006-03-22 Reviewed by Qin Yan and Wang Chungui Date 2006-03-30 Approved by Date
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All Rights Reserved
Revision Records Date Version Description Reviewer Author 2004-11- 26 1.00 Initial transmittal. Yu Yongxian 2006-03- 09 1.01 Removing ABCD network for optimization target; putting analysis of traffic statistics in a single chapter; completing the operations and instructions at core network side by CN engineers; removing CDR part. Yu Yongxian 2006-03- 16 1.02 Moving the comparison of APP and RLC throughput to DT/CQT data analysis part; supplementing flow charts. Yu Yongxian 2006-03- 22 3.00 Changing the cover; removing BLER target and changing power control parameters; supplementing flow chats; adding an HSDPA case. Yu Yongxian 2006-05- 23 3.10 Supplementing HSDPA KPIs; adding flow for analyzing the poor performance for HSDPA to bear RAN side data in data transfer; adding analysis of interruption of data transfer for HSDPA service; supplementing HSDPA cases; revising minor errors in V3.0 guide. Wang Dekai 2006-10- 24 3.11 1 Adding analysis of throughput about lub Overbooking to R99 and HSDPA 2 adding recommendation of EPE and GBR import analysis of UE throughput. 3 Adding the third power assign method’s description of HSDPA HS- SCCH and the second power assign method of baseline parameter’s change. 4 Adding the infection of V17 admittance arithmetic. 5 adding analysis of PLC Status Prohit Timer to RLC layer throughput. 6 Adding analysis and description of Wang Dekai
Date Version Description Reviewer Author APP layer throughput. 7 Adding the recommendation of V17 SET HSDPATRF command’s change. 8 Modify the wrong description about TCP/IP’s content. 2007-10- 30 3.2 Adding some content about HSUPA Gao Bo 2008-04- 17 3.21 Adding checklist of HSPA throughput’s problem on back-check and orientation. Hua Yunlong 2008-10- 24 3.22 Adding UMAT tools analyze HSDPA’s throughput problem. Modifying some content Hu Wensu, Ji Shuqi , and Fang Ming Zheng Kaisi 2008-12- 18 3.23 Change the format and covert to KPI Monitoring and Improvemnet Guilde series. He fengming
Contents 3.1 Traffic Statistics 19 3.2 DT/CQT 20 3.3 Others 22 4.1 Traffic Statistics Indexes Related to Throughput 25 4.2 Generic Analysis Flow 29 4.2.1 Flow for Analyzing RNC-level Traffic Statistics Data 29 4.2.2 Flow for Analyzing Cell-level Traffic Statistics Data 32 5.1 Access Failure 39 5.1.1 Originating PS Service by UE Directly 39 5.1.2 UE as the Modem of PC 40 5.2 Disconnection of Service Plane 46 5.2.1 Analyze Problems at RAN Side 46 5.2.2 Analyzing Problems at CN Side 51 5.3 Poor Performance of Data Transfer 54 5.3.1 Checking Alarms 55 5.3.2 Comparing Operations and Analyzing Problem 56 5.3.3 Analyzing Poor Performance of Data Transfer by DCH 57 5.3.4 Analyzing Poor Performance of Data Transfer by HSDPA at RAN Side 62 5.3.5 Analysis of the Problem about Poor Data Transmission Performance of the HSUPA on the RAN Side 81 5.3.6 Analyzing Poor Performance of Data Transfer at CN Side 115 5.4 Interruption of Data Transfer 119 5.4.1 Analzying DCH Interruption of Data Transfer 119 5.4.2 Analyzing HSDPA Interruption of Data Transfer 121 6.1 Cases at RAN Side 124 6.1.1 Call Drop due to Subscriber Congestion (Iub Resource Restriction) 124 6.1.2 Uplink PS64k Service Rate Failing to Meet Acceptance Requirements in a Test (Air Interface Problem) 124 6.1.3 Statistics and Analysis of Ping Time Delay in Different Service Types 125 6.1.4 Low Rate of HSDPA Data Transfer due to Over Low Pilot Power 126 6.1.5 Unstable HSDPA Rate due to Overhigh Receiving Power of Data Card 127
6.1.6 Decline of Total Throughput in Cell due to AAL2PATH Bandwidth larger than ActualPhysical Bandwidth 128 6.1.7 Causes for an Exceptional UE Throughput and Location Method in a Field Test 130 6.2 Cases at CN Side 133 6.2.1 Low FTP Downloading Rate due to Over Small TCP Window on Server TCP 133 6.2.2 Simultaneous Uploading and Downloading 134 6.2.3 Decline of Downloading Rate of Multiple UEs 135 6.2.4 Unstable PS Rate (Loss of IP Packets) 136 6.2.5 Unstable PS Rate of Single Thread in Commercial Deployment (Loss of IP Packets) 138 6.2.6 Unavailable Streaming Service for a Subscriber 139 6.2.7 Unavailable PS Services due to Firewall of Laptop 139 6.2.8 Low PS Service Rate in Presentation Occasion 139 6.2.9 Abnormal Ending after Long-time Data Transfer by FTP 140 6.2.10 Analysis of Failure in PS Hanodver Between 3G Network and 2G Network 144 8.1 Transport Channel of PS Data 151 8.2 Theoretical Rates at Each Layer 152 8.2.1 TCP/IP Layer 152 8.2.2 RLC Layer 152 8.2.3 Retransmission Overhead 153 8.2.4 MAC-HS Layer 153 8.3 Bearer Methods ofPS Services 154 8.3.1 DCH 154 8.3.2 HSDPA 154 8.3.3 CCH 155 8.4 Method for Modifying TCP Receive Window 156 8.4.1 Tool Modification 156 8.4.2 Regedit Modification 156 8.5 Method for Modifying MTU 157 8.5.1 Tool Modification 157 8.5.2 Regedit Modification 158 8.6 Confirming APN and Rate in Activate PDP Context Request Message 159 8.6.1 Traffic Classes: 159 8.6.2 Maximum Bit Rates and Guaranteed Bit Rates 160 8.6.3 APN 160 8.7 APN Effect 162 8.7.1 Major Effect 162 8.7.2 Method for Naming APN 162 8.7.3 APN Configuration 162 8.8 PS Tools 163
8.8.1 TCP Receive Window and MTU Modification Tools 163 8.8.2 Sniffer 163 8.8.3 Common Tool to Capture Packet: Ethereal 164 8.8.4 HSDPA Test UE 164 8.9 Analysis of PDP Activation 165
Figures Flow for analyzing RNC-level traffic statistics data 30 Flow for analyzing cell-level traffic statistics data 32 Flow for analyzing DT/CQT data 38 Flow for analyzing access failure problems when originating PS services by UE directly 39 Flow for analyzing access problem when the UE serves as the modem of PC 40 Flow for processing problem of failure in opening port 41 Flow for analyzing access failure problems 42 Signaling flow of successful setup of a PS service in Probe 43 Flow for analyzing disconnection of service plane 46 Flow for analyzing RAN side problem about disconnection of service plane for DCH bearer 47 Connection Performance Measurement-Downlink Throughput and Bandwidth window 48 HSDPA parameters in Probe 50 Flow for analyzing problems at CN side about disconnection of service plane 52 Flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer 55 Flow for analyzing RAN side problem about poor performance of data transfer on DCH 58 Flow for analyzing data transfer affected by Uu interface 59 Flow for analyzing data transfer affected by Iub interface 61 Flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer on HSDPA at RAN side 64 Confirming in the RNC message that PS service is set up on HSDPA channel 65 Confirming in Probe that service is set up on HSDPA channel 65
High code error of ACK->NACK/DTX in Probe 76 Uplink and downlink RL imbalance in handover areas 77 Residual BLER at MAC layer in WCDMA HSDPA Decoding Statistics window 80 Working process of an HSUPA UE 82 Optimization flow of a low throughput of the HSUPA UE 85 Confirming the service is set up on the HSUPA according to a signaling message of the RNC 86 How to confirm the service is set up on the HSUPA through the drive test tool Probe 87 RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message 90 RRC CONNECT SETUP CMP message 91 RL RECFG PREPARE message 92 Display of the Assistant HSUPA related information (limited transmit power of the UE) 93 Display of the Assistant HSUPA related information (limited traffic) 94 PHYSICAL SHARED CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION REQUEST message (containing the target RTWP and the background) 96 ATM transmission efficiency 97 P bandwidth utilization 98 RAB assignment request message (containing an MBR) 99 RL RECFG PREPARE message (containing NodeB MBR) 100 RB SETUP message (containing the maximum number of available channel codes) 101 RLC PDU retransmission rate on the Probe 109 Receiver's CPU performance observation window 113 Flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer at CN side 116 Flow for analyzing interruption of data transfer 120 Interruption delay of TCP displayed in Ethereal 122 Variation of total throughput of one IMA link of HSDPA codes 128 Variation of total throughput of two IMA links of HSDPA codes 129 Unstable PS rate (1) 137
Unstable PS rate (2) 137 Analyzing packets captured by Ethereal upon unstable PS rate 138 Interactive interface in CuteFTP 141 Signaling of normal downloading by FTP 142 Signaling of abnormal downloading by FTP 143 Signaling of normal handover between 3G network and 2G network 145 Normal signaling flow between UE and 2G SGSN. 146 Signaling flow traced on 2G SGSN 147 Transport channel of PS data 151 Packet Service Data Flow 152 Running interface of DRTCP 157 Detailed resolution of Activate PDP Context Request message 159 Converting ASCII codes into a character string by using the UltraEdit 161 PDP context activation process originated by MS 165
Tables Requirements by DT/CQT on PS throughput 15 Major parameters to be collected in DT/CQT 20 Tools for collecting data 22 Measured items related to PS throughput in overall performance measurement of RNC 25 Measured items related to PS throughput in cell performance measurement 26 Measured items related to HSDPA throughput (cell measurement) 27 related to HSUPA throughput (cell measurement) 27 Other measured items related to throughput 28 Indexes to judge whether a cell has PS service request 33 Cell measurement/cell algorithm measurement analysis 33 Analysis of cell performance/Iub interface measurement 34 Cell Measurement/Cell RLC Measurement Analysis 35 Comparing operations and analyzing problem 56 Relationship between CQI and TB size when the UE is in category 11–12 67 Relationship between CQI and TB size when the UE is at the level 1–6 68 HS-SCCH power offset 71 Categories of UE HSUPA capability levels 89 PO for the E-AGCH when the Ec/Io at the edge of cells is –12 dB 103 PO for the E-RGCH when the Ec/Io at the edge of cells is –12 dB 104 PO for the E-HICH when the Ec/Io at the edge of cells is –12 dB 107 Delay test result of ping packet 126 WCDMA PS Service Optimization Guide
Key words WCDMA, PS service, and throughput Abstract The document serves the optimization of PS service problems in large networks. It describes problem evaluation, data collection, and methods for analyzing problems. Acronyms and abbreviations: Acronyms and abbreviations Full spelling RNO Radio Network Optimization RNP Radio Network Planning APN Access Point Name CHR Call History Record CQI Channel Quality Indicator CQT Call Quality Test DT Driver Test HSDPA High Speed Data Packet Access HS-PDSCH High Speed Physical Downlink Shared Channel HS-SCCH Shared Control Channel for HS-DSCH QoS Quality of Service SF Spreading Factor UE User Equipment
SBLER Scheduled Block Error Rate IBLER Initial Block Error Rate HHO Hard Handover SHO Soft Handover NE Network Element
1. Introduction About This Guide The following table lists the contents ofthis document. Title Description Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Evaluation of PS Throughput Problems Chapter 3 Data Collection Chapter 4 Analysis of Traffic Statistics Data Chapter 5 Analysis of DT/CQT Data Chapter 6 Cases Chapter 7 Summary Chapter 8 Appendix
In WCDMA networks, besides traditional conversationalservice, data service is growing with features. It has a significant perspective. The indexes to indicate the performance of WCDMA data service includes:  Access performance It is reflected by the following indexes of data service:  Success rate of RRC setup  Success rate of RAB setup  Success rate of PDP activation  Call drop rate of PS service  Throughput  Delay There are access delay and the service interruption delay caused by HHO. This document addresses on problems in PS service optimization, such as access problems, data transfer failure, low throughput ofdata transfer, unstable rate of data transfer, and interruption of data transfer. It describes the method to analyze and solve DT/CQT problems. In addition, it describes the flow for processing access failure and data transfer failure problems in optimization of PS throughput. For access problems, call drop and handoverproblems, see W-KPI Monitoring and Improvement Guide, which provides analysis in terms of signaling flow and performance statistics.This guide supplements the possible causes and solutions to PS service access problems in terms of operations. This guide is for RNO in commercial network, not in benchmark trial network. The HSDPA problem analysis and description of MML command and product function are based on the following product versions:  BSC6800V100R006C01B064  BTS3812E V100R006C02B040 When refer RRC arithmetic and product realization default is RNC V16, refer V17 it will be labeled. The HSUPA problem analyses,description of MML command and product function are based on the following product versions:  BSC6800V100R008C01B082  DBS3800-BBU3806V100R008C01B062
2.Evaluation of PS Throughput Problems About This Chapter This chapter describes the evaluation of PS throughput problems.
Optimize PS throughput in terms of DT/CQT. In actual network optimization, the optimization objects and test methods are according to contract. 2 lists the requirements by DT/CQT on PS throughput. 1. Requirements by DT/CQT on PS throughput Ind ex Servi ce Referen ce Reference test method Average downlink throughput of R99 PS UL64k/DL 64k 48–56 kbps  Test in the areas where Ec/Io is large than –11 dB and RSCP is larger than –90 dBm.  Test when traffic is low without call drop problems due to congestion.  Put FTP servers in CN.  Download with 5 threads.  Exclude non- RAN problems or decline of throughput caused by UE. PS UL64k/DL 128k 96–106 kbps PS UL64k/DL 384k 300–350 kbps Average uplink throughput of R99 PS UL64k/DL 64k 48–56 kbps  Test in the areas where Ec/Io is large than –11 dB and RSCP is larger than –90 dBm.  Test when traffic is low (the uplink and downlink load is not larger than
Ind ex Servi ce Referen ce Reference test method planned load) without call drop problems due to congestion.  Put FTP servers in CN.  Download with 5 threads.  Exclude non- RAN problems or decline of throughput caused by UE. Downlink average throughput for HSDPA single subscriber CAT12 1.52Mbps (SBLER = 10%)  The carrier power, number of HS-PDSCH codes and Iub bandwidth resource are not restricted. The throughput is determined by capability of UE.  The average CQI of tested area is 18.  Single subscriber in unloaded conditions and in the center of cell. 760 kbps  Other resources except power are not restricted.  The average
Ind ex Servi ce Referen ce Reference test method CQI of tested area is 10.  Single subscriber in unloaded conditions and in the edge of cell. Throughput of HSDPA cell CAT12 3.25 Mbps  4 CAT12 UEs, and 14 HS- PDSCH codes  It is restricted by HS-PDSCH code. The carrier power and Iub bandwidth are not restricted.  The average CQI of tested area is 18. 800 kbps  4 CAT12 UEs, and 14 HS- PDSCH codes  It is restricted by carrier power. The HS-PDSCH code and Iub bandwidth are not restricted.  The average CQI of tested area is 18. HSUPA Single subscriber throughput CAT3 800kbps~1.1Mbps (cell center)  Uplink RTWP, IUB bandwidth resource and UE TX power are
Ind ex Servi ce Referen ce Reference test method not restricted.  Pilot power 33dBm，RSCP >=-70dBm;  Single subscriber in unloaded conditions  Set MTU size＝ 1500 bytes , set PDU size= 336 bits.  In UE QoS profile in HLR, MBR=2Mbps, service type is Background/Inte ractive  The data resource of FTP must make sure that upload can get the faster rate in the wire connection conditions.  Obtain the faster rate, combine UE capability, get APP rate in the conditions of uplink RTWP,IUB bandwidth are not restricted. 200kbps~400kbps (cell edge)  Uplink RTWP,IUB bandwidth
Ind ex Servi ce Referen ce Reference test method resource and UE TX power are not restricted.  Pilot power 33dBm，RSCP >=-100dBm;  Single subscriber in unloaded conditions  set MTU ＝ 1500 bytes , set PDU = 336 bits  In UE QoS profile in HLR, MBR=2Mbps, service type is Background/Inte ractive  The data resource of FTP must make sure that upload can get the fast rate in the wire connection conditions.  Get the fast rate , combine UE capability , get APP rate in the conditions of uplink RTWP,IUB bandwidth are not restricted.
3.Data Collection About This Chapter The following table lists the contents ofthis chapter. Title Description 3.1 Traffic Statistics 3.2 DT/CQT 3.3 Others There are two major methods for evaluating PS throughput:traffic statistics and DT/CQT.
1. Traffic Statistics For collecting traffic statistics data,see W-Equipment Room Operations Guide.
2. DT/CQT To obtain DT/CQT data, use the software Probe, UE, scanner, and GPS are involved. Obtain the information output by UE, such as:  Coverage  Pilot pollution  Signaling flow  Downlink BLER  TX power of UE Based on the measurement tracing on RNC LMT, obtain the following information:  Uplink BLER  Downlink code transmission power  Downlink carrier transmission power  Signaling flow at RNC side By the DT processing software Assistant,analyze comprehensively the data collected by Probe in foreground DT and tracing record on RNC LMT. 3.2 lists the major parameters to be collected in DT/CQT. 1. Major parameters to be collected in DT/CQT Parameter Tool Effect Longitude and latitude Probe + GPS Record trace Scramble, RSCP, Ec/Io of active set Probe + UE Analyze problems UE TX Power Probe + UE Analyze problems and output reports Downlink BLER Probe + UE Analyze problems and output reports Uplink/Downlink Probe + UE Analyze problems and
Parameter Tool Effect application layer, RLC layer throughput output reports RRC and NAS signaling at UE side Probe + UE Analyze problems HSDPA CQI, HS- SCCH scheduling success rate, throughput of APP, RLC, and MAC Probe + UE Analyze problems and output reports Uplink BLER RNC LMT Analyze problems and output reports Downlink transmission code power RNC LMT Analyze problems and output reports Single subscriber signaling tracing by RNC RNC LMT Analyze problems Iub bandwidth RNC/NodeB LMT Analyze problems Downlink carrier transmission power and non-HSDPA carrier transmission power RNC LMT Analyze problems and output reports Downlink throughput and bandwidth RNC LMT Analyze problems and output reports Dowlink traffic RNC LMT Analyze problems
In PS service test,to reduce the impact from TCP receiver window of application layer, using multi- thread downloading tools like FlashGet is recommended. Set the number of threads to 5. For uplink data transfer, start several FTP processes. For the detailed test and operation methods of DT and CQT, see W-Test Guide. For detailed operations on LMT, see W-Equipment Room Operations Guide.
3. Others After finding problems by traffic statistics,DT/CQT, and subscribers'complaints, analyze and locate problems with DT/CQT and the following aspects:  RNC CHR  Connection performance measurement  Cell performance measurement  Alarms on NEs  States of NEs  FlashGet  DU Meter 3.3 lists the tools for collecting data. 1. Tools for collecting data Da ta Tools for collecti ng data Tools for viewin g/ analyzi ng data Effe ct Rema rk Traffic statistics data M2000 Nastar Check the network operation conditions macroscopicall y, analyze whether there are abnormal NEs. For detailed operations on LMT, see W- Equipment Room Operations Guide. For usage of Nastar, see the online help and operation manual of Nastar. DT/CQT data Probe + UE Assistant Analyze calls in terms of flow and coverage based on DT/CQT data and traced See W-Test Guide. Connection performance measurement, RNC LMT Assistant or RNC LMT See the online help of RNC LMT
Da ta Tools for collecti ng data Tools for viewin g/ analyzi ng data Effe ct Rema rk cell performance measurement, signaling tracing by RNC data on RNC Alarm M2000 or RNC LMT M2000 or RNC LMT Check alarms whether there are abnormal NEs CHR RNC LMT Nastar or RNC Insight Plus Record historic record of abnormal calls for all subscribers, help to locate problems. For subscribers' complaints, analyzing CHR helps to find the problem happening to subscribers. None FlashGet None Downlink with multiple threads to obtain more stable throughput Assistant tool for PS service test None DU Meter None Observe throughput of Assistant tool for PS service test
Da ta Tools for collecti ng data Tools for viewin g/ analyzi ng data Effe ct Rema rk application layer real-time, take statistics of total throughput, average throughput, and peak throughput in a period (the result is recorded by PrintScreen shot). PS data packet Sniffer Sniffer Construct stable uplink and downlink data transmission requirement. Used by CN engineers. For usage, see appendix. PS data packet Ethereal Ethereal Sniff data packet at interfaces and parse data packet Used by CN engineers. For usage, see appendix. Note: CHR is called CDL in those versions prior to RNC V1.6. CHR is used in these versions after V1.6. When analyzing data with previous tools, engineers need to combine several data for analysis. For example, in network maintenance stage,if some indexes are faulty, analyze some relative data such as performance statistic,alarm data, and CHR. According to the level of problems, perform DT/CQT in cell coverage scope; trace the signaling of single subscriberand conduct connection performance measurement on RNC LMT.
If there are problems in DT/CQT, analyze them based on traffic statistics and alarms.
4. Analysis of Traffic Statistics Data About This Chapter This chapter analyzes traffic statistics data. Title Description 4.1 Traffic Statistics Indexes Related to Throughput 4.2 Generic Analysis Flow The access,call drop, SHO, HHO, inter-RAT handoverproblems may affect throughput of PS services. Therefore, before analyzing and optimizing throughput of PS services,analyze access,call drop, SHO, HHO, inter-RAT handoverproblems. To analyze access problems and traffic statistics indexes, see W-Access Problem OptimizationGuide. To analyze handoverand call drop problems, and traffic statistics indexes, see W-Handover and Call Drop Problem OptimizationGuide.
1. Traffic Statistics Indexes Related to Throughput The following four tables are based on RNC V1.6. 4.1 lists the measured items related to PS throughput in overall performance measurement of RNC. 1. Measured items related to PS throughput in overall performance measurement of RNC Measured item Major indexes Effect Overall performance measurement of RNC/RLC statistics measurement  RLC buffer size  Average utilization of buffer  Number of data packets sent and received by RLC in TM/AM/UM mode  Number of data packets dropped by RLC  Number of retransmitted data packets  Check whether the RLC buffer is inadequate  Check the probability of dropping data packets by RLC  Or whether the downlink retransmissi on rate is over high Overall performance measurement of RNC/UE state Number of UEs in CELL_DCH, CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, and URA_PCH state Serve as reference for understanding traffic model of subscribers
Measured item Major indexes Effect measurement Overall performance measurement of RNC/RB measurement  Number of conversation al service, streaming service, interactive service, and background service in various uplink and downlink rates in PS domain under RNC  Times of abnormal call drops for previous services in various rate in PS domain  Analyze the number of subscribers using different services at different rate;  Analyze the call drop problems of various rate Overall performance measurement of RNC/RNC traffic measurement Uplink and downlink traffic (RLC layer excludes traffic of RLC header) of all services in PS domain under RNC Overall performance measurement of RNC/PS inter-RAT handover measurement  Times of successful/fai lure PS inter- RAT handovers  The failure causes Frequent inter-RAT and the call drop due to it will directly affects PS service subscribers' experiences. Guarantee high handover success rate by analyzing and optimizing the measured item while avoid ping-pong handover. Reduce the impact from inter-RAT handover on PS throughput.
4.1 lists the measured items related to PS throughput in cell performance measurement. 2. Measured items related to PS throughput in cell performance measurement Measured item Major indexes Effect Cell measurement/traffic measurement Uplink and downlink traffic volume (number of MAC-d PDU bytes) at Iub interface, traffic of RACH, FACH, and PCH; Iub CCH bandwidth Analyze whether the CCH is to be congested; take statistics of Iub TCH traffic Cell measurement/cell algorithm measurement DCCCC and congestion control Analyze cell congestion problems and rationality of DCCC parameters Cell measurement/cell RLC measurement Collect cell level data ,such as:  Valid RLC data rate Downlink service  Number of signaling PDUs  Number of retransmitte d PDUs  Number of discarded PDUs  Take statistics of valid data rate at RLC layer  The transmissi on rate of service and signaling  The dropping rate Cell measurement/cell throughput of Average throughput and volume of various service  Obtain the average throughpu
various services, throughput t measurement t of various services in the cell.  Judge whether the average throughpu t meets the optimizati on objectives Cell measurement/BLER measurement of various services in cell  Uplink average BLER of various services in cell  The ratio of time of maximum value of BLER Cell measurement/Iub interface measurement  Number of requested RLs at Iub interface  Number of successful RLs  Number of failed RLs,  Different causes of failures Check the resource allocation condition at Iub interface whether Iub is congested.
In cell performance measurement, HSDPA part is added,and other indexes are the same as that of R99. Some traffic statistics indexes corresponding to HSDPA services are not added to RNC traffic statistics. Table 4-3 lists the measured items related to HSDPA throughput (cell measurement). 3. Measured items related to HSDPA throughput (cell measurement) Measured item Major indexes Effect Cell measurement/HSDPA service measurement  Statistics of HSDPA service setup and deletion  Number of HSDPA subscribers in cell  D-H, F-H transition  Serving cell update  Intra- frequency HHO  Inter- frequency HHO  MAC-D flow throughput Know the HSDPA throughput and number of subscribers in cell Table 4-4 lists the measured items related to HSDPA throughput (cell measurement).Measured items 4. related to HSUPA
throughput (cell measurement) Measured item Major indexes Effect Cell measurement/HSDPA service measurement Measured item ”HSUPA.CELL” include the PI of service setup , release and the number of EDCH handover Know the HSUPA throughput and number of subscribers in cell Table 4-5 shows othermeasured items related to throughput. 5. Other measured items related to throughput Measured item Major indexes Effect Performance measurement at Iu interface Iu-PS reset times, setup and release times, and overload control times. Analyze whether lu-PS interface is normal GTP-U measurement Number of bytes sent and received by GTP-U  Determine the scope of problems by comparing RLC layer traffic and GTP-U traffic  Distinguish RAN side problems from CN side problems UNI LINK Average receiving and sending rate of
measurement UNI LINK IMA LINK measurement Average receiving and sending rate of IMA LINK IMA GROUP link measurement Average receiving and sending rate of IMA GROUP
2. Generic Analysis Flow According to 4.1, the indexes related to PS throughput include:  Overall performance measurement of RNC  Cell measurement  Performance measurement at Iu interface  GTP-U measurement  UNIUNI LINK measurement  IMA LINK measurement  IMA GROUP link measurement Analyzing traffic statistics data is mainly based on overall performance measurement of RNC and cell measurement. Analyzing RNC-level data addresses on evaluating and analyzing performance of entire network. Analyzing cell-level data addresses on locating cell problems. Other measured items like Iu interface and transmission help engineers to analyze problems in the whole process of performance data analysis. In actual traffic statistics analysis,evaluate the indexes of entire network and then locate cell-level problems. 1. Flow for Analyzing RNC-level Traffic Statistics Data Figure 4-1 shows the flow for analyzing RNC-level traffic statistics data.
1. Flow for analyzing RNC-level traffic statistics data The RNC traffic statistics indexes of current version do not include statistics of throughput ofvarious services, but include RNC traffic volume measurement. The traffic volume measurement is relevant to subscribers'behaviors and traffic model.
The traffic volume is not the same every day, but is fluctuating periodically from Monday to Saturday and Sunday.Therefore, upon analysis of RNC traffic volume, observe the fluctuation of weekly traffic volume. For example, compare the curve chart of traffic volume for a weak with that of last weak. If they are similar, the network is running normally according to RNC-level analysis.If they are greatly different from each other, analyze the problem in details. When analyzing problems, check whether the RNC-level traffic statistics indexes are normal in synchronization, such as RB, RLC, Iu interface. Then follow the flow for analyzing cell-level traffic statistics data. If the PS throughput ofone or two cells is abnormal, this cannot be reflected by RNC-level traffic statistics.Therefore, analyzing cell-level traffic statistics data is necessary even if RNC-level traffic statistics is normal. 2. Flow for Analyzing Cell-level Traffic Statistics Data
1. Flow for analyzing cell- level traffic statistics data
The cell-level traffic statistics data is obtainable from cell measurement/cell throughput of various services, and volume measurement, including the average throughput and totalvolume of various services. Select a representative service in the network, or a continuous coverage service. Analyze the average throughput ofeach cell for the selected service by Nastar and sort the cells by cell throughput.Select the top N worst cells for analysis. The cells with 0 PS RAB setup request is excluded from sorting alignment, namely, the total number of the four indexes listed in 4.2.2 is 0. Such cells are considered as having no PS service request,so they are excluded from sorting alignment the worst cells for PS throughput. 1. Indexes to judge whether a cell has PS service request Measured item Type Index Cell measurement Number of successful RABs with RAB assignment setup in PS domain in cell VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Conv VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Str VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Inter VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Bkg Cell measurement/HSDPA service measurement Times of HSDPA service setup requests in cell VS.HSDPA.RAB.AttEstab For the worst cell, check that they are not with access,call drop, and handoverproblems. Then analyze the cell performance from cell measurement/traffic measurement, cell measurement/cell algorithm measurement, and cell measurement/cell RLC measurement. 1）4.2.2 describes the cell measurement/cell algorithm measurement analysis.
2. Cell measurement/cell algorithm measurement analysis Index Meani ng Analys is Soluti on VS.LCC.BasicCongNumUL VS.LCC.BasicCongNumDL Times of uplink and downlink basic congestion in cell If one of them is large than 0, the cell is with basic congestion problem If the load of inter-frequency cells with overlapped coverage is low, optimize load balance parameters. Otherwise consider adding carriers. VS.LCC.OverCongNumUL VS.LCC.OverCongNumDL Times of cell congestion due to uplink and downlink overload If one of them is large than 0, the cell must be badly congested If the load of inter-frequency cells with same coverage is low, optimize load balance parameters. Otherwise consider adding carriers. VS.DCCC.D2D.SuccRateDown. UE VS.DCCC.D2D.SuccRateUp.UE Times of successful configuration of DCH dynamic channel with decreasing downlink rate in cell If the average service throughput is much lower than the bandwidth, the DCCC algorithm parameter may be irrational. Confirm the DCCC algorithm parameter VS.Cell.UnavailTime.OM Length of unavailable time If it is large than 0, the cell must have been Check alarms and CHR for causes of system
of cell unavailable. abnormalities 2）4.2.2 describes the analysis of cell performance/Iub interface measurement. 3. Analysis of cell performance/Iub interface measurement Index Meani ng Analysis Soluti on VS.IUB.AttRLSetup VS.IUB.SuccRLSetup Number of requested RLs set up at lub interface in cell. Number of successful RLs set up at lub interface in cell. If SuccRLSetup < AttRLSetup, the RL setup must have failed at lub interface. Analyze the problem for detailed causes. VS.IUB.FailRLSetup.CfgUn sup VS.IUB.FailRLSetup.Cong VS.IUB.FailRLSetup.HW VS.IUB.FailRLSetup.OM Number of RLs failed at lub interface due to different causes in cell Analyze the setup failure due to different causes. If the VS.IUB.FailRLSetup.C ong is large than 0, the lub interface is probably congested. VS.DL.RL.Timing.Adjust.S ucc VS.DL.RL.Timing.Adjust.F ail Number of downlink RLs of successful and failed RLs of timing adjustment in cell If they are larger than 0, timing adjustment is present in cell. If timing adjustment fails, the normal sending and receiving may be affected. 3) Cell Measurement/Traffic Measurement Analysis
In cell measurement/traffic measurement analysis, take statistics of traffic at MAC layer. Take statistics of traffic flow, signaling flow, FACH/RACH/PCH transport channel flow, and Iub CCH bandwidth. If the total service throughput approaches available Iub bandwidth of TCH, the throughput may declines due to inadequate Iub bandwidth. Solve this problem by adding transmission bandwidth. 4) 4.2.2 describes Cell Measurement/Cell RLC Measurement Analysis 4. Cell Measurement/Cel l RLC Measurement Analysis Index Meani ng Analys is Soluti on VS.RLC.AM.TrfPDU.Trans Number of PDUs sent by RLC in AM mode Check the power control parameters like target value of service BLER, transmission error rate, and clock abnormality. Check coverage. VS.RLC.AM.TrfPDU.Retrans Number of service PDUs retransmitted by RLC in downlink in AM mode Service retransmission rate = number of PDUs for retransmission service/number of sent service PDUs. If the retransmission rate is high, there may be some problems. VS.AM.RLC.DISCARD.TRF.P DU Number of service PDUs dropped by RLC in downlink in AM mode of cell Dropping rate = number of dropped service PDUs/number of sent service PDUs. If the PDU drop rate is high, there may be some problems.
VS.RLC.AM.SigPDU.Trans Number of signaling PDUs sent by RLC in AM mode Check the power control parameters like target value of service BLER, transmission error rate, and clock abnormality. Check coverage. VS.RLC.AM.SigPDU.Retrans Number of signaling PDUs retransmitted by RLC in downlink in AM mode Signaling retransmission rate = number of retransmitted signaling PDUs/number of sent signaling PDUs VS.AM.RLC.DISCARD.SIG.P DU Number of signaling PDUs dropped by RLC in downlink in AM mode of cell Signaling dropping rate = number of dropped signaling PDUs/number of sent signaling PDUs The causes of high RLC retransmission rate and PDU packet dropping rate are:  Bad BLER of radio link (including weak coverage)  High transmission error rate  Clock abnormality To confirm weak coverage problem, perform DT/CQT and analyze CHR as below:  Perform DT/CQT to know the overall coverage conditions  Analyze CHR to know the RSCP and Ec/Io of subscribers in the environment  Sort the subscribers by RSCP in CHR analysis  Record the worst N subscribers and visit the location  Perform DT/CQT accordingly in these locations
5. Analysis of DT/CQT Data About This Chapter The following table lists the contents ofthis chapter. Title Description 5.1 Access Failure 5.2 Disconnection of Service Plane 5.3 Poor Performance of Data Transfer 5.4 Interruption of Data Transfer
WCDMA PS service data transfer problems include the following three types in terms of phenomena:  Access failure (or dial-up connection failure)  Successful access but unavailable data transfer  Available data transfer but low speed or great fluctuation For the problem with different phenomena, follow different flows for processing them. 1. Flow for analyzing DT/CQT data For access,call drop, signaling plane, and handoverproblems, see W-Access Problem Optimization Guide and W-Handover and Call Drop Problem Analysis Guide. This guide supplements some operations in PS service test.
1. Access Failure There are two ways to use PS services:  Originating PS services directly on UE, browsing web pages, and watching video streaming directly on UE  Combining personal computer (PC) and UE. Namely, UE serves as the modem of PC, and the service is originated through PC In optimization test,the combination of PC and UE is most widely used.In DT/CQT, the PC is usually a laptop with the DT software Probe installed on it. This is called Probe + UE. When the UE fails to directly originate PS services, it can obtain more information by using Probe + UE. Therefore, the following analysis is mainly based on Probe + UE. 1. Originating PS Service by UE Directly 5.1.1 shows the flow for analyzing access failure problems when originating PS services by UE directly.
2. Flow for analyzing access failure problems when originating PS services by UE directly The signaling of originating PS services by UE directly is the same as that of PC + UE. The difference lies in the access point name (APN), and the way to set the address for service visiting. If the UE fails to originate PS services directly, following the step below for analyzing causes:  Verify the problem by PC + UE If the PS services through PC + UE are normal, the system must work normally. Then check and modify the APN, address for serving visiting, Proxy, and password set on UE.  Follow 5.1.2 if originating PS services by PC + UE fails. 2. UE as the Modem of PC 5.1.2 shows the flow for analyzing access problem when the UE serves as the modem of PC. 1. Flow for analyzing access problem when the
UE serves as the modem of PC Failure in Opening Port 5.1.2 shows the flow for processing problem of failure in opening port.
2. Flow for processing problem of failure in opening port The major causes to failure in opening port include:  Port in Hard Config of Probe is incorrectly configured Check the configuration in Hardware Config. The port must be consistent with the Com port and Modem port in Device Manager in Windows operating system.  The port state is abnormal The driver is improperly installed. Or during DT, the DT tool may abort abnormally, so the port mapped in Windows Device Manager is marked by a yellow exclamatory mark. To solve this problem, reinstall the driver, pull and plug data line or data card of UE.
 After the software aborts abnormally, the port is not deactivated The DT software like Probe may abort abnormally, so the corresponding port is improperly closed. To solve the problem, quit the Probe and restart it. If the problem is still present, restart PC.  The software of UE is faulty Restart UE to solve the problem.  The driver of UE is incompletely installed Reinstall the driver. This problem usually occurs upon the first connection of PC and UE. Successful Activation of Port but Access Failure Opening port succeeds,but access fails. This is probably due to signaling flow problem. 5.1.2 shows the flow for analyzing access failure problems
3. Flow for analyzing access failure problems Trace the NAS and RRC signaling in Probe or trace the signaling of single subscriberon RNC LMT. Analyze the problem by comparing it to the signaling flow for standard data service. For the signaling flow for standard data service, see the senior training slides of RNP: W-RNP Senior Training- Signaling Flow. 5.1.2 shows the signaling flow of successfulsetup ofa PS service in Probe.
4. Signaling flow of successful setup of a PS service in Probe In 5.1.2, Probe contains two windows: RRC Message, and NAS Messages. The signaling point in NAS Messages window corresponds to the point of direct transfer messages in RRC Message. The following problem may occur due to the comparison of signaling flow:  RRC connection setup failure Description: in 5.1.2 , it is abnormal from the RRC Connection Request message to the RRC Connection Setup Complete message. Analysis: the UE fails to send the RRC Connection Request message according to the RRC Messages window in Probe, probably due to:  Modem port is not selected in the Hardware Config widow in Probe.  Test Plan is not configured in Probe or improperly configured.  The port of UE is abnormal. See the Failure in Opening Port in 5.1.2for solution. After the UE sends the RRC Connection Request message, it receives no response or receives RRC Connection Reject message due to the
admission rejection caused by weak coverage and uplink and downlink overload. For details, see the section Analyzing RRC Connection Setup Problems in W-KPI Monitoring and Improvement Guide.  UE's failure in sending Service Request Description: There in no Service Request message in NAS Messages. Analysis: The UE may have disabled PS functions or may have not registered in PS domain.  The UE may have disabled PS functions. Some UE supports CS or PS, or CS + PS. If the UE is set to support CS, PS services will be unavailable on it. Check the UE configuration and Set it to support PS or CS + PS.  The UE may have not registered in PS domain. According to signaling flow, after the UE sends the Attach Request message, the network side responds the Attach Reject message. The engineers at CN side need to check whether the USIM supports PS services.  The flow for authentication and encryption is abnormal Description: it is abnormal from the Authentication AND Ciphering REQ in NAS messages to the Security Mode Complete in RRC messages. Analysis: the engineers at CN side need to check whether the authentication switch in PS domain of CN is on, whether the CN CS domain, PS domain, encryption algorithm of RNC, and the integrity protection algorithm is consistent. On RNC LMT, query the encryption algorithm by executing the command LST UEA. Query the integrity protection algorithm by executing the command LST UIA. For details, see the section Analyzing Authentication Problems and the section Analyzing Security Mode Problems in W-KPI Monitoring and Improvement Guide.  PDP activation is rejected Description: after the UE sends the Activate PDP Context Request message, it receives the Activate PDP Context Reject message. Analysis: there are two types of problems, the improper configuration of APN and rate at UE side, or CN problems.  Improper APN at UE side If the cause value of Activate PDP Context Reject is Missing or unknown APN, the APN configuration is probably inconsistent with CN side. Check the Probe and APN at UE side, and compare them with HLR APN. For the method to set APN of UE and Probe, see the section Connecting Test Device in Genex Probe Online Help. Ask the CN engineers to check the APN in HLR.  Improper rate at UE side
If the cause value of Activate PDP Context Reject is Service option not supported, the requested rate of UE is probably higher than subscribed rate in HLR. Check the requested rate at Probe and UE side, and compare them with the subscribed rate in HLR. Ask the CN engineers to check the subscriber rate in HLR. Check the APN and requested rate in the Activate PDP Context Request message. See the appendix 8.6.  CN problem If the APN at UE side and restricted rate are properly configured, the problem is probably due to CN problem. If some interfaces of CN are unavailable, locate the problem with engineers on PS domain of CN. If the PS service is the initial commissioning, the APN for defining a subscriber by HLR is inconsistent with that of gateway GPRS support node (GGSN). Confirm this with engineers on PS domain of CN. For the analysis of causes of PDP activation rejection, see 8.9.  RB setup failure Description: after Activate PDP Context Request, the system fails to receive Radio Bearer Setup message, but receives the release message. Analysis: for details, see the section Analyzing RAB or RB Setup Problems in W-KPI Monitoring and Improvement Guide.  Others See 5.3.2. Shrink the scope of the problem by changing each device.
2. Disconnection of Service Plane 5.2 shows the flow for analyzing disconnection of service plane, though the PS service setup succeeds. 1. Flow for analyzing disconnection of service plane 1. Analyze Problems at RAN Side The connection setup succeeds,so the signaling plane is connected but the service plane is disconnected.This is probably due to TRB reset at RAN side. For HSDPA, the service is carried by HS-PDSCH and the signaling is carried by DCH. When the power of HS-PDSCH is inadequate,
probably the signaling plane is connected and service plane is disconnected.The following sections distinguish PS services carried on DCH from PS services carried on HSDPA. DCH bearer 5.2.1 shows the flow for analyzing RAN side problem about disconnection of service plane for DCH bearer. 2. Flow for analyzing RAN side problem about disconnection of service plane for DCH bearer Check coverage conditions
Trace the pilot RSCP and Ec/Io of serving cell by Probe + UE. Judge whether a point is in weak coverage area. For weak coverage area, such as RSCP < –100 dBm or Ec/Io < –18 dB, the data transfer for PS services is probably unavailable. Solution: If the RSCP is bad, optimize it by improving coverage quality. If the RSCP is qualified, but Ec/Io is bad, check:  Pilot pollution. Then optimize the serious pilot pollution.  Power configuration of pilot channel (LST PCPICH), usually 33 dBm.  There is no external interference Check call drop problem due to TRB reset Obtain the CHR files corresponding to the occurrence point of problem. On RNC LMT or in Nastar, check whether there is abnormal information near the point of problem occurrence. This provides the evidence for judgment. For the analysis tool, see W-KPI Monitoring and Improvement Guide. Trace uplink and downlink throughput and bandwidth On RNC LMT, select Connection Performance Measurement > Uplink Throughput and Bandwidth, Downlink Throughput and Bandwidth. For details, see the online help for RNC LMT. Check the uplink and downlink throughput and bandwidth. 5.2.1 shows the Connection Performance Measurement-Downlink Throughput and Bandwidth window. 3. Connection Performance Measurement-Downlink Throughput and Bandwidth window
In 5.2.1,  The bandwidth shown is the bandwidth assigned for UE by system.  The DLThroughput is the actual throughput of downlink data transfer. Monitor the variation of access layer rate and non-access layer rate of uplink and downlink data transfer for the current connection. This helps analyze the functions of dynamic channel configuration and variation features of service source rate.  If the uplink throughput is 0, the uplink may be disconnected.  If the downlink throughput is 0, the downlink may be disconnected. When the RNC DCCC function is valid, distinguish the variation of bandwidth caused by DCCC. If the problem is still not located after previous operations, collect the data packets received and sent at RNC L2 and by GTPU by using the tracing tool RNC CDT. This helps judge whether the disconnection of subscriber plane is in uplink or downlink, at CN side or RAN side. Further Check problems at the CN side according to analysis of problems at CN side in 5.2.2. Refer to Comparing Operations and Analyzing Problem. Change each part and compare the operations. This helps reduce the scope of the problem. Feed back the problem. HSDPA Bearer The HSDPA feature of cell is activated, The UE supports HSDPA. The rate requested by UE or the subscribed rate is higher than HSDPA threshold for downlink BE service (for BE service) or HSDPA threshold for downlink streaming service (for streaming service). When the PS services are carried by HSDPA, follow the steps below: Alarms in RNCs and CHR Check the alarms and CHR for the point of problem occurrence whether there are abnormalities. Provide diagnosis. Deactivate HSDPA features so that PS services are set up on DCH Deactivate HSDPA features by executing the command DEA CELLHSDPA. Connect UE to the network by dial-up so that PS services are set up on DCH. If the data transfer is unavailable on DCH, see the troubleshooting in previous block DCH Bearer. If the data transfer is available on DCH, the problem must be about HSDPA. Follow the steps below. Check the CQI, HS-SCCH success rate, and SBLER
Check the CQI, HS-SCCH success rate, and SBLER by Probe + UE as below:  CQI The UE estimates and reports CQI based on PCPICH Ec/Nt. If the CQI reported by UE is 0, the NodeB will not send UE any data. In the current version, if the CQI calculated by NodeB based on current available power is smaller than 2, the NodeB will not schedule the UE and send it any data. If the common parameters like pilot Ec/Io, CellMaxPower, PcpichPower, and MPO are normal, but the CQI is bad, change a PC. The PCs of different types have different thermal noises, so they have different impact on reported CQI.  HS-SCCH success rate The HS-SCCH success rate is obtainable in the WCDMA HSDPA Decoding Statistics window and WCDMA HSDPA Link Statistics window, as shown in 5.2.1. 4. HSDPA parameters in Probe
Wherein, the HS-SCCH Success Rate (%) is the HS-SCCH scheduling success rate of the UE. It is relevant to the following parameters:  Number of HS-SCCHs  Number of HSDPA subscribers  Scheduling algorithm parameter If an HS-SCCH is configured to the HSDPA cell, the scheduling algorithm is the RR algorithm, and all the connected subscribers keeps data transfer, the HS-SCCH success rate is the reciprocal of number of subscribers. Namely, all the subscribers share the HS-SCCH resource. If the HS-SCCH success rate of a subscriber approaches 0, the data transfer rate of the subscriber approaches 0, and the service plane may be disconnected. The HS-SCCH success rate approaches 0 due to:  The scheduling algorithm is much similar to MAX C/I algorithm, more than one HSDPA subscribers connects to the cell, and the CQI of the subscriber is low.  The transmit power of HS-SCCH is over low. Now in the indoor scenario, the transmit power of HS-SCCH is fixed to 2% of total transmit power of cell. In outdoor scenarios, the proportion is 5%. If the transmit power of HS-SCCH is lower than the fixed power, the UE may fail to demodulate HS-SCCH data.  No data is transmitted at the application layer. Confirm this by the actual transmitted data volume in the Connection Performance Measurement- Uplink Throughput and Bandwidth, Downlink Throughput and Bandwidth on RNC LMT.  The CQI reported by UE is over low, so the NodeB will not schedule the subscriber.  SBLER being 100% The SLBER is the slot block error rate of HS-DSCH. In 5.2.1, the right pane of the WCDMA HSDPA Decoding Statistics window shows the SBLER and retransmission conditions of transport blocks of different sizes. The WCDMA HSDPA Link Statistics window shows the following parameters:  HS-DSCH SBLER-Deta  HS-DSCH SBLER-Average Wherein, the Delta is the instantaneous value. The Average is the average value. When the HS-PDSCH Ec/Nt is over low, the SBLER will be 100%. This is actually caused by inadequate HSDPA power. Check the HSDPA power configuration by executing the command LST CELLHSDPA. Wherein, the HS-PDSCH and HS-SCCH power are the HSDPA power configuration.
There are two methods for HSDPA power configuration: static power configuration and dynamic power configuration.  If the power of the parameter configuration is higher than or equal to the maximum transmit power of cell, use dynamic power configuration.  If the power of the parameter configuration is lower than the maximum transmit power of cell, use static power configuration. The available power of HS-PDSCH in static power configuration = maximum transmit power of cell – power margin – R99 downlink load (including CCH load) – HS-SCCH power. The available power of HS-PDSCH in dynamic power configuration = power of HS-PDSCH and HS-SCCH – HS-SCCH power. Note the static power configuration. Due to power control, the R99 services can use HS-PDSCH power. According to previous two formulas, in dynamic power configuration of HSDPA power, if the power margin is over large, R99 downlink load is over high, or HS-SCCH power is over high, the available power of HS- PDSCH is over low. In static power configuration of HSDPA power, if the HS-PDSCH and HS-SCCH power are over low, or HS-SCCH power is over high, the available power of HS-PDSCH is over low. SBLER is 100% seldom due to inadequate power, unless the CQI reported by UE is over small. When the power of NodeB is inadequate, the CQI calculated by NodeB is smaller, the scheduled TB blocks becomes smaller, so the rate obtained by UE declines. Solution: adjust parameter configuration. If the R99 load is over high, add carriers. Check the available bandwidth, occupied bandwidth, and assigned bandwidth at Iub interface Query Iub bandwidth by executing the command DSP AAL2PATH on RNC LMT. Or start the task Periodic Reporting of Iub Bandwidth Assignment Conditions of HSDPA on NodeB console. If errors occur in data transmission, the IMA group number of AAL2PATH (For HSDPA) on NodeB fails to match that on RNC. When the available bandwidth of HSDPA is inadequate due to product software problems, the data transfer is unavailable. 2. Analyzing Problems at CN Side The problems at CN side include abnormal work state of service servers and incorrect username and password. 5.2.2 shows the flow for analyzing problems at CN side about disconnection of service plane.
1. Flow for analyzing problems at CN side about disconnection of service plane Confirm by other access network or LAN that the service software servers and service software run normally.  LAN
Use FTP or HTTP service on a PC connected to LAN, and check whether the service is available. In addition, verify the user name and password of the connected user.  Other radio access network under the same CN If different 3G access networks under the same CN sets up PS service or sets up PS service from the GRPS network, check whether the service is normal. After previous checks, if the service servers work normally, focus on the problems at RAN side for analysis. If the service servers are abnormal according to previous checks, ask the on-site engineers of CN PS domain to solve the problem. The IP address for visiting FTP and HTTP service servers by LAN is different from that for visiting service servers after the UE sets up wireless connection. For details, turn to on-site engineers of CN PS domain.
3. Poor Performance of Data Transfer The poor performance of data transfer, in terms of throughput measurement, lies in the following problems:  Unstable rate like great fluctuation  Low rate The poor performance of data transfer, in terms of QoS, lies in the following problems:  Unclear streaming image  Buffering  Low rate in browsing web pages The appendix 8.1contains the transport path of PS data. The PS data passes Internet service servers, GGSN, SGSN, RNC, NodeB, and finally UE. Meanwhile the PS data passes Gi, Gn, IuPS, Iub, and Uu interfaces. During the process,the PS data passes Internet servers to GGSN using IP protocol. Between them, there may be one or more devices like router and firewall. The PS services use the AM mode of RLC and support retransmission function. The FTP and HTTP services use TCP protocol which supports retransmission.The parameters of these two protocols (RLC/TCP) have great impact on rate. If the parameter configuration is improper, or missing and dropping data packet may cause the data rate to decline. When checking the quality of service (QoS), engineers make UE as the modem of a computer running applications, so the performance of computer and servers will influence the QoS. By and large, several factors affect the performance of data transfer of PS services, and they include:  RAN side  CN equipment  Applications and service software The applications and service software problems are contained in the CN side problems. 5.3 shows the flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer.
1. Flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer 1. Checking Alarms If there is a problem, check whether there are alarms. Query the NodeB and RNC alarms at RAN side. Query the SGSN, GGSN, LAN switch, router, and firewall at CN side. The alarms like abnormal clock alarms, high transmission error rate, and abnormal equipment affect data transfer. If problems cannot be located according NE alarms, refer to 5.3.2. By comparing operations and analyzing problem, reduce the scope of problem.  If the problem is at RAN side, refer to 5.3.3.
 If the problem is at CN side, refer to 5.3.6.  If the problem concerns both the RAN and CN side, analyze it from both sides. 2. Comparing Operations and Analyzing Problem Compare operations and analyze problem to focus on the possible faulty NE and to determine the scope of problem: at CN side and service software, or at RAN. 1. Comparing operations and analyzing problem Order Operation Result Analysis 1 Change USIM card Data transfer problem has been solved Problem maybe related to user information configured in the USIM card. Data transfer problem is still unsettled The problem cannot be located, so continue checks. 2 Change UE/data card Data transfer problem has been solved Related to UE, such as incompatibility and poor performance of UE Data transfer problem is still unsettled The problem cannot be located, so continue checks. 3 Change PC Data transfer problem has been solved Related to drivers, APN, restricted rate, and firewall. Data transfer problem is still The problem cannot be located, so
Order Operation Result Analysis unsettled continue checks. 4 Change PC under the same server (ensure than the service is running normally, and try to PING the server and use streaming services. Data transfer problem has been solved The problem at CN side, related to service software Data transfer problem is still unsettled The problem cannot be located, so continue checks. 5 Change a new website for visiting (from other websites) Data transfer problem has been solved The problem at CN side, related to performance of server, TCP/IP parameters, or service software Data transfer problem is still unsettled The problem cannot be located, so continue checks. 6 Change other access network under the same server, such as GPRS network Data transfer problem has been solved The problem at RAN side. Data transfer problem is still unsettled The problem cannot be located. 7 Test on other NodeBs Data transfer problem has been solved The NodeB problem, or improper configuration of parameters related to the NodeB and configured by RNC Data transfer The problem cannot
Order Operation Result Analysis problem is still unsettled be located. After the approximate scope of problem cannot be located after previous checks, analyze it as a problem of data transfer at RAN side and CN side. 3. Analyzing Poor Performance of Data Transfer by DCH The mechanism at the air interface of HSDPA is different from that of DCH, so different factors affect data transfer on DCH and HSDPA. 5.3.3 shows the flow for analyzing RAN side problem about poor performance of data transfer on DCH.
1. Flow for analyzing RAN side problem about poor performance of data transfer on DCH NE Alarms Alarm check
If the performance of data transfer for PS services is poor, analyze NodeB and RNC alarms. The clock alarms, alarms on transmission error rate, and transmission interruption may cause fluctuation of PS data. For querying NodeB and RNC alarms, see W-Equipment Room Operations Guide. Data transfer affected by Uu interface When PS services are carried by DCH, the factors affecting data transfer at Uu interface includes:  DCH bandwidth  State transition  Block error rate (BLER) at Uu interface 5.3.3 shows the flow for analyzing data transfer affected by Uu interface. 2. Flow for analyzing data transfer affected by Uu interface  DCH bandwidth When PS services are carried by DCH, the RNC assigns bandwidth for each connected UE. The bandwidth depends on spreading factor and coding method.
On RNC LMT, in the Connection Performance Measurement-Uplink Throughput and Bandwidth, Downlink Throughput and Bandwidth window, check the uplink and downlink assigned bandwidth and throughput. The bandwidth is the channel bandwidth assigned to UE by RAN. The DlThroughput is the actual downlink rate of data transfer. Assigning bandwidth (namely, code resource, power resource, and Iub resource are normal) is normal if one of the following conditions is met:  The bandwidth is the same as the request rate or subscribed rate.  Maximum assignable rate (such as 384 kbps) is met upon DCH bearer. If the bandwidth assigned to UE is smaller than the expectation, there are two causes:  Congestion or other causes. The RAN cannot assign UE with channels of higher rate, which is abnormal.  DCCC algorithm of RNC. If the DCCC algorithm parameter is rational, the decline of rate is normal. Enable the DCCC algorithm in the existing network so that the system can save resource by reducing assigned bandwidth upon decline or pause of data transfer. However, the DCCC algorithm configuration may be irrational. DCCC algorithm involves rate adjustment based on traffic and coverage, and rate adjustment in soft handover (SHO) SHO areas. According to the parameters configured on site and based on algorithm, judge whether the assignment and adjustment of DCH bandwidth are rational, whether there are abnormalities, and whether the problem is solve by adjusting parameters. If the assigned DCH bandwidth is small due to congestion and other abnormalities, solve the problem by the following methods:  Trace signaling of single subscriber  Query cell downlink load, assignment of code resource, and available bandwidth at Iub interface  Obtain CHR from BAM and check the abnormalities on RNC INSIGHT PLUS or Nastar.  BLER at Uu interface The BLER at uplink and downlink Uu interface directly affect data transfer of PS services. If the average of UL BLER or DL BLER measured in a period is equal to or better than BLER Target, the code errors at Uu interface are normal. Otherwise, analyze this problem. DL BLER measurement: collect DT data by Probe and UE, and then import the DT data to Assistant for analysis. UL BLER measurement: In Connection Performance Measurement- Uplink Transport Channel BLER window, import the measurement file to Assistant, and analyze together with the Probe DT data files.
The power control and coverage affects the uplink and downlink BLER in the following aspects:  Outer loop power control switch. Check that the outer loop power control switch of RNC is on.  Coverage. Check whether the uplink and downlink are restricted in the areas with bad UL BLER and DL BLER. For details, see W-RF Optimization Guide.  Performance of UE. Change a UE of other types and compare their performance.  In Sequence Delivery  Set the sequence submission to TURE or FALSE. This affects the rate and fluctuation of downlink. If you set the sequence submission to TURE, the RLC keeps the transfer sequence of upper-layer PDUs. If set the sequence submission to FALSE, the receiver RLC entity allows sending SDUs to upper-layer in a sequence different from the sender. If you set the sequence submission to FALSE, the uplink rate for data transfer will be low and data transfer fluctuates much.  Setting sequence submission to TURE by executing the command MOD GPRS on Huawei HLR is recommended. Data Transfer Affected by Iub Interface The transport code error at Iub interface, delay jitter, and Iub bandwidth affect the performance of data transfer. 5.3.3 shows the flow for analyzing data transfer affected by Iub interface.
3. Flow for analyzing data transfer affected by Iub interface  Transport code error and delay jitter According to transport alarms and clock alarms, check whether there are problems. Bandwidth at Iub interface  Check whether the Iub interface is congested by the following methods:  Querying the bandwidth at Iub interface on RNC LMT and NodeB LMT.  Referring to the section Flow for Analyzing Cell-level Traffic Statistics Data.  Checking abnormal record in CHR
Querying bandwidth at Iub interface at RNC side proceeds as below:  Query adjacent node corresponding to each cell by executing the command LST AAL2ADJNODE  Query the path of the NodeB by executing thecommand LST AAL2PATH.  Query the bandwidth by executing the command LST ATMTRF.  Query the residual bandwidth by executing the commands DSP AAL2ADJNODEand DSP AAL2PATH at RNC side. Querying the bandwidth at Iub interface at NodeB side proceeds as below: AAL2PATH is necessary at NodeB. The relevant commands include LST AAL2PATH and DSP AAL2PATH. Comparison of Throughput at APP and RLC Layer The throughput at APP and RLC layer is obtainable by DT/CQT. For the theoretical relationship of rate at each layer, see the appendix 8.2. If the rate of APP throughput and RLC throughout is lower than the normal range according to theoretical analysis, the retransmission cost of TCP/IP is over large. Check and modify the TCP receiver window and MTU configuration. For the method, see the appendix 8.4 and 8.5. 4. Analyzing Poor Performance of Data Transfer by HSDPA at RAN Side The HSDPA network schedules power and code resources by code division or time division between multiple subscribers.When there is only one HSDPA subscriberin a cell, the following factors affect the rate for data transfer:  HSDPA available power  Number of HS-PDSCH codes in cell (when there is only one subscriber, a HS-SCCH is necessary)  Category of UE (maximum number of codes supported by UE and whether to support 16QAM)  Radio signals near UE In addition, the following factors affect the reachable maximum rate:  Subscribed rate  Bandwidth at Iub interface  Maximum rate supported by RNC, NodeB, GGSN, and SGSN. When there are multiple subscribers,besides previous factors,the scheduling algorithm used by NodeB and number of HS-SCCH configured to cell affects the rate of data transfer. An HSDPA subscriberworks as below:  The UE reports CQI on HS-DPCCH. The NodeB obtains the CQI of UE's location.
 The scheduling module inside NodeB evaluates different subscribers by channel conditions, the amount of data in cache for each subscriber, the last serving time. It then determines the HS-DSCH parameters.  The NodeB sends HS-DSCH parameters on HS-SCCH, and after two slots it sends data on HS-DSCH.  The UE monitors HS-SCCH for information sent to it. If there is any schedule information, it starts receiving HS-DSCH data and buffers them.  According to HS-SCCH data, the UE judges whether to combine the received HS-DSCH data and data in soft buffer.  The UE demodulates the received HS-DSCH data, and send the ACK/NACK message on uplink HS-DPCCH according to CRC result.  If the NodeB receives the NACK message, it resends the data until it receives the ACK message or reaches the maximum retransmission times. In the DT tool Probe, out of consideration for multiple subscriberscheduling and retransmission at MAC-HS layer, there are three rates at MAC-HS layer:Scheduled Rate，Served Rate，MAC Layer Rate. Served Rate = Scheduled Rate * HS-SCCH Success Rate MAC Layer Rate = Served Rate * (1- SBLER)  Scheduled rate Schedule rate = total bits of all TBs received in statistics period/total time with TB scheduled in statistics period The total bits of all TBs received in statistics period include all the bits of received correct and wrong TBs. The total time with TB scheduled in statistics period includes the time with data received and excludes the time without data received.  Served rate Served rate = total bits of all TBs received in statistics period/statistics period The total bits of all TBs received in statistics period include the bits of received correct and wrong TBs. The statistics period includes the time with and without data received.  MAC layer rate MAC Layer Rate = total bits of correct TBs received in statistics period/statistics period The total bits of correct TBs received in statistics period include the bits of correct TBs and exclude bits of wrong TBs. The statistics period includes the time with and without data received.  HS-SCCH success rate is the success rate for receiving HS-SCCH data by UE
 SLBER = wrong TBs received at MAC-HS layer/(received correct and wrong TBs)  ACK->NACK/DTX is the ratio that NodeB judges the ACK message as NACK/DTX message. 5.3.4 shows the flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer on HSDPA at RAN side. 1. Flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer on HSDPA at RAN side NE Alarms When the performance of data transfer for PS services is poor, analyze the NodeB and RNC alarms. The clock alarms, alarms on transport code error, and transmission interruption may lead to fluctuation of PS data. For querying NodeB and RNC alarms, see W-Equipment Room Operations Guide. Whether the Service Is Set Up on HSDPA Channel Check the IE serving HSDSCH RL indicator of the message RB SETUP on RNC. If the IE is True, and the SF of downlink channelcode is 256, the service must be carried by HSDPA channel, as shown in 5.3.4.
2. Confirming in the RNC message that PS service is set up on HSDPA channel You can also check the information like reported CQI in the WCDMA HSDPA Link Statistics window in the DT software Probe. If no information is in the window, the service must be carried on DCH, as shown in 5.3.4.
3. Confirming in Probe that service is set up on HSDPA channel If the service is not set up on HSDPA channel, it will automatically be set up on DCH. Now the service rate is the rate of R99 service, usually equal to or smaller than 384 kbps. If it is confirmed that the service is not set up on HSDPA channel, analyze it from the following aspects.  HSDPA cell is not set up Check at RNC side whether the HSDPA cell is activated by executing the command LST CELLHSDPA. Check at NodeB side whether the local cell supports HSDPA. Check by executing the command LST LOCELL whether the value of the local cell is TRUE or FALSE. If the HSDPA cell at RNC side is not activated, activate it by executing the command MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=0, HSDPA=TRUE. In addition, during modifying the HSDPA cell configuration on RNC, if HSDPA codes are statically assigned, and if there are excessive R99 subscribers connected to the cell so the code assigned to HSDPA is inadequate, the RNC still displays that the modifying HSDPA cell configuration succeeds. However, actually the HSDPA cell is not successfully set up. Check whether the codes assigned to HSDPA cell are successful by selecting Realtime Performance Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring > Code Tree Tracing on RNC.
 Incorrect type of HSDPA AAL2PATH or No Configuration Set the type of HSPDA AAL2PATH to HSDPA_RT or HSDPA_NRT. Otherwise the cell can support R99 services only, but not HSDPA services. It is recommended that one HSDPA AAL2PATH is configured to one NodeB. If multiple HSDPA AAL2PATHs are configured, the data packets are easily dropped in the current version. Query it at RNC or NodeB side by executing the command LST AAL2PATH. If the HSDPA AAL2PATH is set to RT or NRT, the downlink subscription rate of UE is 2 Mbps. When the UE accesses the network, setting subscriber plane for HSDPA service fails, and the RNC will automatically set up the subscriber plane of PS 384kbps service. According to signaling of the RB Setup message, the service is set up on R99, and SF is 8.  HSDPA subscriber's admission failure The HSDPA subscriber's admission failure leads to that the RNC reconfigures HSDPA service to be carried by PS384K channel of R99 service. If the service cannot be set up, the UE continues to access the network after lowering the rate of R99 service. If the rate of connected HSDPA subscriber is as low as 384 kbps, 128 kbps, or 64 kbps of R99 services according to test, confirm whether the service is set up on HSDPA channel and whether the admission fails. Check whether the following aspects are rational:  Uplink and downlink load of R99 services  Downlink code resource  Iub transmission resource  Number of HSDPA subscribers  Threshold of HSDPA cell rate  Guaranteed rate threshold of streaming service  Guaranteed power threshold  Over high HSDPA threshold for downlink BE service The HSDPA threshold for downlink BE service defines the rate judgment threshold for background or interactive services carried on HS-DSCH in PS domain. If the request rate is great than or equal to the threshold, the PS service is carried on HS-DSCH; otherwise, the PS service is carried on DCH. Set HSDPA threshold for downlink BE service by executing the command SET FRC: DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa=D384 on RNC.
Low Scheduled Rate The TB size of NodeB scheduling depends on CQI, HSDPA codes,available power for HSDPA, and so on. TB size/2ms is scheduled rate. Normally, there is mapping relationship (depending on mapping table of NodeB CQI in actual use) between the schedule rate and CQI reported by UE. The NodeB will filter and adjust the CQI reported by UE, so the scheduled rate and CQI scheduled by NodeB have mapping relationship, not completely having mapping relationship with the CQI reported by UE. 5.3.4 lists the relationship between CQI and TB size according to the protocol 3GPP 25.306. It is only for reference, the product realization does not completely consist with protocol. 1. Relationship between CQI and TB size when the UE is in category 11–12 C Q I va lu e Trans port Block Size Nu mbe r of HS- PDS CH Modul ation Referen ce power adjustm ent 0 N/A Out of range 1 137 1 QPSK 0 2 173 1 QPSK 0 3 233 1 QPSK 0 4 317 1 QPSK 0 5 377 1 QPSK 0 6 461 1 QPSK 0 7 650 2 QPSK 0 8 792 2 QPSK 0
C Q I va lu e Trans port Block Size Nu mbe r of HS- PDS CH Modul ation Referen ce power adjustm ent 9 931 2 QPSK 0 10 1262 3 QPSK 0 11 1483 3 QPSK 0 12 1742 3 QPSK 0 13 2279 4 QPSK 0 14 2583 4 QPSK 0 15 3319 5 QPSK 0 16 3319 5 QPSK –1 17 3319 5 QPSK –2 18 3319 5 QPSK –3 19 3319 5 QPSK –4 20 3319 5 QPSK –5 21 3319 5 QPSK –6 22 3319 5 QPSK –7 23 3319 5 QPSK –8
C Q I va lu e Trans port Block Size Nu mbe r of HS- PDS CH Modul ation Referen ce power adjustm ent 24 3319 5 QPSK –9 25 3319 5 QPSK –10 26 3319 5 QPSK –11 27 3319 5 QPSK –12 28 3319 5 QPSK –13 29 3319 5 QPSK –14 30 3319 5 QPSK –15 2. Relationship between CQI and TB size when the UE is at the level 1–6 C Q I va lu e Trans port Block Size Nu mbe r of HS- PDS CH Modula tion Refere nce power adjust ment 0 N/A Out of range 1 137 1 QPSK 0
C Q I va lu e Trans port Block Size Nu mbe r of HS- PDS CH Modula tion Refere nce power adjust ment 2 173 1 QPSK 0 3 233 1 QPSK 0 4 317 1 QPSK 0 5 377 1 QPSK 0 6 461 1 QPSK 0 7 650 2 QPSK 0 8 792 2 QPSK 0 9 931 2 QPSK 0 10 1262 3 QPSK 0 11 1483 3 QPSK 0 12 1742 3 QPSK 0 13 2279 4 QPSK 0 14 2583 4 QPSK 0 15 3319 5 QPSK 0 16 3565 5 16-QAM 0
C Q I va lu e Trans port Block Size Nu mbe r of HS- PDS CH Modula tion Refere nce power adjust ment 17 4189 5 16-QAM 0 18 4664 5 16-QAM 0 19 5287 5 16-QAM 0 20 5887 5 16-QAM 0 21 6554 5 16-QAM 0 22 7168 5 16-QAM 0 23 7168 5 16-QAM –1 24 7168 5 16-QAM –2 25 7168 5 16-QAM –3 26 7168 5 16-QAM –4 27 7168 5 16-QAM –5 28 7168 5 16-QAM –6 29 7168 5 16-QAM –7 30 7168 5 16-QAM –8 The following factors affect scheduled rate:
 CQI If the downlink rate of UE is low, check whether the CQI reported by UE is over low, and check the PCPICH RSCP and Ec/Io of the serving cell from the following aspects:  The coverage is weak, and the CQI reported by UE is low.  The interference is strong, and there is pilot pollution, and the CQI reported by UE is low.  When the HSDPA serving cell is frequently updated, the HSDPA subscribers cannot change accordingly due to punishment, so the CQI reported by UE is low. If the coverage is weak, improve the CQI reported by UE by RF optimization and constructing sites. If the interference is strong,adjust the azimuth and down tilt in RF optimization. This forms a primary cell. If the HSDPA serving cell is frequently updated,avoid frequent handoverby adjusting antenna azimuth and down tilt or constructing sites in RF optimization.  Available power of HSDPA cell If the available power of HSDPA cell is over low, the TB size of NodeB scheduling will be affected. HSDPA power configuration includes dynamic and static configuration. The RNC MML is MOD CELLHSDPA: HSDPAPOWER=430. The unit of HSDPA power is 0.1 dB. The total power of all HS-PDSCHs and HS- SCCHs must not exceed the HSDPAPOWER. When HSDPAPOWER in previous formula is higher than or equal to total power of cell, the HSDPA power configuration is dynamic configuration. The available power of HSDPA cell = total power of cell * (1 – power margin) – power used by R99 TCH and CCH. When HSDPAPOWER in previous formula is lower than total power of cell, the HSDPA power configuration is static configuration. Namely, the available power of HSDPA cell is the HSDPAPOWER. However, the maximum available power = total power of cell * (1 – power margin) – CCH power. In staticpower distribution, theR99 services may occupy thepower of HSDPA cell, so the actual power used by HSDPA cell is not the configured power. Analyze the factors affecting available power of HSDPA cell from the following aspects:  Query power margin by executing the command LST MACHSPARA on NodeB. The default power margin is 10%, namely, the total downlink load of cell can use 90% of total power of cell.
 On RNC LMT, select Realtime Performance Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring > Tx Carrier Power. Observe the transmit carrier power and power used by non-HSDPA subscribers. The available power of HSDPA = transmit carrier power - power used by non-HSDPA subscribers. If the power used by non-HSDPA subscribers is over high, the available power of HSDPA cell becomes low, so the scheduled rate is affected.  Available codes of HSDPA cell If inadequate codes are assigned to HSDPA subscribers, the TB size of NodeB scheduling will be affected..  HSDPA UE CATEGORY The 3GPP protocol 25.306 defines 12 types of UE category. In a TTI, the UE of a type obtains different maximum TB size, so the maximum scheduled rate obtained by UE is different. The UE reports its capability in the IE hsdsch physical layer category of the RRC Connection Setup Complete message..  Amount of data to be transmitted being smaller than the maximum TB size The TB size scheduled by NodeB depends on the available power and codes of the subscriber, as well as the amount of data transferred by the subscriber. If the amount of data sent is smaller than the maximum scheduled TB size, the rate at physical layer is lower than the expectation. This problem occurs when there is data in NodeB buffer but the amount of data is inadequate for a scheduled maximum TB size. Low Served Rate According to the previous formula Served Rate = Scheduled Rate * HS-SCCH Success Rate, if the scheduled rate is normal, over low HS-SCCH success rate leads to over low served rate. If there is only one subscriberin normal conditions,and the HS-SCCH power and traffic are not restricted, the success rate of HS-SCCH is shall be highly approach to 100%. The success rate of HS-SCCH is relevant to HS-SCCH power, number of HS-SCCHs, number of subscribers,scheduling algorithm, and transported traffic. The following paragraphs describe them respectively.  HS-SCCH power distribution The HS-SCCH is a downlink CCH, shared by all subscribers. The UE keeps monitoring UE ID on HS-SCCH, and judge whether the UE ID is for itself. If the UE ID is for itself, it demodulates HS-PDSCH data. Therefore, correct demodulation of HS-SCCH goes before data transfer. There are three types of HS-SCCH power, transit 【SET MACHSPARA】 in NodeB , 0 shows that HS-SCCH power control is based on CQI . 1 shows HS-SCCH power changeless; 2 shows use a power control mode which go with DCH and keep a fixed power deflection value. Default is 0. (Attention: the edition before NodeB3812EV100R007C03B040 can’t be set to type 0, need use type 1 .)
The HS-SCCH power is in static configuration or dynamic configuration. The default configuration is static configuration. Set the HS-SCCH power to a fixed ratio of maximum transmit power of cell as below:  Set the ratio to 3% in indoor environment.  Set the ratio to 5% in outdoor environment. Set the HS-SCCH power on NodeB LMT by executing the command below: SET MACHSPARA: PWRFLG=FIXED, PWR=5; HS-SCCH power can be configured as dynamic power control, which is achieved by setting a power offset to the pilot bit of DL-ADPCH. The power offset is relevant to spreading factor of downlink DPCH and whether the UE is in SHO state. When this method is used, the HS-SCCH power offset is listed as in 5.3.4. The MML command is as below: SET MACHSPARA: PWRFLG=DYNAMIC; 1. HS-SCCH power offset Spreading factor of downlink DPCH HS- SCCH power offset in non- SHO period HS- SCCH power offset in SHO period 4 –10.75 –6.75 8 –7.75 –3.75 16 –4.75 –0.75 32 –1.75 +2.25 64 +1.25 +5.25 128 +4.25 +8.25 256 +7.25 +11.25
0 shows that HS-SCCH power control is based on CQI , which works like this: First set HS-SCCH initialization TX power Then according to CQI change , adjust HS-SCCH power, like DCH inner- loop power control. At last , according to the ACK/NACK/DTX information from HS- DPCCH’s feedback ,adjust HS-SCCH power , like DCH outer-loop power control. The parameter of the power control which base on CQI’s HS-SCCH : HS- SCCH’s initial power , Default is 28(-3 dBm), relative to pilot power ; HS- SCCH power control’s aim FER , Default is 10%(1%)  Number of HSDPA subscribers and number of HS-SCCHs The success rate of HS-SCCH is relevant to number of subscribers.  If there is only one HSDPA subscriber in a cell, the traffic is not restricted and HS-SCCH power is adequate, the success rate of HS-SCCH for the subscriber approaches 100%.  If there are multiple HSDPA subscribers in the cell, the success rate of HS- SCCH for each subscriber is relevant to scheduling algorithm and number of HS-SCCHs. Usually set the HS-SCCH according to available power of HS-PDSCH, code resource, and traffic of service source. For example, if UEs used in the cell are all category 12 UE, set number of HS-PDSCH codes and number of HS-SCCHs as below:  If you set 5 codes to HS-PDSCH, it is recommended to set 2 HS-SCCHs.  If you set 10 codes to HS-PDSCH, it is recommended to set 3 HS-SCCHs.  If you set 14 codes to HS-PDSCH, it is recommended to set 4 HS-SCCHs.  Scheduling algorithm Using different scheduling algorithm for multiple subscribers enables each subscriber to be scheduled at different probability. For example, after Max C/I scheduling algorithm is used, the subscribers far from the cell center will hardly or even never be scheduled due to low CQI. The scheduling algorithm is one function of new function entity of HSDPA, the MAC-hs function entity. Four factors are involved as below:  CQI CQI is the quality of signals received by UE at the location.  Wait_Inter_TTI It indicates the length of time that the UE must wait for service.  Queue priority  Queue length The following scheduling algorithms are typical:
 Max C/I (only considering CQI value)  RR (only considering wait_Inter_TTI)  Classic PF (proportional fair, considering previous factors)  EPF（Enhanced Proportional Fair），V17 edition Parameters are not configured for current scheduling algorithm. Select one of previous three algorithms by executing the command below: SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=10131, SM=PF;//The previous algorithm corresponds to the PF scheduling algorithm.  Traffic After previous configuration and checks, there is no problem and CQI reported by UE is high, but the rate of subscribers fluctuates. Check downlink traffic in Connection Performance Monitoring window on RNC LMT, and see whether there is enough traffic for scheduling. Or check downlink traffic in HSDPA User Flow Control Performance Periodic Report window on NodeB LMT. The cause of this problem is unstable source rate, single thread used upon downloading, and small TCP window. In the HSDPA User Flow Control Performance Periodic Report window, there are following selections:  Queue Priority  Queue Buffer Used Ratio  RLC User Buffer Size  Input Data Size  Output Data Size Select Queue Buffer Used Ratio to draw picture on LMT, and check the occupation of NodeB queue. Select RLC User Buffer Size to check RLC buffer. Select Input Data Size and Output Data Size to check the sending and receiving queue data. The data involved in Output Data Size is the data with ACK indicator received.  Restricted Rate at UE side The request service type, uplink and downlink maximum rate are sent to UE by AT commands. The UE sends the information to CN in the following Active PDP context request message. When the subscribed rate is higher than or equal to the requested maximum rate, the CN sends the RAN Assignment request message at the requested maximum rate. If the resource is not restricted at RNC side, the final output rate is the request maximum rate. If the downlink maximum rate in the RAB Assignment request message is much lower than scheduled rate, and the traffic in
buffer is inadequate upon NodeB's scheduling, the success rate of HS- SCCH must be low. Execute AT commands as below:  Right click My Computer  Select Property > Hardware > Device Manager > Modem > Property > Senior  Type AT command into the Initialization Command text box. Set APN by AT command. If you want to set APN to cmnet, the rate is restricted to 64 kbps in uplink and 384 kbps in downlink, execute the following command: AT+cgdcont=1,"ip","cmnet"; +cgeqreq=1,3,64,384 When you remove the restriction on rate, execute AT command to set the rate to 0. The value 0 means that no specified rate is requested, so the system assigns the subscribed rate as possible. Execute the following command: AT+cgdcont=1,"ip","cmnet"; +cgeqreq=1,3,0,0  Restriction of bandwidth at Iub interface If the physical bandwidth at Iub interface is restricted, the HSDPA service obtains inadequate AAL2PATH bandwidth. As a result, the traffic in NodeB buffer is inadequate, so the success rate of HS-SCCH is low. In addition, the R99 AAL2PATH and HSDPA AAL2PATH are respectively configured, but they share the physical bandwidth. If multiple R99 subscribers are using the bandwidth at Iub interface in the cell, the HSDPA service obtains inadequate AAL2PATH bandwidth. As a result, the success rate of HS-SCCH is low.  ACK/NACK repeat factor The following parameters at physical layer are sent to UE and NodeB in the messages at higher layer:  ACK/NACK repeat factor: N_acknack_transmit  CQI repeat factor: N_cqi_transmit  CQI feedback cycle: CQI Feedback Cycle k After the UE demodulates HS-PDSCH data, the UE sends an HARQ ACK or NACK message based on cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of MAC-hs, and it repeats sending the ACK/NACK message in the continuous N_acknack_transmit HS-DPCCH subframes. If the N_acknack_transmit is larger than 1, the UE will not try to receive or demodulate transport blocks between the HS-DSCH n+1 and n + N_acknack_transmit – 1 subframes. The n is the sub frame number of last HS-DSCH in the received transport blocks. Now the rate obtained by UE is as below: Rate of UE when the ACK/NACK is not repeatedly sent * (1/ N_acknack_transmit)
Low MAC Layer Rate According to a previous formula MAC Layer Rate = Served Rate * (1- SBLER), low MAC layer rate is a result of high SBLER. Normally, when the IBLER is 10%, the SLBER will be lower than 15%. The following factors affect SBLER.  IBLER IBLER affects MAC-HS retransmission, so it consequently affects the actual rate of subscribers. The IBLER here is number of incorrect TBs/number of total new data blocks when the NodeB transmits new data. The SBLER here is number of incorrect blocks/(number of incorrect and correct blocks) when the NodeB transmits new data or retransmits data. IBLER directly affects SBLER. Now the default IBELR is 10%. IBLER directly affects the power for scheduling each subscriber. This is similar with outer loop power control of R99. Execute the command SET MACHSPARA to set the following items:  Scheduling algorithm  MAC-HS retransmission times  Power margin  HS-SCCH power  Initial BLER The MML command is as below: SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=1, SM=PF, MXRETRAN=4, PWRMGN=10, PWRFLG=FIXED, PWR=5, IBLER=10;  Low CQI and inadequate HSDPA power If the CQI reported by UE is low, and the available power of HSDPA is inadequate, SBLER will be high. The size of an MAC-d PDU is 336 bits. The MAC PDU requires the TB size larger than 336 bits in transmission. As a result, the CQI upon NodeB's scheduling must be larger than a value to meet that IBLER is within 10%.  CQI reported by UE being higher than actual one The CQI reported by UE is inaccurate, higher than the actual one. The NodeB adjusts the CQI according to target IBLER, but it takes some time for adjustment. During this period, the NodeB transfers data with low power according to the CQI reported by UE. As a result, the SLBER is high, so the performance of data transfer is affected. Solution: by Windows HyperTerminal, connect UE to the data card. Adjust the CQI reported by UE by executing AT commands (This solution caters for Huawei data card only. The current version does not support this). Assume: before the following operations, the CQI reported by connected UE is 25.
 Enable the function of adjusting CQI, set the offset to –200, and lower CQI. Type the following command: AT^CQI=1,-200 The UE responds OK. The CQI is 2–3 lower than before, and is 22–23.  Enable the function of adjusting CQI, set the offset to 0, and the CQI restores to be the actual value. Type the following command: AT^CQI=1,0 The UE responds OK. The CQI is 25.  Enable the function of adjusting CQI, set the offset to 200, and raise CQI. Type the following command: AT^CQI=1,200 The UE responds OK. The CQI is 2–3 lower than before, and is 27–28.  Disable the function of adjusting CQI. Type the following command: AT^CQI=0,200 The UE responds OK. The CQI remains 27–28.  If you type wrong parameters as below: AT^CQI=1,100,1 The UE responds TOO MANY PARAMETERS.  If you query the state of CQI adjustment function, type the following command: AT^CQI? When the UE responds +CME ERROR, the current NV time 4448 NV_CQI_ADJUST_I is not activated, and the adjustment function is disabled. When the UE responds ^CQI:0,200, the function of adjusting CQI is disabled. When the UE responds ^CQI:1,200, the function of adjusting CQI is enabled.  Over low pilot power On prior version of NodeBs, according to RTT test,  If the power of other channel is 10 dB higher than pilot channel, this leads to a 10% code error for HSDPA.  If the power of other channel is 13 dB higher than pilot channel, this leads to a 100% code error for HSDPA. Now the NodeB can adjust power in a certain scope according to HSDPA SBLER. If the power of other channels is 13 dB higher than the pilot power, the impact on throughput is little. Setting PICH over low is forbidden; otherwise, the power is inadequate after adjustment by NodeB. This leads to over high SBLER, and consequently the throughput is affected. Low RLC Layer Rate RLC AM use the mode of “positive/ negative affirm decision” to carry through dependable data transmission. Use “slip window agreement” carry through flux control.
Before RLC don’t receive affirm package , the most number PDU which can be send is “RLC send window ” . the more betimes send point receive affirm information , the faster the window slip. The faster RLC can send.Whereas , the slower RLC can send . even appear RLC replacement result in drop call. If Scheduled Rate、Served Rate and MAC Layer Rate is normal , it need more adjust whether RLC Throughput is normal. The relationship between RLC Throughput andMAC Layer Rate: RLC Throughput=MAC Layer Rate * (1-MAC-HS PDU’s caput spending rate) Because PDU’s caput spending rate is small , watch RLC Throughput and MAC Layer Rate from Probe, the curve superposition If RLC Throughput obvious less than MAC Layer Rate, it is abnormal.  High ACK->NACK/DTX ratio ACK->NACK/DTX is the ratio that the NodeB judges ACK as NACK/DTX. Simulation requires the average probability of ACK- >NACK/DTX to be lower than 1%. If the NodeB judges ACK as NACK/DTX, the NodeB will retransmit the data correctly received by UE. This wastes resource and lowers subscribers' rate. The following parameters describe an example on Probe, as shown in . 4. High code error of ACK->NACK/DTX in Probe In the WCDMA HSDPA Decoding Statistics window, you can see ACK- >NACK/DTX. In , ACK->NACK/DTX is 76.01%. The right pane displays
detailed number of blocks that are correct received and retransmitted. As a result, ACK->NACK/DTX=7808/(7808+2465)=76.01%. In the WCDMA HSDPA Link Statistics window, the MAC Layer Rate- Average is 67.33 kbps. In the left pane, the RLC DL Throughput is 16.19 kbps. The ratio of RLC rate and MAC rate is 16.19/67.33, equal to 24.05%. If the correct blocks that are repeated received is excluded from calculating MAC layer rate, the MAC layer rate is 67.33 * (1- 76.01) = 16.15 kbps. The MAC layer rate is approximately equal to RLC rate.  Over low configuration of HS-DPCCH power parameters HS-DPCCH is an uplink dedicated physical channel, transporting the ACK/NACK, and CQI messages at physical layer. HS-DPCCH is not under respective power control, but has a power offset with downlink DPCCH. When HS-DPCCH carries different information, it uses different offset values. If the ACK/NACK power offset on HS-DPCCH is over low, the ACK- >NACK/DTX demodulated by NodeB in uplink will be overhigh, and consequently the subscribers' rate is affected. For the description of HS-DPCCH power parameters, see the appendix HS-DPCCH Power Control Parameter Configuration.  Uplink and downlink RL imbalance in handover areas The uplink and downlink RL imbalance in handover areas are defined as below, and shown in: RL2_dl > RL1_dl RL2_ul < RL1_ul 5. Uplink and downlink RL imbalance in handover areas Because RL2_dl > RL1_dl, the serving cell is updated, and the HSDPA service is set up in the cell 2. The RNC adjusts SIRtarget according to combination result of two UL RLs due to SHO. The two cells perform
inner loop power control according to SIRtarget. The UE combines the downlink TCP of the two cells. According to combination principles, if the TCP of one cell is –1, lower power accordingly. When the TCP of two cells is +1, raise power. Because RL2_ul < RL1_ul, the RL1_ul SIR is converged to target value, and RL2_ul SIR is lower than the target value. The power control over HS-DPCCH is based on the associated channel of RL_ul, so the demodulation performance of HS-DPCCH ACK/NACK/CQI cannot meet requirement. As a result, the performance of data transfer for HSDPA subscribers is poor. Analysis proceeds as below:  Obtain HSDPA-HSDPA handover test data, including the data at UE side and RNC side.  According to single subscribing signaling tracing, analyze to see whether there is a serving cell updated due to UL RL failure. If yes, find the UE APP throughput at the corresponding point.  With the data at RNC side, draw a chart involving uplink SIR, SIRtarget, UL BLER, downlink throughput, PCPICH RSCP and Ec/No. Obtain the SIR information on HSDPA uplink associated channel.  Based on the results from Step 2 and 3 above, obtain the information about RL imbalance.  Analyze RL imbalance and provide solutions.  Impact from power control of uplink associated DCH The impact from power control of uplink associated DCH includes the following two aspects:  HS-DPCCH is not under individual power control, but has a power offset with uplink DPCCH. If the uplink DCH power control is not converged, and BLER is overhigh, the uplink HS-DPCCH power will be over low, and the NodeB will judge ACK as NACK/DTX in a great probability. As a result, the rate of RLC layer for HSDPA subscribers is over low.  TCP and RLC uses AM mode, so sending the ACK message is necessary on uplink DCH. TCP provides reliable transport layer, the receiver responds the ACK message. Any the data and the ACK message may be lost during transmission, so TCP sets a timer upon sending for solving this problem. If the sender does not receive the ACK message till expiration of the timer, it resends the data. As a result, the rate for data transfer is affected. If the uplink DCH power control is not converged, and BLER is over high, the sender TCP will fail to receive the ACK message and resend the data. As a result, the rate of data transfer is affected.
RLC uses AM mode. If the uplink BLER is not converged, the RLC will receive a late ACK response or no response. After expiration, the RLC resend the data, so the rate for data transfer is affected. If the RLC fails to receive the ACK message after multiple times, RLC reset occurs. The RLC sending window can configure the maximum value to 2047 at most. When the rate for sending by RLC is high, and the response to RLC is late, the RLC sending window will be full and no new data can be sent. Check the uplink BLER in Uplink BLER of RNC Connection Performance Monitoring window. The baseline requires target uplink BLER as 1%. Find the causes of non convergence of uplink power control from the following two aspects:  Check whether the RTWP fluctuates abnormally, and whether there is uplink interference. Check RTWP in RNC cell performance monitoring.  Check whether the configuration of outer loop power control parameters for the current services is proper. Focus on SIRTarget and BLERTarget. Follow the steps below: Query the index value for current services by executing the command LST TYPRAB. For example, the index value for the 384 kbps services is 22. Query SIRTarget and BLERTarget by executing the command LST TYPRAB: RABINDEX=22, TRCHTYPE=TRCH_HSDSCH, IUBTRANSBEARTYPE=IUB_GROUND_TRANS; Modify SIRTarget and BLERTarget for current service by executing the command MOD TYPRABOLPC: RABINDEX=22, SUBFLOWINDEX=0, TRCHTYPE=TRCH_HSDSCH, IUBTRANSBEARTYPE=IUB_GROUND_TRANS, BLERQUALITY=-20; ----End In addition, in remote deployment test of single HSDPA subscriber in a single HSDPA cell, at the cell edge, the CQI reported by UE is good, but subscriber's rate is low, even as low as 0. The major cause is that the uplink power of UE is restricted, that uplink power control is not converged, and that uplink BLER is high, even as high as 100%.  Wrong configuration of AAL2 PATH (NodeB RCR > RNC PCR, or configured bandwidth > physical bandwidth) The RCR parameter is added to AAL2 PATH at NodeB side to fulfill flow control. It is the receiving rate of NodeB. For ATM driver, the receiving rate cannot be restricted, so the RCR parameter is logical only. The receiving rate is not necessarily equal to the configured RCR parameter,
but depends on the sending rate of RNC, namely, the PCR and SCR upon configuration of AAL2PATH by RNC. The NodeB deducts the bandwidth corresponding to R99 call from the total bandwidth of PATH according to receiving rate, and then obtains the residual bandwidth of all PATH. The RCR is reported to DSP, and the DSP construct frame informs RNC of residual bandwidth. The residual bandwidth is for HSDPA subscribers, so the flow is controlled. If the receiving bandwidth RCR of NodeB AAL2 PATH is larger than PCR of RNC AAL2 PATH, the data packets at Iub interface will be dropped. In addition, if the configured bandwidth of AAL2PATH is larger than the physical actual bandwidth, the data packets at Iub interface will be dropped. As a result, the total throughput of cell declines. In V17 edition, when R99 new operation connect, Max-rate multiply activation gene as operation rate to admittance. So if you want to adjust activation gene, you can adjust connection number . if configure activation gene is small , it can connect more connection , but multi-connection whit high rate will bring lub congestion, result in R99 PS or HSDPA PS lose package , touch off a lot of RLC send again , consequently, R99 PS or HSDPA PS RLC layer rate astaticism. Solution: open lub overbooking flow control switch which base on RLC retransmission rate. If discover R99 or HSDPA PS retransmission rate exceed the gateway which set before , initiate R99 PS TF limit fall quickly or HSDPA PS PS rate * fall coefficient , lighten or eliminate congestion. In RLC retransmission rate under gateway , cancel TF limit , renew R99 PS transmit rate , or HSDPA PS rate * rise coefficient , renew HSDPA PS transmit rate.  Over high RLC retransmission rate due to over high residual BLER at MAC layer If the retransfer at MAC layer reaches the maximum times, the TBs incorrectly received will be dropped. If the receiver detects dropping data packets, it requires the sender to resend data packets by state report. Retransfer lowers the sending efficiency of RLC, so it affects the valid throughput of RLC. When residual BLER at MAC layer is over high, the SBLER at MAC layer is probably over high. For detailed analysis, see the analysis of over high SLBER in previous sections. Normal the residual BLER at MAC layer is smaller than 1%. shows the residual BLER at MAC layer in WCDMA HSDPA Decoding Statistics window. 6. Residual BLER at MAC layer in WCDMA
HSDPA Decoding Statistics window  Downlink rate affected by restriction over uplink rate TCP and RLC uses AM mode, and transferring the ACK message is necessary on uplink DCH. According to test data, the transmission rate for feeding back information on uplink channel takes 2%–3% of transmission rate of downlink channel. For example, the downlink rate is 1.6 Mbps, and the corresponding uplink rate is 32–48 kbps. When the downlink rate is 3.6 Mbps, the corresponding uplink rate is 72–108 kbps. If the uplink subscribed rate is 64 kbps, the requirement on uplink rate corresponding to downlink data transfer cannot be met. In addition, if there is data to be transferred in uplink for HSDPA subscribers, the uplink channels must transport the confirmation data of TCP and RLC, as well as uplink data of subscribers. If the uplink subscribed rate is low, the downlink data transfer is affected. Check the uplink rate for service setup in RAB Assignment Request message. If the uplink rate is low, check the HLR subscribed rate. Check the actual uplink bandwidth in RB SETUP message.  The RTT delay at the RLC layer is exceptional (the RLC state report disable timer is not set properly/the uplink BLER is not converged) so that the RLC send window is full. Currently, the maximum size of the RLC send window can be set to 2047 (the RLC receive/send window size of the terminal is 2047). When the RLC transmission rate is very high, the RLC send window is easily full and cannot send other data if the state report is not returned in time. For example, the rate on the air interface is 3 Mbit/s and the MAC-D PDU size is 336 bits, the RLC send window can send data for (2047 x 336)/(3 x 1024) = 224 ms. If the RNC fails to receive a state report within 224 ms, the RLC send window is full.
The return time of the state report is related to the state report disable timer and the uplink air interface quality. If the state report disable time is set too long, or the uplink BLER is not converged, the RLC send window may be full. Solution: Check whether the state report disable timer is set properly and whether it is set to the default of the baseline. Currently, the default timer length is 120 ms (service-oriented configuration) in the RNC V16 and 80 ms for the 3.6 Mbit/s services (service-oriented configuration) in the RNC V17. Check the convergence of the uplink BLER to ensure the BLER is converged.  Compare the throughputs at the application layer (APP) and the RLC layer. TCP/IP adopts the inclusive acknowledgment strategy for reliable data transmission and the sliding window protocol for flow control, and performs congestion control when detecting a network congestion.  Flow control (sliding window) Flow control is used to prevent buffer overflows and saturation of the receiving machine. Flow control generates a window value for the sender to transmit the specified number of bytes in the window. After that, the window is closed and the sender must stop data transmission. The window is not opened until the sender receives an ACK from the receiver.  Inclusive acknowledgment strategy All to-be-transmitted bytes before the confirmed byte number are acknowledged. Suppose that 10 data fragments are to be transmitted. These data fragments cannot reach the destination in sequence. TCP must acknowledge the highest byte number of consecutive bytes without any error. The highest byte number is not allowed to be acknowledged before all the middle bytes reach the destination. If the acknowledgment to the middle bytes is not sent to the sender, the sender TCP entity finally times out and retransmits the unacknowledged data.  Congestion control (timeout and retransmission) The TCP determines a network congestion by measuring the round-trip time (RTT) delay timeout or receiving a repeated acknowledgment. When a network congestion is detected, the congestion avoidance algorithm (downspeeding and retransmission) is enabled. Therefore, the factors affecting the TCP/IP data transmission rate include:  Configured TCP receive/send window Although the receive window size is dynamic (if packets out of sequence are received or packets cannot be submitted to the upper layer in time, the available window size becomes small), the configured
window size determines the maximum available size of the receive window. According to the formula Capacity (bit)=bandwidth (b/s)*round-trip time (s), if the receive/send window is too small, the transmission rate is affected.  Congestion caused by RTT fluctuation The throughput at APP and RLC layer is obtainable by DT/CQT. For the theoretical relationship of rate at each layer, see the appendix 8.2. If the rate of APP throughput and RLC throughout is lower than the normal range according to theoretical analysis, the retransmission cost of TCP/IP is over large. Check and modify the TCP receiver window and MTU configuration. For the method, see the appendix 8.4 and 8.5. 5. Analysis of the Problem about Poor Data Transmission Performance of the HSUPA on the RAN Side The PS data transmission performance is end-to-end (UE <->data service server) systemperformance. Each component in the systemmay affect data transmission. When we test and optimize the HSUPA data transmission performance, we usually focus on the effects of the RAN side (RNC-NodeB-UE) on the data transmission performance. We hope that the effects of the other parts (SGSN, GGSN, data service server, and external networks) of the systemcan be removed before the test so that we can concentrate on the radio network. From the angle of throughput measurement, poor data transmission performance reflects a low unsteady rate with a wide fluctuation range. From the angle of the QoS, poordata transmission performance reflects unclear streaming images, buffering, and slow response to web browsing. The working process of an HSUPA UE is as follows:  The UE originates a data transmission request according to the Scheduling Information (determined by the UE power headroom [UPH] and the quantity [Q] of data to be transmitted) carried on the E-DPDCH.  The NodeB determines the granted level (the E-AGCH sends T/P and the E- RGCH sends an adjust command to tune (+1, 0 -1)) according to the UE request (SI), monitored RoT, and the satisfaction (Happy bit indication carried on the E-DPCCH) from the UE.  The UE sends corresponding data according to the granted level. Meanwhile, the UE attaches the next frame request (SI) on the E-DPDCH and feeds back the satisfaction (Happy bit) at the allocated granted level on the E-DPCCH.  After receiving and demodulating the data, the NodeB returns an AcK/Nack on the E-HICH.
1. Working process of an HSUPA UE During the optimization of the HSUPA throughput,you should combine the drive test data of the Probe tool for analysis. The following describes HSUPA-related rates in the Probe tool:  MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate = Sum of all TB sizes in the case of non- DTX/(number of non-DTXs * TTI) This rate is the actual rate of the MAC-e (excluding DTX, but including the rate of retransmission blocks)  Sum of all TB sizes in the case of non-DTX:Not only theblock transmitted first but also the retransmitted blocks are included.  Number of non-DTXs * TTI:Only thetime when data is transmitted is counted and the time when no data is transmitted is excluded. For example, if only 50 sub-frames send data within the measurement period of 100 sub-frames (200 ms), the denominator is 100 ms.  MAC-e PDU Served Rate = Sum of all TB sizes in the case of non- DTX/(NUM_SAMPLES * TTI) This rate is the served rate of the MAC-e (including DTX and the rate of retransmission blocks)
 Sum of all TB sizes in the case of non-DTX:Not only theblock transmitted first but also the retransmitted blocks are included.  NUM_SAMPLES* TTI:The time when data is transmitted and the time when no data is transmitted are both included. For example, if only 50 sub-frames send data within the measurement period of 100 sub-frames (200 ms), the denominator is 200 ms.  MAC-e PDU Available Rate = Sum of TB sizes when COMB_HICH is ACK or ACK_NS in the case of non-DTX/(NUM_SAMPLES*TTI)  Sum of TB sizes when COMB_HICH is ACK or ACK_NSin thecase of non-DTX:Only the TBs transmitted correctly are counted.  NUM_SAMPLES* TTI:The time when data is transmitted and the time when no data is transmitted are both included. Relationship between these three throughputs:  MAC-e PDU Served Rate = MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate * Non-DTX Probability  MAC-e PDU Available Rate ≈ MAC-e PDU Served Rate *(1-SBLER) Where, Non-DTX Probability = Number of non-DTXs/NUM_SAMPLES * 100% SBLER = (Number of non-DTXs – Number of ACK or ACK_NS)/Number of non-DTXs * 100%  UL RLC PDU Throughput = Sum of bits of all RLC PDUs sent by the RLC layer within the measurement period/Measurement period duration  Sum of bits of all RLC PDUs sent by theRLC layer within the measurement period: The first transmitted data and the retransmitted data are included. In addition, thedata is transferred by MAC-d and contains the header overhead (16 bits) of the RLC PDU.  Measurement period duration: The time when data is transmitted and thetime when no data is transmitted are both included. Relationship with MAC-e PDU Available Rate:  RLC PDU Throughput UL = MAC-e PDU Available Rate * (1-header overhead ratio of MAC-e PDU)  A precise relationship should exclude theheader overhead and thepadding bits when the TB size does not match N RLC PDU bits  UL RLC SDU Throughput = Sum of bits of all RLC SDUs sent by the RLC layer within the measurement period/Measurement period duration
 Sum of bits of all RLC SDUs sent by theRLC layer within the measurement period: Compared with the sum of RLC PDU bits, theretransmitted data and header overhead (16 bits) of the RLC PDU are excluded.  Measurement period duration: The time when data is transmitted and thetime when no data is transmitted are both included. Relationship between RLC SDU Throughput UL and RLC PDU Throughput UL:  RLC SDU Throughput UL ≈ RLC PDU Throughput UL*(1-RLC PDU Retransmission Rate UL)*header overhead ratio of the RLC PDU The figure below shows the optimization flow of a low throughput ofthe HSUPA UE.
2. Optimization flow of a low throughput of the HSUPA UE
Service Setup on an E-DCH Check whether the serving E-DCH RL indicator in the RB SETUP message of the RNC is True, as shown in the figure below. If yes, the service is borne on the HSUPA. 3. Confirming the service is set up on the HSUPA according to a signaling message of the RNC You can also observe whether an SG is reported in the HSUPA Link Statistics window provided by a drive test tool, for example, Probe. If no information is displayed in the window, the service is borne on a DCH, as shown in the figure below.
4. How to confirm the service is set up on the HSUPA through the drive test tool Probe If the service is not borne on the HSUPA, the service is automatically set up on a DCH. In this case, the service rate is the rate of the R99 service, usually 384 Kpbs or below. If the service is not set up on the HSUPA, you can make analysis in terms of the following aspects:  Check whether the capabilities reported by the UE include the HSUPA. The RRC_CONN_REQUEST message reported by the UE indicates whether the HSDPA and HSUPA are supported. The specific E-DCH capability level is reported in an RRC_CONN_SETUP_CMP message.  Check whether the MBR in the subscription information in the previous line is normal and whether the rate threshold over an E-DCH is set too high. If the MBR assigned by the CN does not exceed the rate threshold over an E-DCH, the service is set up on a DCH.  Check whether the HSUPA cell is available and activated.  The access of the HSUPA UE fails.  Check whether the type of the HSUPA AAL2PATH is configured correctly and whether a type of HSUPA AAL2PATH is configured.
Abnormal MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate The UE compares its current MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate with the maximum allowable ETFC according to the corresponding ETFC of the SG that the UE currently maintains. Make analysis in combination with the Happy/Unhappy information reported by the UE. If the UE reports HAPPY, theuser may not feel happy. Makespecificanalysis according to the happy reasons. If the MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate is abnormal, use the drive test tool Probe to determine whether the UE reports HAPPY or UNHAPPY. If the UE reports HAPPY and the UE rate cannot reach the MBR, the possible causes are as follows:  The terminal capability or the RAN capability is limited.  The transmit power of the terminal limited.  The traffic of the terminal is limited. If the UE reports UNHAPPY and the UE rate cannot reach the MBR, the possible causes are as follows:  The SG (UE grant) is limited.  The resources (air interface load, IUB bandwidth, and CE) on the RAN side are limited. Cause 1: The air interface load is limited. Cause 2: The IUB bandwidth is limited. Cause 3: The NodeB CEs are limited.  The service MBR (NodeB MBR) is limited.  The UE demodulates incorrectly. Cause 1: The SG is not updated because the CRC of the AG value fails Cause 2: The UE demodulates the RG incorrectly. The protocol gives the conditions when the UE report HAPPY and UNHAPPY. The UE indicates that it is ‘unhappy’if the following criteria are met:  UE is transmitting as much scheduled data as allowed by the current Serving Grant.  UE has enough power available to transmit at higher data rate.  Total buffer status would require more than Happy_Bit_Delay_Condition ms to be transmitted with the current Serving_Grant × the ratio of active processes to the total number of processes. The first criteria are always true for a deactivated process and the ratio of the third criteria is always 1 for 10ms TTI. Otherwise, the UE indicates that it is ‘happy’. The terminal capability or the RAN capability is limited.
 Principle description Currently, the capability of Qualcomm HSUPA and Huawei E270 HSUPA is CAT5 (the corresponding MAC-e rate is 2 Mbit/s). The maximum capability supported by Huawei RAN6.0 (RNCV1.8 and NodeBV1.8) is 2 x SF4 (the corresponding MAC-e rate is 1.4484 Mbit/s). Currently, the maximum rate that a single UE can obtain is limited to the capability of the RAN6.0. The RAN6.0 supports 2 x SF4, the maximum TB size is 14484), and the MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate is 14484/10 = 1.4484 Mbit/s The CAT5 terminal supports 2 x SF2, the maximum TB size is 20000, and the MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate is 20000/10 = 2 Mbit/s. 1. Categories of UE HSUPA capability levels E-DCH Category Maximum Number of E-DCH Codes Transmitted Minimum Spreading Factor Support for 10 and 2 ms TTI EDCH Maximum Number of Bits of an E- DCH Transport Block Transmitted Within a 10 ms E-DCH TTI Ma Num Bits DC Tra Blo Tra Wit ms TTI y 1 1 SF4 10 ms TTI only 7110 - y 2 2 SF4 10 ms and 14484 2798 2 ms TTI y 3 2 SF4 10 ms TTI only 14484 - y 4 2 SF2 10 ms and 20000 5772 2 ms TTI y 5 2 SF2 10 ms TTI only 20000 -
y 6 4 SF2 10 ms and 20000 11484 2 ms TTI When 4 codes are transmitted in parallel, two codes shall be transmitted with SF2 and two with SF4  Observation method:  Observe the UE capability Generally, the terminals supporting the HSUPA function all support the HSDPA function. That is, the HSPA bears the services of users as a whole. The following describes how to observe the HSPA function that the UE supports and the specific HS-DSCH/E-DCH capability level in combination with actual RRC messages. First, the RRC_CONN_REQUEST message reported by the UE indicates whether the HSDPA and the HSUPA functions are supported. In the figure below, the capability reported by the UE indicates that the UE supports HS-DSCH and E-DCH.
5. RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message The specific E-DCH capability level is reported in an RRC_CONN_SETUP_CMP message. As shown in the figure below, the HS-DSCH physical layer level of the UE is category 6 and the E- DCH physical layer capability level is category 5.
6. RRC CONNECT SETUP CMP message  Observe the maximum capability configured on the RAN side When the service is set up, the RL RECFG PREP message sent by the RNC to the NodeB gives the maximum spreading factor that the UE can use and the corresponding information element (CE) is maxSet-E- DPDCHs. In the figure below, two spreading factors (SF=4) are supported.
7. RL RECFG PREPARE message When theDCCC algorithm of theHSUPA is disabled, theRNC configures themaximum capability according to theMBR of the UE. When the DCCC algorithm of the HSUPA is enabled, the maximum capability is affected by theinitial access rate of the DCCC.  Solution: Improve the capability of the RAN side or use a terminal with a higher capability level. The transmit power of the terminal is limited.  Principle description The UE calculates the transmit TB size according to the currently available transmit power. Then, the UE selects the smaller between the TB size supported by the transmit power and the TB size supported by the SG as the actual transmit TB size.
The available transmit power of the UE is the same, but the transmit TB size may be not the same. The factors that influence the TB size are as follows:  The UE is at the edge of a cell and the uplink path loss is large.  The uplink load of the cell is high (the UE is not at the edge of a cell).  The UE performs combined services. The DCH service consumes much power and insufficient power is available to the E-DCH service.  Observation method: Method of observing whether the transmit power of the UE limited:  Observe the power limited rate reported by the UE through the Assistant. If the power limited rate is greater than 0%, the transmit power of the UE within the corresponding measurement period of the measurement value is limited. 8. Display of the Assistant HSUPA related information (limited transmit power of the UE) When theUE uses the maximum block (14480), Qualcomm chips of early versions also display the limited transmit power, but in fact, the transmit power is not limited. This problem can be ruled out by combining the current MAC-ePDU Non-DTX Ratewith the actual transmit power of the UE.  After confirming that the transmit power of the UE is limited, analyze the limitation causes. a.View the PCPICH RSCP of the cell where the UE is located and check whether the UE is at the edge of the cell.
b.View the RTWP of the cell where the UE is located before the access and check whether the uplink load of the cell is high. c.View the uplink SIR of the UE to check whether the SIR is exceptionally high. d.View the service that the UE sets up and check whether the service is a combined service.  Solution:  If the UE is at the edge of the cell, move the UE to the center of the cell.  If the uplink load of the cell is high and the cell load is adjustable, reduce the cell load.  If the service that the UE sets up is a combined service, deactivate the R99 service and observe the rate of the HSUPA service. The traffic of the terminal is limited.  Principle description: If the data in the UE RLC Buffer is insufficient, the actual MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate is low.  Observation method:  Method of observing whether the traffic of the UE is limited Observe the buffer limited rate reported by the UE through the Assistant. If the buffer limited rate greater than 0%, the traffic of the UE within the corresponding measurement period of the measurement value is limited.
9. Display of the Assistant HSUPA related information (limited traffic)  After confirming that the traffic of the UE is limited, probable reasons: a. The TCP/IP layer is exceptional so that the TCP sends no data. b. The RLC layer is exceptional so that the RLC sends no data.  Solution: You can consider sending packets in the uplink to eliminate the effect of the TCP mechanism. If this method does not work, check whether the problem about packet loss exists on the RAN side. In addition, some applications in the portable PC also affect the data transmission. In this case, replace the portable PC. If the problem still exists, use a tool to capture packets and locate the exceptions between the portal PC and the UE. The SG (UE grant) is limited. Two basic functions of the HSUPA scheduling  [Basic function 1]: Control the cell load When the actual cell load is greater than the target value, the cell throughput can be reduced by lowering the SG of the UE. When the actual cell load is less than the target value, the cell throughput can be improved by increasing the SG of the unhappy UE.  [Basic function 2]: Limit the MBR of a single UE When the actual value of the MAC-e rate (including retransmitted blocks) is greater than the MBR, an RG Down is sent to the UE to
reduce the SG of the UE. As a result, the transmission rate of the UE is reduced and is kept approximate to the MBR. The UE maintains the SG according to the AG (AG is used only to increase the rate in the RAN6.0) and the RG (Up, Hold, and Down) sent by the NodeB. The UE determines the actual transmission rate by reference to the SG. The actual transmission rate is less than or equal to the corresponding transmission rate of the SG. The resources (air interface load, IUB bandwidth, and CEs) on the RAN side are limited. If the resources on the RAN side are limited, the SG that the NodeB actually allocates to the UE is small. As a result, the UE reports that the SG is limited.  Cause 1: The air interface load is limited.  Principle description: 1) According to basic function 1 of the HSUPA scheduling, when the air interface load on the RAN side is limited, the target load value is the target value configured on the RNC (this value is usually determined at the time of network planning). If the actual value of the cell load exceeds the target value, the uplink coverage of the cell may shrink (the shrinkage depends on the uplink budget margin) and the service at the edge of the cell is affected. Therefore, the cell load needs to be controlled. 2) RNC-related parameter configuration The RNC-related parameters include MaxTargetUlLoadFactor and BackgroundNoise. MaxTargetUlLoadFactor is the target ROT. Related command: MOD CELLHSUPA MaxTargetUlLoadFactor=75 (75 represents 75%, namely, 6 dB) BackgroundNoise is the background noise. Related command: MOD CELLCAC: BackgroundNoise=71 (71 represents –112 + 7.1 = –104.9 dBm) The target RTWP is calculated according to the following formula: Target RTWP = Target ROT + Background Noise. Hence, the target RTWP = –104.9 + 6 = –98.9 dBm 3) The RNC sends a message to the NodeB. The RNC carries the target RTWP and the background noise to the NodeB by sending a PHYSICAL SHARED CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION REQUEST message on the Iub interface. The relationship between the protocol value and the physical value is: physical value = –112 + protocol value/10 (unit: dBm)
As shown in the figure below, the protocol value of the target RTWP is 114, the corresponding physical value is –112 + 11.4 = –100.6 dBm. The background noise of the RTWP is 54 and the corresponding physical value of the background noise is –112 + 5.4 = –106.6 dBm. 10. PHYSICAL SHARED CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION REQUEST message (containing the target RTWP and the background) The disagreement of the background set on the RNC LMT with the cell background affects the throughput of the cell. If the setting value of the background noise is much larger than the actual background noise value, the system stability may be reduced. When the setting value of the background noise is greater than the actual background noise value, the actual cell throughput is greater than the throughput that the target ROT corresponds to. When the setting value of the background noise is less than the actual background noise value, the actual cell throughput is less than the throughput that the target ROT corresponds to.  Observation method:
Observe the cell uplink RTWP measurement recorded and displayed on the RNC LMT to check whether it is close to the configured target RTWP. If the measured value is close to the target RTWP, the air interface load is limited and reaches the target value.  Solution: 1) Set the target ROT reasonably. 2) Keep the setting value of the background noise equal to the actual background noise value. The background noise update algorithm has not been commercially verified. It will be subsequently supplemented. 3) Eliminate external interference.  Cause 2: The IUB bandwidth is limited.  Principle description: 1) According to basic function 1 of the HSUPA scheduling, when the available bandwidth of the Iub HSUPA is limited on the RAN side, the target load is the adjusted target value after flow control (principle of the Iub flow control: adjust the target load according to the buffer change trend on the transmission path). If the actual cell load exceeds the target load value, the data transmission delay is prolonged or even packet loss occurs on the Iub interface so that the data transmission performance is affected. Therefore, the actual cell load needs to be controlled. 2) When the ATM is adopted on the Iub interface, the HSUPA Iub bandwidth utilization = TCP layer rate/ATM bandwidth
11. ATM transmission efficiency When the TCP layer rate is less than 320 kbit/s, the utilization is less than 73%. When the TCP layer rate ranges from 320 kbit/s to 736 kbit/s, the utilization is 74% or so. When the TCP layer rate ranges from 768 kbit/s to 1376 kbit/s, the utilization is 75% or so. 3) When the IP is adopted on the Iub interface, the HSUPA Iub bandwidth utilization = TCP layer rate/IP bandwidth
12. P bandwidth utilization I When the TCP layer rate is less than 224 kbit/s, the utilization is less than 80%. When the TCP layer rate ranges from 224 kbit/s to 448 kbit/s, the utilization is 80% to 85%. When the TCP layer rate ranges from 480 kbit/s to 1376 kbit/s, the utilization is 85% to 90%.  Observation method: Since the Iub bandwidth is shared by all cells of a NodeB, you need to obtain the rate information of all HSUPA UEs of the NodeB when determining whether the Iub bandwidth is limited. If the sum of the rates of all UEs is approximate to the available bandwidth of the HSUPA times the bandwidth utilization, the Iub bandwidth is limited. In addition, observe the measured RTWPs of all cells. They should all be less than the target value configured on the RNC.  Solution: Improve the available Iub bandwidth of the HSUPA.  Cause 3: The NodeB CEs are limited.  Principle description: When the NodeB CE resources on the RAN side are limited, the dynamic CE adjustment algorithm (not implemented in NodeB V18 but implemented in later versions) reduces the MBR of the UEs or the minimum available SF.  Observation method:
Make observations on the NodeB debugging console.  Solution: Add CEs. The service MBR (NodeB MBR) is limited.  Principle description:  See the description of basic function 2 of the HSUPA scheduling.  Concepts of CN assigned MBR, RNC MBR, and NodeB MBR CN assigned MBR: The CN notifies the RNC of the assigned MBR in a RAB Assignment Request message. 13. RAB assignment request message (containing an MBR) RNC MBR:RLC SDU rate (excluding the RLC PDU header)
The RNC combines the MBR in the RAB Assignment Request message with the UE capability and the resources on the RAN side to obtain an MBR for the final service setup. This MBR is called RNC MBR. NodeB MBR: MAC-e PDU rate (including retransmitted blocks) The RNC notifies the NodeB of the NodeB MBR in an RL RECFG PREPARE message. 14. RL RECFG PREPARE message (containing NodeB MBR) UE MBR:
15. RB SETUP message (containing the maximum number of available channel codes)  Mappings between CN assigned MBR, RNC MBR, and NodeB MBR RNC MBR = Typical service rate configured on the RNC background, most approximate to the CN MBR E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (NodeB MBR) = Requested maximum rate (RNC MBR) * Requested rate up scale Requested rate up scale: Command: ADD TYPRABHSPA HsupaMaxRateUpScale Requested rate up Value range: 10 to 255 Physical indication range: 1 to 25.5, a
scale for the HSUPA service step of 0.1 Physical unit: None Content: The value of this parameter times the uplink maximum rate in an RAM Assignment Request message is the peak rate when the service is borne on an E-DCH. The RNC configures the bottom-layer bandwidth for the UU interface and IUB interface according to the peak rate. The configuration of this parameter is related to the target number of service retransmissions on the E- DCH. Recommended value: 11  Observation method:  Step1: Obtain the uplink rate (IP layer rate) of the UE from a DU meter and UE MAC-e PDU Served rate from the Assistant.  Step 2: Obtain the CN MBR from the RAM Assignment Request message, the RNC MBR from the typical rate configuration in the RNC MML command, and the NodeB MBR from the RL RECFG PREP message.  Step 3: Compare the rates obtained in the previous two steps. If the rate on the DU meter is approximate to the RNC MBR and the corresponding UE MAC-e PDU Served Rate is approximate to the NodeB MBR, the NodeB MBR is limited.  Solution: To improve the throughput of a UE, modify the subscription information and configure a higher MBR. The UE demodulates incorrectly.  Cause 1: The SG is not updated because the CRC of the AG value fails  Principle description: According to the AG, the UE updates the SG that it maintains. If an AG reception error (CRC failure) occurs, the SG maintained by the UE is incorrect. There are two possible causes for the AG reception error: 1) The E-AGCH power in the position where the UE is located is low.
Huawei RNC provides two power control modes for the HSUPA downlink control channels (including E-RGCH, E-AGCH, and E- HICH). Power control mode 1: Fixed transmit power relative to the PCPICH. In this mode, each channel adopts a fixed power and all UEs use the same power. This is equivalent to "no power control". Power control mode 2: Power control for UE based on the DPCH transmit power. Since each UE is assigned with its own E-RGCH and E-HICH and signaling can be sent to only one UE on the E-AGCH at a specific time, the downlink control channel of the HSUPA can separately perform power control for each UE. 2) The quality of the E-AGCH signals at the receiving end is high but the UE has bugs so that demodulation errors occur.  Observation method: For cause 1: Step 1: Confirm the current power control mode by using an MML query command. COMMAND: LST MACEPARA (NodeB LMT) Step 2: If the power control mode is fixed transmit power relative to the PCPICH (default algorithm in V18), check whether the parameters used by the system are baseline parameters. If not, change the parameters to the baseline parameters and observe whether the problem is solved. If the problem is not solved, confirm the pilot signal quality (PCPICH RSCP and Ec/Io) in the position where the UE is located. The baseline parameters are set on the assumption that a signal Ec/Io is given at the edge of the cell. If the actual signal Ec/Io at the edge of the cell is less than the assumed value, increase the power offset (PO) on the basis of the baseline parameters. 1. PO for the E- AGCH when the Ec/Io at the edge of cells is –12 dB Control channel Scenario Power Offset (dB) E-AGCH None –11.2 dB If the actual signals at the edge of the cell in a scenario are worse, the Ec/Io decreases by 1 dB and the PO of each channel increases by 1 dB.
Compare the AG received by the UE with the one sent by the NodeB (the latter can be obtained from the NodeB scheduling debugging information file). It is forbidden to use the NodeB debugging management systemin a commercial network.  Solution: For cause 1, increase the PO of the E-AGCH on the basis of the baseline parameters according to the actual signal coverage quality at the edge of the cell. For cause 2, remove the bugs from the terminal.  Cause 2: The UE demodulates the RG incorrectly.  Principle description: The UE updates the SG that it maintains based on the RG information. If an RG reception error occurs, infer that the maintained SG is incorrect. The possible causes for a UE RG demodulation error are as follows: 1) The E-RGCH power in the position where the UE is located is low. 2) The E-RGCH power is sufficient, but the E-HICH ACK is demodulated into RG UP owing to the E-HICH interference when RG Hold is sent.  Observation method: Make observations on the NodeB maintenance/debugging console. For cause 1: Step 1: Confirm the current power control mode by using an MML query command. COMMAND:LST MACEPARA (NodeB LMT) Step 2: If the power control mode is fixed transmit power relative to the PCPICH (default algorithm in V18), check whether the parameters used by the system are baseline parameters. Check whether the parameters used by the system are baseline parameters. If not, change the parameters to the baseline parameters and observe whether the problem is solved. If the problem is not solved, confirm the pilot signal quality (PCPICH RSCP and Ec/Io) in the position where the UE is located. The baseline parameters are set on the assumption that a signal Ec/Io is given at the edge of the cell. If the actual signal Ec/Io at the edge of the cell is less than the assumed value, increase the PO on the basis of the baseline parameters. 2. PO for the E- RGCH when the
Ec/Io at the edge of cells is –12 dB Control Channel Scenario Power Offset (dB) E-RGCH Single link or serving E_DCH RLS –22 Non-serving E_DCH RLS –17.3 If the actual signals at the edge of the cell in a scenario are worse, the Ec/Io decreases by 1 dB and the PO of each channel increases by 1 dB. Make comparison tests between NodeB and UE and ensure that the E- RGCH power is properly set. Step 3: If the power control mode is power control for UE based on the DPCH transmit power (default algorithm in V22), no test experience is available in V18 and test experience will be supplemented in later versions. For cause 2: Cause 2 is caused by the signature used by the E-HICH and the E- RGCH. A signature error exists in a NodeB test version. When the pilot power is 33 dBm and HICH power is set to 33 – 21 = 12 dBm, AG Hold is normally demodulated. When the HICH power is set to 13 dBm, AG Hold is occasionally demodulated into AG UP. When the HICH power is set to 14 dBm, AG Hold is most demodulated into AG UP. When the HICH power is set to 16 to 18 dBm, AG Hold is basically all demodulated into AG UP.  Solution: For cause 1, increase the PO of the E-RGCH on the basis of the baseline parameters according to the actual signal coverage quality at the edge of the cell. For cause 2, rectify the product. MAC-e PDU Served Rate Exception Location If MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate is normal, further determine whether the MAC-e PDU Served Rate is exceptional. Relationship between the MAC-e PDU Served Rate and the MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate:
Served Rate = MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate * Non-DTX Probability Locating an served rate exception is the process of locating a non-DTX probability exception. When a single HSUPA UE uploads a large-sized file, normally, the non-DTX probability should be 100%.A non-DTX probability less than 100% is considered an exception and the cause needs to be analyzed. Factors affecting a non-DTX probability:  The RLC layer is exceptional so that RLC data is not sent in time. See "RLC SDU Throughput UL Exception Location".  The TCP/IP layer is exceptional so that TCP data is not sent in time. See "TCP/IP Layer Rate Exception Location". MAC-e PDU Available Rate Exception Location If MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate and MAC-e PDU Served Rate are both normal, further determine whether the MAC-e PDU Available Rate is exceptional. Relationship between the MAC-e PDU Available Rate and the MAC-e PDU Served Rate: MAC-e PDU Available Rate ≈ MAC-e PDU Served Rate *(1-SBLER) Locating a MAC-e PDU available rate exception is the process of locating an SBLER exception. You can set the target number of the MAC-es PDU retransmissions (usually 0.1 on average) on the RNC LMT. If the measured SBLER deviates greatly from the target number of MAC-es PDU retransmissions, it is considered as an SBLER exception. Factors affecting the SBLER convergence: The uplink outer loop power control is exceptional. The SBLER obtained from the terminal side refers to the block error rate of the MAC-e TB, while the BLER obtained from the RNC side refers to the average number of MAC-esPDU transmissions.  The maximum uplink SIRtarget is set so low that the SBLER is high.  Principle description: When the actual SBLER is greater than the target value, the uplink outer power control of the HSUPA increases the value of the SIRtarget so that the actual SBLER can be converged to the target value. A maximum SIRtarget value is set on the RNC for the purpose of exception prevention. When the SIRtarget required for power control is greater than the maximum SIRtarget value, the maximum SIRtarget value is used. That is, the SIRtarget value is truncated. If the SIRtarget is set too small, the actual SBLER will be greater than the target value.
The maximum SIRtarget value is related to other outer loop power control parameters (including reference ETFCI, reference PO, and target number of retransmissions).  Observation method: Query the maximum SIRtarget that the system currently uses. MML command: LST TYPRAB  Solution: Step 1: Check whether the maximum SIRtarget is the default. If not, change it to the default value and observe whether the problem is solved. Step 2: If the problem is not solved after the maximum SIRtarget is changed to the default, check whether the outer loop power control parameters (mainly including reference ETFCI, reference PO, and target number of retransmissions) are set to the defaults. If not, change the values of these parameters to the defaults and observe whether the problem is solved.  Packet loss on the Iub interface causes a high SIRtarget but a low SBLER.  Principle description: The statistics of the number of MAC-es PDU retransmissions for the uplink outer loop power control in the version earlier than V18 involves bit errors on the air interface and packet loss on the Iub interface. When packet loss occurs on the Iub interface, the number of MAC-es PDU retransmissions is larger than the target value. As a result, the SIRtarget is high. In this case, the air interface quality is high, that is, the SBLER observed from the UE is low. The statistics of the number of MAC-es PDU retransmissions for the uplink outer loop power control in the version later than V18 involves only bit errors on the air interface, regardless of packet loss on the Iub interface. Therefore, packet loss on the Iub interface does not affect the performance of power control. The possible causes for packet loss on the Iub interface are as follows: 1) The bottom-layer transmission is exceptional. 2) The Iub uplink transmission is configured incorrectly. 3) Transmission buffer overflows occur.  Observation method: See "RLC SDU Throughput UL Exception Location".  Solution: See "RLC SDU Throughput UL Exception Location". The probability of demodulating ACK into NACK/DTX is high.  Principle description:
The UE obtains ACK/NACK/DTX information by demodulating the E- HICH. If ACK is taken for NACK or DTX, the UE performs a retransmission. In this case, the SBLER measured on the UE side is greater than the actual one and the effective rate is reduced. If the E-HICH transmit power is low, the probability of demodulating ACK into NACK or DTX is high. There are two power control algorithms for the E-HICH: 1) Fixed transmit power relative to the PCPICH. 2) Power control for UE based on the DPCH transmit power. Currently, the first algorithm (NodeB V1) is adopted. When the E-HICH power offset is set low, the E-HICH demodulation performance of the UE at the edge of a cell is affected. When the UE is located in a soft handover cell, a soft combination is performed for the E-HICHs in the same RLS, and the E-HICHs in the non- serving RLS can send ACK and DTX coming from the E-HICHs in different RLSs.  Observation method: Confirm the current power control mode by using an MML query command. LST MACEPARA  Solution:  Step 1: If the power control mode is fixed transmit power relative to the PCPICH (default algorithm in V18), check whether the parameters used by the system are baseline parameters. If not, change the parameters to the baseline parameters and observe whether the problem is solved. If the problem is not solved, confirm the pilot signal quality (PCPICH RSCP and Ec/Io) in the position where the UE is located. The baseline parameters are set on the assumption that a signal Ec/Io is given at the edge of the cell. If the actual signal Ec/Io at the edge of the cell is less than the assumed value, increase the Ec/Io on the basis of the baseline parameters. 3. PO for the E- HICH when the Ec/Io at the edge of cells is –12 dB Control Channel Scenario Power Offset (dB) E-HICH Single link –21.2
RLS including serving E_DCH cell –21.2 RLS excluding serving E_DCH cell –12 If the actual signals at the edge of the cell in a scenario are worse, the Ec/Io decreases by 1 dB and the PO of each channel increases by 1 dB. Since the R&D personnel do not distinguish between two cases (single link and RLS including serving_DCH cell) in the implementation of the power control, the PO for a single link is the same as that for RLS including serving E_DCH. Make comparison tests between NodeB and UE and ensure that the E- HICH power is properly set. When performing a test, ensure that the uplink channel is in good condition, disable the outer loop power control, and set the SIR to 11 dB. Construct a scenario without HARQ retransmissions so that the NodeB sends HARQ_ACK all the time. Test the probability of demodulating ACK into NACK from the UE side.  Step 2: If the power control mode is power control for UE based on the DPCH transmit power (default algorithm in V22), no test experience is available in V18 and test experience will be supplemented in later versions. RLC SDU Throughput UL Exception Location Working principle of data transmission at the RLC layer:  RLC transmission includes transparent transmission (TM), un- acknowledgment mode (UM), and acknowledgment mode (AM). PS services (FTP and HTTP) usually adopt the AM and the sequence in which the RLC submits SDUs can be configured (sequential submission and non-sequential submission) on the RNC LMT.  The AM adopts the positive/negative acknowledgment strategy for reliable data transmission and adopts a sliding window protocol for flow control.  Before the RLC receives an acknowledgment packet, the maximum number of PDUs that the RLC can send is the RLC Send Window. The sooner the sender receives an acknowledgment, the faster the window slides and the higher the allowed RLC transmission rate is. Otherwise, the RLC transmission rate is lower. Even call drops occur because the RLC is reset.  The sequential submission ensures that no packet loss occurs to the data submitted to the upper-layer and the data is submitted in sequence. PS services usually use TCP/IP. If packet loss happens at the upper layer, it may
lead to congestion and slow starting of TCP.. This affects the transmission rate.  Sequential submission is recommended for the RLC and the non-sequential submission for the core network. Factors affecting the RLC layer rate:  Packet loss causes a high RLC retransmission rate.  The RLC send window is full. Judge RLC SDU throughput UL exceptions.  If MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate and MAC-e PDU Served Rate are both normal, further determine whether the RLC PDU throughput UL and RLC SDU throughput UL are exceptional. Relationship between the RLC PDU throughput UL and the MAC-e PDU avaivable rate:  RLC PDU Throughput UL = MAC-e PDU Available Rate * (1-header overhead ratio of MAC-e PDU) As the header overhead ratio is small, seen from the Probe, the RLC throughput curve and the MAC layer rate curve are basically overlapped. This relationship should be kept between RLC PDU throughput UL and MAC-e PDU available rate all the time and no exception should occur. Relationship between RLC SDU throughput UL and RLC PDU throughput UL:  RLC SDU Throughput UL ≈ RLC PDU Throughput UL*(1-RLC PDU Retransmission Rate UL)*header overhead ratio of the RLC PDU For BE services, the uplink outer loop power control usually ensures that the RLC PDU retransmission rate UL is 0% when only MAC-e PDU retransmission happens.Therefore, RLC SDU throughput UL is approximate to the RLC PDU throughput UL * header overhead ratio of the RLC PDU. Otherwise, an exception is considered, that is, the RLC retransmission high. For time sensitive services such as VoIP over the HSUPA, to ensure the real-time of services, the uplink outer loop power control ensures that the MAC-es PDU has a residual BLER. In this case, the RLC PDU retransmission rate UL is approximate to the target residual BLER. Otherwise, an exception is considered, that is, the RLC retransmission rate is not converged within the target value. The version V18 supports only the BE services over the HSUPA. Therefore, the RLC retransmission rate is usually required to approach 0. Factors affecting the RLC SDU throughput UL:  The uplink packet loss on the air interface (MAC-e layer residual SBLER >1%) causes a high RLC retransmission rate.  Principle description: 1) TBs are discarded if they are not received when the number of MAC- e layer retransmissions reaches the maximum. This is packet loss for the RLC layer.
2) If the receiver at the RLC layer detects packet loss, it requires the sender to retransmit the packet through a state report. 3) Data retransmission reduces the transmission efficiency of the RLC, and further affects its efficient throughput. 4) The uplink transmission quality on the air interface is controlled by the uplink outer loop power control. If packet loss occurs in the uplink of the air interface, the uplink outer loop power control is generally exceptional.  Observation method: Method 1: Observe the RLC PDU retransmission rate UL on the Probe. 16. RLC PDU retransmission rate on the Probe Method 2: Observe the residual BLER (Res. BLER) of the MAC-e layer on the Probe. Normally, the Res. BLER is less than 1%. Block – Number of frames failing to be transmitted at the MAC-e layer. That is, if the transmission of a frame still fails after the MAC-e layer retransmits it for multiple times, the RLC layer originates a retransmission. In this case, the value is increased by 1. Block + Number of frames transmitted successfully at the MAC-e layer, equal to SB + Res. BLER Residual block error rate at the MAC-e layer, namely, the number of frames failing to be transmitted at the RLC layer/total number of transmissions at the RLC layer: (Block -) / ((Block -) + (Block +)) * 100%  Solution:
The uplink transmission quality on the air interface is controlled by the uplink outer loop power control. If packet loss occurs in the uplink of the air interface, the uplink outer loop power control is usually exceptional. You need to check whether a) Target values for power control are configured correctly. b) The uplink SIRtarget is normal. c) The actual SIR is converged within the target value.  The downlink packet loss on the air interface (the probability of demodulating NACK into ACK is high) causes a high RLC retransmission rate.  Principle description: If the UE takes the NACK sent by the NodeB for ACK, the corresponding TB is not retransmitted. As a result, a block error is introduced at the RLC layer. The block error causes RLC retransmission and affects the throughput. The possible causes for a UE E-HICH demodulation error are as follows: The E-HICH power in the position where the UE is located is low.  Observation method: See High Probability of Demodulating ACK into NACK/DTX.  Solution: See High Probability of Demodulating ACK into NACK/DTX.  The uplink packet loss on the Iub interface (the bottom-layer transmission is exceptional) causes a high RLC retransmission rate.  Principle description: The exceptional bottom-layer transmission (for example, intermittent failure of E1) causes uplink packet loss.  Observation method: The packet loss in the uplink in this case can be observed only on the RNC, instead of the NodeB.  Solution: Observe whether there is any transmission alarm, solve any transmission exception, and clear the alarm.  The uplink packet loss on the Iub interface (the uplink transmission of the Iub interface is configured incorrectly) causes a high RLC retransmission rate.  Principle description: The incorrect uplink transmission configuration on the Iub causes uplink packet loss.
 Observation method: The packet loss in the uplink in this case can be observed only on the RNC, instead of the NodeB.  Solution: Check the configuration data of the transmission layer and ensure that the configuration data is correct.  The uplink packet loss on the Iub interface (a transmission buffer overflow occurs) causes a high RLC retransmission rate.  Principle description: The untimely flow control on the Iub interface causes buffer overflows and packet loss.  Observation method: The packet loss in the uplink in this case can be observed through the NodeB debugging console.  Solution: Determine whether the flow control algorithm is exceptional.  The RLC layer fails to return an ACK in time (the RLC state report disable timer is not set properly/the downlink BLER is not converged) so that the RLC send window is full.  Principle description: Currently, the maximum size of the RLC send window can be set to 2047 (the RLC receive/send window size of the terminal is 2047). When the RLC transmission rate is very high, the RLC send window is easily full and cannot send other data if the state report is not returned in time. For example, if the rate on the air interface is 1.4 Mbit/s and the RLC PDU size is 336 bits, the RLC send window can send data for (2047 x 336)/(1.4 x 1000) = 491.28 ms. If the RNC fails to receive a state report within 491.28 ms, the RLC send window is full. The return time of the state report is related to the state report disable timer and the uplink air interface quality. If the state report disable time is set too long, or the uplink BLER is not converged, the RLC send window may be full.  Observation method: Currently, we have very limited means to observe whether the RLC send window is full on the UE side. We must analyze the data on the user plane and the control plane at the RLC layer to learn whether the RLC window is full. Currently, the Assistant V1.4 does not support this function. We can use only the QCAT to make analysis. Therefore, a simple method is reverse inference. Assume that the RLC send window is full and try the following methods to check whether the
problem is solved. If the problem is solved, the cause is that the RLC send window is full.  Solution: Method 1: Increase the RLC send window by changing the RLC PDU size from 336 to 656. Method 2: Check whether the state report disable timer is set properly and whether it is set to the default of the baseline. Method 3: Check the convergence of the downlink BLER to ensure the BLER is converged. TCP/IP Layer Rate Exception Location Working principle of data transmission at the TCP/IP layer: TCP/IP adopts the inclusive acknowledgment strategy for reliable data transmission and the sliding window protocol for flow control, and performs congestion control when detecting a network congestion.  Flow control (sliding window) Flow control is used to prevent buffer overflows and saturation of the computer at the receiving end. Flow control generates a window value for the sender to transmit the specified number of bytes in the window. Then, the window is closed and the sender must stop data transmission. The window is not opened until the sender receives an ACK from the receiver.  Inclusive acknowledgment strategy All to-be-transmitted bytes before the confirmed byte number are acknowledged. Suppose that 10 data fragments are to be transmitted. These data fragments cannot reach the destination in sequence. TCP must acknowledge the highest byte number of consecutive bytes without any error. The highest byte number is not allowed to be acknowledged before all the middle bytes reach the destination. If the acknowledgment to the middle bytes is not sent to the sender, the sender TCP entity finally times out and retransmits the unacknowledged data.  Congestion control (timeout and retransmission) TCP determines a network congestion by measuring the round-trip time (RTT) delay timeout or receiving a repeated acknowledgment. When a network congestion is detected, the congestion avoidance algorithm (downspeeding and retransmission) is enabled. Therefore, the factors affecting the TCP/IP data transmission rate include:  Configured TCP receive/send window Although the receive window size is dynamic (if packets out of sequence are received or packets cannot be submitted to the upper layer in time, the available window size becomes small), the configured window size determines the maximum available size of the receive window.
According to the formula Capacity (bit)=bandwidth (b/s)*round-trip time (s), if the receive/send window is too small, the transmission rate is affected.  Actual receive window size  RTT fluctuation triggers the congestion avoidance mechanism (packet loss on the CN side, downlink BLER convergence failure, and too small a reverse bandwidth of TCP/IP) TCP/IP layer rate exception judgment: If MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate, MAC-e PDU Served Rate, and MAC-e PDU Served Rate are all normal, the traffic of the UE is limited, but the data to be sent is sufficient, it can determined that the TCP/IP layer rate is exceptional.  Too small a TCP receive window on the receiver side makes the send window easily full.  Principle description: TCP/IP adopts the sliding window protocol. The sliding window protocol allows the sender to transmit multiple consecutive packets before the sender stops transmission and waits for an acknowledgment. As it is unnecessary for the sender to stop and wait for an acknowledgment each time it transmits a packet, the sliding window protocol increases the data transmission rate. Theoretically, TCP receive window size should be greater than the product of the bandwidth and the delay. Capacity(bit)=bandwidth(b/s)*round-trip time(s) A 66535-byte window is sufficient for the 1.6 Mbit/s service, but insufficient for 3.6 Mbit/s service. Especially when the delay is greater than 200 ms, the TCP window is easily full. As a result, you observe that the buffers of the RLC and the NodeB are 0.  Observation method: 1) Query the configuration of the TCP receive window at the receiver end. 2) Obtain the current Ping delay (test the RTT) 3) Observe the rate on the UE/DU meter is approximate to the TCP receive window size/RTT.  Solution: 1) Change the TCP receive window size at the receiver end. Use the following registry entries to set the receive window size to 80 KB (80*1024 = 81920). Method 1: Use the DRTCP tool to modify the receive window size and restart the computer.
Method 2: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESystemCurrentControlSet ServicesTcpip ParametersTcpWindowSize (REG_DWORD) Restart the computer. 2) If no DRTCP tool is available, use multiple processes to perform verification.  A 100% CPU load at the receiving end cause the TCP receive window to be full.  Principle description: When the CPU load at the receiving end reaches 100%, the data in the TCP receive window cannot be submitted to the upper layer and the TCP receive window is full. When the TCP receive window is full, the receiver notifies the TCP sender of it and the sender stops transmitting data. As a result, the RLC BO is 0 and the UE transmits no data.  Observation method: Observe the Performance tab page in the Windows Task Manager.
17. Receiver's CPU performance observation window  Solution: 1) Close the programs not related to the test at the receiving end. 2) Use high-performance computer at the receiving end.  The RTT timeout at the TCP/IP layer caused by packet loss at the CN side triggers congestion avoidance.  Principle description: TCP provides the reliable transport layer. One of the methods that TCP uses is acknowledging the data received from the other peer, however, data and acknowledgment may be lost. TCP solves the problem by starting a timer when it starts transmitting data. If no acknowledgment is received when the timer expires, TCP retransmits the data. The TCP sender measures the RTT of a connection (measures the RTT from when it transmits a byte with a special sequence number to when it receives an acknowledgment containing this byte) to maintain an RTT timer.
If the RTT timer expires, TCP considers that a network congestion occurs and triggers the congestion avoidance mechanism. As a result, the data transmission rate is affected. IP packet loss on the CN side causes the RTT timeout.  Observation method: Start Ethereal on the portable PC attached with a data card to capture TCP data packets, and then analyze the captured packets. Check whether the receiver sends repeated acknowledgment packets.  Solution: Check segment by segment to confirm that the problem lies in the RAN or the CN. Packet loss may happen on the Iu-PS interface, interface between the SGSN and the GGSN, and interface between the GGSN and the receiver.  The RTT timeout at the TCP/IP layer caused by the convergence failure of the downlink BLER triggers congestion avoidance.  Principle description: TCP provides the reliable transport layer. One of the methods that TCP uses is the acknowledgment to the data received from the other peer. However, data and acknowledgment may be lost. TCP solves the problem by starting a timer when data transmission begins. If no acknowledgment is received when the timer expires, TCP retransmits the data. The TCP sender measures the RTT of a connection (measures the RTT from when it transmits a byte with a special sequence number to when it receives an acknowledgment containing this byte) to maintain an RTT timer. If the RTT timer expires, TCP considers that a network congestion occurs and triggers the congestion avoidance mechanism. As a result, the data transmission rate is affected. IP packet loss on the CN side causes the RTT timeout.  Observation method: If the downlink bearer is a DCH, Step 1: Check the convergence of the downlink BLER on the RNC LMT. Often, you are unable to observe the downlink BLER and the terminal does not report the downlink BLER. In this case, you need to use a terminal tool to observe the downlink BLER. Step 2: Observe whether the downlink transmit power is limited and confirm the causes for the downlink BLER convergence failure. If the downlink bearer is an HSDPA,
Observe the downlink SBLER and the residual BLER through the Probe.  Solution: If the downlink transmit power is limited, analyze the cause (a long distance from the NodeB) and determine a solution according to the cause. If the downlink transmit power is not limited but the downlink outer loop power control does not converge, the power control performance of the terminal is not ideal. In this case, you can use another type of terminal to perform a test.  Too small a downlink TCP/IP reverse bandwidth causes a large RTT delay.  Principle description: TCP provides a reliable transport layer. One of the methods that TCP uses is acknowledging the data received from the other peer. However, data and acknowledgment may be lost. TCP solves the problem by starting a timer when data transmission begins. If no acknowledgment is received when the timer expires, TCP retransmits the data. The TCP sender measures the RTT of a connection (measures the RTT from when it transmits a byte with a special sequence number to when it receives an acknowledgment containing this byte) to maintain an RTT timer. If the RTT timer expires, TCP considers that a network congestion occurs and triggers the congestion avoidance mechanism. As a result, the data transmission rate is affected. IP packet loss on the CN side causes the RTT timer expiration.  Observation method: Step 1: Check the downlink rate of the service through the RAB Assignment Request message. Step 2: When the downlink channel is a DCH, check the actual downlink bandwidth through the RB SETUP message. When the downlink channel is an HSDPA channel, combine the available bandwidth on the Iub interface to determine the bandwidth that is currently available. Step 3: Query the subscription rate in the HLR. The minimum downlink subscription rate of the HSUPA is recommended to be no less than 128 kbit/s. Step 4: Check whether the AT command is run on the portable test PC to specify a downlink rate.  Solution:
If the subscription rate is too low, change the subscription rate or use the AT command to ensure that the downlink rate matches the uplink rate. If the subscription rate is reasonable but the actual RB rate is low, locate the problem from the RAN side. Usually, network resource congestion causes an RB rate increase failure. 6. Analyzing Poor Performance of Data Transfer at CN Side 5.3.6 shows the flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer at CN side.
1. Flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer at CN side NE Alarms At CN side, analyze the alarms on SGSN, GGSN, LAN switch, router, and firewall (collecting SGSN and GGSN alarms as key task). Clock alarms and transport code error alarms may lead to fluctuation of PS data. Package lose on CN side result in TCP/IP layer RTT overtime touch off congestion avoidance TCP apply credible transmit layer. One method is to affirm the data which receive from the other side. But data and affirmance may lose . TCP transit set a timer in the send time to solve the problem. When the timer overflow , it don’t receive affirm message, it will retransmission data. TCP send point will be a measure to a connect RTT. Maintain a RTT timer.
If it measure RTT overtime , TCP think net congestion , it will start-up congestion avoidance. Consequently,it will affect data transmit rate. IP package lose on CN side will make RTT overtime. Environment Problems The rate is relevant to PC, OS, and applications. The internal algorithm of software at different application layer and TCP parameters of OS have great impact on performance. If other conditions are the same, the rate of data transfer on Windows 2000 computer is superior to that on Windows 98 computer. Therefore, it is recommended to use Windows 2000 Professional and Windows 2000 server as the OS of PCs and servers. Now the laptops are installed with Windows XP, so there is no problem concerning perform due to OS. Anyhow,the servers must be installed with Windows 2000 server, because Windows XP will affect the performance of data transfer. The PC (laptop) for being daemon of UE must be of good performance. Tests prove that IBM laptops have good performance in playing VODs. Now Huawei RNP engineers use the new laptops of D Corporation, which have worst performance in data transfer of HSDPA test than the new ones of H Corporation. If the utilization CPU being daemon of UE is 100%, the TCP/IP receiver window is full. As a result, the performance of data transfer is affected. The performance of servers may affect service effect, which must be considered. TCP Receiving and Sending Window For the services (such as VOD and FTP) using TCP protocol, the TCP window size of test laptop (client) and server have great impact on performance of services. Set the window as large as possible to guarantee good performance. Set the window of client and server in the same size, such as 64K. For modification method, see the appendix. Maximum Transmission Unit If a data packet at IP layer is to be sent,and the data packet is larger than the maximum transmission unit (MTU), the IP layer will divide the data packet to pieces. Each piece is smaller than MTU. Using larger MTU and avoiding IP segment and reassembly helps to raise efficiency. MTU is usually smaller than or equal to 1450. Changing MTU includes changing the MTU of server and changing the MTU of test laptop. After PS service connection setup,the service negotiates with the client. The MTU in use takes the smaller of the two MTUs. For modification, see the appendix. Service-related Problems  FTP Use the commercial FTP software, because the FTP software embedded in Windows OS is of average performance. Download data with FTP in
binary. The multi-thread downloading software like FlashGet is recommended. If update rate is low , it can consider process multi-FTP transmission at the same time, or use tools send fixed rate package to make sure whether the bottom has a problem.  VOD The software RealPlayer sets the maximum play rate to larger than 384 kbps. The buffer time must not be over long, and 3s is proper. Some computers are installed with qualified video adapter, so the monitor jumps some frames. Change the resolution to 800x600. If the problem is still present, change the video adapter.  Net TV When the rate of down-layer declines, the Net TV is difficult to restore. Note this.  Video conference Set the output rate of convergence TV smaller than the rate of down-layer; otherwise, data packets will be dropped. Huawei conference video sets 64 kbps as step from 128 kbps. The recommended configuration is 320 kbps. If the rate is over low, utilization rate of down-layer rate will be over low. Otherwise, using the rate higher than 320 kbps, such as equal to or larger than 384 kbps, leads to dropping data packets because the rate of down- layer cannot meet the requirements by application layer. As a result, the performance of video conference declines. If a lightning sign appears on the right upper corner of conference TV, there must be code error or packet dropping during transmission. HSDPA Subscribed Rate In test, if the downlink throughput of HSDPA subscriberis only 384 kbps, 128 kbps, or 64kbps. By check the HSDPA cell is set up exactly. After confirmation that the problem is not at RAN side, check the HLR subscribed rate and subscribers'QoS parameters of SGSN and GGSN.  HLR The APN and subscribed rate is changed in MOD GRPS of HLR. You can set multiple APNs to a SIM card. Each APN matches a highest rate. When the maximum rate is not restricted at UE side, the RAB assignment request message sent by CN brings the subscribed rate. If no resource, such as power resource and code resource, is restricted at RNC side, the Activate PDP content Accept message of NAS signaling brings the assigned rate to UE. Obtain the rate contained in the Activate PDP content Accept message in Probe or other DT tools.  GGSN
Modify subscribers'' QoS parameters on GGSN. Set downlink bit rate and downlink guaranteed rate as required. The default configuration is 384 kbps. The commands are as below: SET QOS: MBRDNLK=2048, GBRDNLK=2048; The previous command sets the downlink maximum rate to 2048 kbps. As a result, the CN allows the downlink maximum rate of HSDPA to be 2 Mbps.  SGSN Modify downlink maximum rate and downlink guaranteed rate of subscriber by executing the command below: SET 3GSM: MBRDNLK=151, GBRDNLK=151; Set the maximum bandwidth to 151 (standing for 2 Mbps) by executing the command SET 3GSM.
4. Interruption of Data Transfer 1. Analzying DCH Interruption of Data Transfer Description: data transfer is interrupted for a period. The possible causes include:  Call drop during data transfer  After the UE hands over 3G networks to 2G networks, it cannot perform data transfer.  A state transition occurs. After the UE transits from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH and CELL_PCH, when restoring data transfer is necessary and the resource for restoring data transfer is inadequate, the UE cannot restore to CELL_DCH state. Therefore data transfer is affected.  Other causes, like interruption of data transfer. Analyze the problem from alarms, signaling flow, and CHR.
1. Flow for analyzing interruption of data transfer Alarms Query the alarms on CN and RAN. Know the abnormalities in the operation of current system. Guide to analyze and exclude problems. Some problem, such as interruption of data transfer, clock asynchronization in some cells, and NE congestion,can be known from alarms. Signaling Flow Analyze signaling in details to locate interruption of data transfer. Check whether call drops,whether the UE hands overfrom 3G networks to 2G networks, and whether state transits. Collect signaling in several ways. Collect the signaling at UE side by using Probe and UE. Collect the signaling at RNC side on RNC LMT. By comparison of two signaling flow, check whether messages are lost at air interface. Based on analysis and CHR, engineers can locate the problem or obtain the rough direction.  Call Drop For call drop problems, see W-Handover and Call Drop Problem Optimization Guide.
 Channel State Transit When the cell state transits to CCH, it cannot restore to CELL_DCH. Check the abnormal information in CHR. If the downlink load is over large by confirmation, or the bandwidth at Iub interface is congested, add carriers or transport resources.  3G2G handover If the data transfer is problematic after handover from a 3G network to a 2G network, the problem involves the cooperation of the two networks. If the 2G network was constructed by partners, locating the problem will be more difficult. Try to set up PS services in the 2G network, and see whether it runs normally. If the data transfer upon access to the 2G network is normal, but the data transfer after handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is abnormal, check the UE and the signaling flow at 3G and 2G NE side. In terms of causes, defining a subscriber or inconsistent configuration of authentication and encryption algorithm may lead to failed update of routing area. Take the case 6.2.10 Analysis of 3G-2G PS Handover Failure in a Deployment. The 3G SGSN encryption algorithm is UEA1, but the partner does not use encryption algorithm. When the UE hands over from the encrypted 3G network to unencrypted 2G network, the 2G network does not send a message to indicate UE to disable encryption algorithm, and the encryption state of UE's message does not synchronize. As a result, when the UE sends the RAU (routing area update) Complete message, the network side fails to receive the message because the UE encrypts the message but the network side does not. 2. Analyzing HSDPA Interruption of Data Transfer An RAB can be mapped on the HS-DSCH of only one cell, so SHO is unavailable on HS-DSCH. As a result, data transfer is interrupted inevitably upon update of serving cell. The SHO associated HSDPA serving cell update includes two aspects:  Intra-NodeB. In the same DSP of a NodeB, interruption of data transfer does not occur because no data needs transiting from one MAC-hs buffer to another MAC-hs buffer.  Inter-NodeB. When MAC-HS is reset, the NodeB drops original data in buffer and restores the dropped data by RNC RLC retransmission. The interruption of data transfer lasts for about 300ms. During the inter-frequency and intra-frequency HHO associated HSDPA serving cell update,the MAC-HS is reset, the NodeB drops original data in buffer and restores the dropped data by RNC RLC retransmission. The interruption of data transfer also occurs.
During H2D SHO, intra-frequency HHO, inter-frequency HHO, D2H SHO, intra-frequency HHO, and inter-frequency HHO, the interruption of data transfer also will occur. During the handoverbetween HSDPA and GPRS, data transfer will also be interrupted. The interruption of data transfer includes two aspects:  The interruption of data transfer without update of serving cell or handover  Over long interruption of data transfer with update of serving cell or handover Interruption of data transfer without update of serving cell or handover The causes of interruption of data transfer without update of serving cell or handoverincludes:  Call drop or TRB reset occurs during data transfer  Other abnormalities, such as interruption of transport resource like Iub or completing downloading data files. Locate the problem by checking alarms, whether downloading is complete, and signaling flow.  Alarms Query the alarms on CN and RAN. Know the abnormalities in the operation of current system. Guide analyzing and identifying problems. Some problem, such as interruption of data transfer, clock asynchronization in some cells, and NE congestion, can be known from alarms.  Whether downloading is complete Data transfer is interrupted for a long time, so restoring it is impossible. Check whether downloading the file by FTP is complete.  Signaling Flow According to detailed analysis of RNC and UE signaling, judge whether call drops upon interruption of data transfer, whether the H-H serving cell is updated, and whether H2D or D2H handover occurs. If the interruption of data transfer is caused by call drop, analyze the cause of call drop. For details, see W-Handover and Call Drop Problem Optimization Guide. Analysis of interruption time of data transfer The following two methods help to take statistics ofinterruption time of data transfer:  Use Qualcomm QXDM and QCAT tool. The interval between dropping packet at receiver and receiving current data is the interruption time of data transfer.  Capture TCP/IP packets directly by using the software Ethereal. Analyze the interval between TCP/IP.
1. Interruption delay of TCP displayed in Ethereal In 5.4.2, the data transfer is interrupted for two times, and the interruption delays are respectively 300ms and 300ms. Compare the TCP rate in Ethereal and the rate at application layer in Assistant,and they must match. Therefore, obtain the update point of serving cell in Assistant.
6. Cases About This Chapter The following table lists the contents ofthis chapter. Title Description 6.1 Cases at RAN Side 6.2 Cases at CN Side
1. Cases at RAN Side 1. Call Drop due to Subscriber Congestion (Iub Resource Restriction) Description In a project, there are abundant 3G UEs or data cards. The subscribers are test subscribers,so they need not to pay. As a result, the traffic model in the area is special. The busy hour of traffic is around 23:00, when PS call drops. Analysis According to traffic statistics,the traffic in the cell is heavy.The bandwidth at Iub interface is 1 Mbps, always fully used.If a UE keeps transferring data on line, the transferring is stable. If the subscriber browses web pages without data transfer, the UE transits to idle mode to save resource according to DCCC algorithm. When the UE needs to transfer data again, it must apply for resource again. However, the resource may be used by other UEs, so no resource is assigned to it. As a result, the connection fails. The subscriberfeels that he/she is off line. It is difficult to reconnect to the network. When other subscribers use less resource, the subscribercan succeed in dial to connect to the network. The essence of the problem lies in that excessive subscribers use the resources, so the resource is congested. To solve this problem, use the methods below:  Reduce test subscribers  Add E1 bandwidth 2. Uplink PS64k Service Rate Failing to Meet Acceptance Requirements in a Test (Air Interface Problem) Description For PS64k service, the acceptance contract prescribes that the actual average rate must be larger than 51 kbps, but the uplink rate is about 50 kbps in test. Analysis According to statistics of rate at RNC RLC layer, the maximum rate exceeds 64 kbps, and it fluctuates sharply. As a result, the average rate at application layer displayed by the software FTP is low. According to signaling tracing and statistics ofuplink BLER, the uplink BLER is about 10%. As a result, the rate at application layer fluctuates and the throughput declines.
Solution Change the target uplink BLER to 6% or 1%. Change related power control parameter. Setting different target BLER helps balance the performance of single UE and more UEs. According to the information from other networks, different target BLER are set for different networks, but they are small. Note that setting target BLER is according to index of service type. The uplink and downlink bandwidth are usually different, namely, the index of service type is different. Set target BLER after confirming the index of service type. 3. Statistics and Analysis of Ping Time Delay in Different Service Types Description On SNSN, test the transfer delay of streaming and conversationalservice. CN test engineers feed back that the transfer delay of conversationalservice cannot meet the protocol requirement. The test result is that: the ping delay of conversationalservice is 230ms and that of streaming service is 109ms. According to R5 TS23.107 requirement, the delay of conversationalmust be s maller than 100ms. The delay in the test is 115ms (230ms/2), so it does not meet the requirement. Analysis In formal tests,the ping delay of conversationalservice is 230ms and that of streaming service is 109ms. The conversationalservice uses 8k/8k, and the streaming service uses 64k/128k. Their bandwidth is different, so their delay is different. According to R5 TS23.107 requirement, the delay of conversationalmust be smaller than 100ms. The unidirectional delay from UE to Gi interface (UMTS bearer) is 100ms. The delay at RAN is 80ms. The 80ms shall contain the delay at access layer of UE and exclude that of USB and PC. According to test,the end-to-end delay is 115ms (230ms/2), so it does not meet the requirement. It is almost certain that engineers cannot test with 8k/8k bandwidth whether the delay meets the requirement, because the bandwidth is too small. The RNC of current version support PS conversationalservice of 8k only. Now which service uses the type of PS conversationalservice is unknown. Test twice with Sony-Ericsson Z1010, because other UEs fail to support conversationalservice. After the UE is activated, execute the command ping over firewall on GGSN through a laptop.  Activate the four 8k/8k services: background, interactive, streaming, and conversational. Test the delay, and trace SGSN and RNC CDR.  Activate the three 64k/128k services: background, interactive, and streaming. Test the delay, and trace SNSN and RNC CDR. 6.1.3 lists the delay test result of ping packet.
1. Delay test result of ping packet Convers ational Strea ming Inter activ e Backg round 8k/8k 275ms 258ms 293ms 307ms 64k/12 8k - 121ms 134ms 131ms In 8k/8k, the delay of each service is larger than 220ms. In 64k/128k, the delay is smaller. Therefore the delay and bandwidth are relevant. Execute the command ping by 32 bytes,and analyze as below: In 8k/8k, execute the command ping by 32 bytes.It is 60 bytes including the IP head. The TTI of 8k is 40ms. Each TTI has a block. The TB size is 336 bits. As a result, executing the command ping by 32 bytes occurs on two TTIs, namely, 80ms. The downlink is similar. The uplink and downlink must staggera TTI. Assume that the processing at nodes and interface goes infinitely fast. To the air interface and from the air interface take 200ms (5*40 ms). In addition, a PC always sends data about MSN, HTTP protocols.If the PC sends otherpacket during sending ping data, the ping command has to wait. Therefore, 8k bandwidth is over small. In 64k/128k, execute the command ping by 32 bytes.It is 60 bytes including the IP head. The TTI of 128k is 20ms. Each TTI has 8 blocks. The TB size is 336 bits. As a result, executing the command ping by 32 bytes occurs on a TTI, namely, 20ms. The downlink is similar. The uplink and downlink must staggera TTI. Assume that the processing at nodes and interface goes infinitely fast. To the air interface and from the air interface take 60ms (3*20 ms). Adding this to CN cost and laptop cost makes more than 100ms. Execute the command ping by 8 bytes on conversationalservice. After on-site verification, the test is consistent with prediction. Analyze the parts of total delay from laptop, to UE, to NodeB, to RNC, to CN, and to server. Analyze the factors that affect delay in each part. This helps locate delay problems. Compared with 8k/8k streaming service, the typical parameters of 8k/8k conversationalservice must be optimized. 4. Low Rate of HSDPA Data Transfer due to Over Low Pilot Power
Description In an HSDPA live demonstration, when the commissioning is complete, the rate of HSDPA service is as low as half of standard rate, and the retransmission rate is high. Analysis On-site NodeB engineers have demonstrated the service in laboratory, and the rate is normal, 1400 kbps. They use big antenna and lower the power on site to cover the sites of the operator. After this, the Ec is –50 dBm, and Ec/Io is –3 dB. Namely, the coverage is qualified. In the on-site test,after starting downloading data, the Ec/Io deteriorates sharply. According to QXDM tracing, the transmission rate is 100% (engineers doubt that the problem is caused by interference and improper installation of antenna,but the cause is not them according to frequency sweep and SITEMASTER test). As a result, engineers doubt that the transmission on the interface board of NodeB and trunk are faulty. After changing the interface board and trunk, the problem is still present. Test with PS384k service, the result is normal. According to causes of problem, the HSDPA feature leads to weak Ec/Io, as a result, the BLER and retransmission rate are high. At the beginning of test, to reduce radiation, engineers lower the pilot power. However, the HSDPA network distribute power according to amount of data as its feature, so the network distributes high power (near 35 dBm) to TCH upon downloading. As a result, the Ec/Io declines, which consequently causes decline of demodulation performance and increment of retransmission rate. Raise the pilot power, and then the transmission rate is normal. The problem is solved. Solution Raise the pilot power from 23 dBm to 33 dBm, and the transmission rate will be normal. Suggestions and Summary As a habit of test,engineers will lower pilot power and then perform test.However, due to new features of HSDPA, lowering pilot power leads to new problems. Lower the pilot power and HSDPA power in the following tests,such as by using attenuator. 5. Unstable HSDPA Rate due to Overhigh Receiving Power of Data Card Description On HBBU, activate HSDPA service, and the retransmission rate is high. The BLER of data sent at the first time is about 60%, the residual BLER is 5%. The downloading rate is low, and the rate fluctuates sharply. Analysis Once the on-site engineers download data, the CQI fluctuates sharply and frequently between 15 and 26. The rate fluctuates between 100 kbps and 600 kbps. The load of HSDPA fluctuates sharply between 3% and 24%. This must be relevant to downloading rate.
No FP packet is missing. No packet is missing because the queue is full. In the scheduling period, abundant DTXs exist according to NodeB, with few NACK messages. According to check, the receiving power of data card is as high as –45 dBm, exceeding the normal range (–55 dBm to –85 dBm). The signals are strong,and the attenuation is inadequate, so the measured CQI is inaccurate. Solution Add an attenuatorat the antenna port, and keep the receiving power at about –70 dBm. After this, the problem of frequently fluctuation, as well as the BLER problem, is solved. 6. Decline of Total Throughput in Cell due to AAL2PATH Bandwidth larger than Actual Physical Bandwidth The WCDMA network runs normally. The admission of the cell to be measured is disabled. The cell is unloaded. The neighbor cells are disabled. The HSDPA cell is successfully set up. The power is dynamically distributed. HSDPA uses 5 codes.The MAC-HS scheduling algorithm uses PF. There is one HS-SCCH. The cell uses 8 E1's. One of them uses UNI method, and the rest 7 E1's use the IMA group method. The IMA group bears HSDPAAAL2 PATH. The UNI bears the NCP/CCP/ALCAP/R99 AAL2 PATH at other Iub interfaces. Select a good test point (CPICH RSCP is about –70 dB, Ec/Io is above –6 dB, and the fluctuation is stable). Connect 6 HSDPA UEs one by one to the network. The PS service is activated on UE. The RAN bears PS service on HS-DSCH. Download with FTP, and record the peak throughput of cell. Disconnect the E1 link of IMA group one by one manually while connect 6 subscribers one by one to the network. Record the total peak throughput ofcell after one subscriber accesses the network. Draw a curve chart with the recorded peak throughput of cell at every point, as shown in Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2. 1. Variation of total throughput of one IMA link of HSDPA codes
2. Variation of total throughput of two IMA links of HSDPA codes In Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2, the throughput ofone E1 is lower than the throughput oftwo E1's. Analysis The cell uses 5 HSDPA codes,and class-12 UE. The maximum throughput at MAC layer of cell is 1.72 Mbps.The SBLER is 10%, so the throughput at MAC layer of cell is about 1.55 Mbps.In Figure 6-2, the measured throughput ofcell is consistent with the theoretical rate, but in Figure 6-1, the throughput ofcell declines. Check the Iub bandwidth. The AAL2PATH bandwidth is 10 Mbps,but the physical bandwidth is about 1.9 Mbps with one E1, and 2.8 Mbps with 2 E1's. Obviously, the NodeB flow control does not consider the variation of physical bandwidth, but allocates bandwidth according to configured AAL2PATH bandwidth. The throughput ofcell with 2 E1's is not affected by physical bandwidth. This must be analyzed in terms of flow control at NodeB Iub interface. The Node flow control allocates bandwidth for each subscriberaccording to the data amount in NodeB buffer, the data amount of RNC RLC buffer, and the rate at the air interface. The Iub flow control allocates bandwidth for subscribers that the maximum allocated bandwidth is twice of the rate at the air interface. According to previous analysis,the twice of the rate at the air interface is 3.4 Mbps at most, not exceeding the physical bandwidth of 2 E1's. As a result, the rate of air interface is not affected when there are 2 E1's. When there is 1 E1, the twice of the rate at the air interface exceeds the physical bandwidth of 1 E1. As a result, data packets are missing at Iub interface, and the rate of subscribers is affected. Solution Change the AAL2PATH of HSDPA to 1.9 Mbps when there is one E1. Test again, and the rate of subscribers is about 1.5 Mbps.
In actual networks, guarantee that the AAL2PATH allocated bandwidth to HSDPA is smaller than the physical bandwidth at Iub interface. This will affect throughput ofcell. Meanwhile, check NodeB alarms whether there are E1 fault alarms. 7. Causes for an Exceptional UE Throughput and Location Method in a Field Test Factors Affecting the HSUPA Uplink Throughput The uplink throughput ofthe HSUPA is affected by the following three factors:  Maximum transmit power provided by the UE for uplink packet access (UPA)  SG that the UE obtains, which indicates the maximum power that the NodeB allows the UE to transmit  Percentage of the data to be transmitted to the buffer, which indicates the size of data that the UE needs to transmit These factors are represented by corresponding parameters in the QXDM and Probe tools accordingly.  In the Probe, the following limited rates are displayed in the HSUPA Link Statistics window to represent these factors.  Power Limited Rate  SG Limited Rate  Buffer Limited Rate The highest limited rate indicates that it is the major factor affecting the uplink transmission rate of the UE. The measurement period of the Probe is long. These three limited rates are measured within a measurement period of 200 ms.  In each TTI in the data packets recorded by the QXDM, the Payload Reason option is recorded. This option indicates the three factors for the limited server payload: MAX power, SG, and buffer occupancy (that is, whether data lacks or not).  In the figure below, MP in the Reas column indicates the transmission rate of the UE is currently subject to the maximum transmit power.
 In the figure below, BO in the Reas column indicates that the UE current has no data to send.
During tests, if the throughput of the UE is abnormal (for example, low or fluctuates greatly), you can query the previous parameters to determine the cause. Low UL Rate Caused by the Limited Rate of the Buffer to Which the UE Sends Data Through FTP  Location method: The Buffer Limit Rate observed in the HSUPA Link Statistics window of the Probe is high, approximate to 100%. BO is all displayed in the Reas column of all packets captured by the QXDM.  Solution: When the UE uploads data through FTP, the displayed cause for the buffer limited rate is that the vacancy of the Buffer on the UE side is high because the application layer sends data to the RLC layer at a low rate. After the UE is connected to another portable PC, the uplink transmission of UE is normal. Then, a comparison is made and it is found that the version of the UE drive on the portable PC is old. After the drive is updated, the uplink transmission rate is improved. The records on the Probe and the QXDM are observed later. It is found that no buffer limit exists.  It is also found that different configurations on the portable PC and different types of portable PCs affect the uplink throughput to different extents. For example, the uplink throughput tested by an HP portable PC is slightly higher than that tested by a Dell portable PC. The larger the memory in the portable PC is, the smaller the buffer limit is.
Low Uplink Transmission Rate Owing to Limited UE SG Caused by Limited Cell Load  Location method: The SG limited rate observed in the HSUPA Link Statistics window on the Probe is very high. SG is displayed in the Reas column in most captured packets but the current SG does not reach the maximum value. The maximum value in HSUPA phase1 of E270 (cat3) is 23.  Symptom and cause: If the cell load is limited, you often see that the cellload value reaches 1023 (maximum value) when you observe the cell load information on the NodeB debugging console. In addition, you can find that the RTWP of the cell is increased greatly to –90 dBm or so. There are many causes for cell load increase. For example, when multiple UEs simultaneously upload data, the RTWP is increased. It is found during the test that the SIR of some UEs is not converged and leads to exceptional rise in the transmit power of another UE. As a result, the cell load also increases exceptionally and the other UEs cannot transmit data normally.  Solution: When the cell load (or RTWP) is high, first stop the uploading service of all UEs in the cell and observe the RTWP in the cell to determine whether the RTWP increase is caused by the UEs in the cell or other interference. After other interference is removed, test the RTWP increase in the cell when only one UE uploads data. If the RTWP in the cell is increased exceptionally, the problem is caused by the UE.
2. Cases at CN Side 1. Low FTP Downloading Rate due to Over Small TCP Window on Server TCP Description Activate uplink 64 kbps and downlink 384 kbps services on UE and laptop. Download data from the servers of operatorwith CUTEFTP. The average downloading rate of UE is 33 kbps,much lower than 384 kbps. The average rate at FTP application layer is about 28 kbps. Analysis Activate uplink 64 kbps and downlink 128 kbps services, and download data.Engineers obtain the required rate. However, after activating 384 kbps, the maximum rate cannot be reached. Try to connect the UE to Huawei web server (the GGSN Gi interface <-> Lanswitch <-> NE08 <-> Internet <-> Server of operator. The <-> used here means connection between two network elements (NEs). Huawei web servers connect to Lanswitch by Gi interface. The address ofweb server and the address of GGSN Gi interface share the same network segment). The downloading rate reaches 47 kbps. After engineers connect UE to the server of operator, the downloading rate is 30 kbps, far from the required rate. After engineers activate PS service from Huawei SGSN to the GGSN of othervendors (such as N), the rate is about 30 kbps after visiting the server of operator by N's GGSN. Therefore, the problem must not be due to system. Probably the operator restricts the rate on the server, so the downlink 384 kbps is unavailable. Capture packets on Gn and Gi interface, and UE by Sniffer. According to analysis of packet capture, the TCP at the FTP server of operatorrestricts the sending window (the TCP window of the operator's host serveris 63136, but probably the software at application layer restricts the sending window. According to the analysis below, the sending window size of FTP on operator's server is about 8 kbps, much smaller than 64 kbps). According to the basic regulations of data packet at Gi interface, FTP server to client: After sending 6 TCP packets (4 * 1500 + 2 *1190), the server stops sending, and 6 packets must be confirmed. The FTP server receives an ACK message. After the FTP server and client confirm two TCP packets, the server stops sending. There are 4 packets to be confirmed. The FTP server receives an ACK message again. After the FTP server and client confirm two TCP packets, the server sends three continuous TCP packets (2 * 1500 + 1190). There are 5 packets to be confirmed. The FTP server receives an ACK message again. After the FTP server and client confirm two TCP packets. The server sends 3 continuous TCP packets (2 * 1500 + 1190). There are 6 packets to be confirmed. It goes back to the first step. A cycle forms.
The FTP server sends at most 8.4 kbyte (4 *1500 + 2 * 1190) packets to be confirmed. According to the second step above,the senderneeds to send 4 kbyte data continuously.Therefore, the FTP server sets the TCP sending window to be smaller than 10 kbyte, and the TCP is optimized to send large block data (over 4 kbytes). The actual TCP window is 7 kbytes on average for FTP server. Assume that the round-trip delay is t mm, so the maximum available rate is (7 kbytes/t)* 8 kbps. According to previous analysis,after activating PS service, do not transfer data. Execute ping to server on UE, and check the delay at the air interface. In Huawei system,the average delay for ping packets is 250ms. According to analysis,7 kbps/0.25 = 28 kbps.Namely, the theoretical average rate at application layer is 28 kbps.This theoretical value is the same as the actual value. Therefore, the operator must have restricted the TCP window at application layer on the server, so the rate keeps low. Solution  To increase rate, engineers must reduce the round-trip delay. When the delay is smaller than 150ms, the rate can reach 384 kbps (7 kbps/0.15 = 46.7 kbps). Actually reducing the delay at air interface is difficult. The Huawei delay at air interface is about 250ms. Therefore, the rate cannot reach 284 kbps.  Download data with multiple threads tool, such as FlashGet and NetAnt. Multiple TCP connects to the server, so the rate can increase. According to test result, download data with more than two threads by using FlashGet or NetAnt, the rate can reach 47 kbps.  Remove the restriction on sending window size of server, and set the sending window size of server to 65535. 2. Simultaneous Uploading and Downloading Description Activate uplink 64 kbps and downlink 384 kbps services on UE and laptop. Connect UE to the server of operator, and upload and download data with FTP simultaneous. Wherein, the downloading rate is greatly affected, and fluctuates sharply. The average downloading rate declines from 47 kbyte to 20 kbyte. However, downloading and uploading respectively are available. Analysis Uploading and downloading simultaneously affect the ACK delay of TCP. This leads to prolonged delay upon confirmation, and the TCP window size is inadequate. Execute the ping command upon for confirming delay upon simultaneous uploading and downloading. Obtain the maximum supported rate with the TCP window size/delay. According to the analysis of the second problem, the TCP window size of operator's serveris about 8.4 kbyte (the operator may use the FTP software Serv-U. Its default sending and receiving buffer is 8293 bytes).Upon simultaneous uploading and downloading, check the ping packet delay by executing the command ping to the server. The ping packet delay is about 1500ms, 8.4/1.4 = 6 kbyte. The previous two paragraphs describe the case of single thread. Start 3 threads and the theoretical rate should be 18 KB/s (6 * 3 = 18). According to actual test,download data with 3 threads by using
FlashGet from the operator's server, and upload data with CuteFTP simultaneously. The average sending and receiving rate of UE is 17.9 KB/s in downlink and 7.2 KB/s in uplink. The downlink rate is approximately equal to theoretical value. Namely, when the UE sends data in uplink, the delay increases sharply, so is the uplink response delay to the ACK message. As a result, the TCP judges it as congestion,so the rate declines. This explains that uploading and downloading respectively are available but simultaneous uploading and downloading lead to decline of downlink rate. Solution According to previous analysis,increasing TCP window size of server leads to increasing downlink theoretical rate. Actually, when using Huawei servers for test,set the TCP window size to 65535, download with three threads by using FlashGet. Simultaneously upload data with CuteFTP. The average sending and receiving rate is 46.5 KB/s in downlink and 6 KB/s in uplink. Download data with multiple threads. According to test,download data with 10 threads from operator's server when the TCP window size is 8192. The average sending and receiving rate is 42 KB/s in downlink and 6 KB/s in uplink. The data transfer is unstable with jitters. Send the ACK message in downlink data packets,and sends uplink data packets at a fixed rate. Restrict the uplink rate so that the uplink data packets will not be blocked at the air interface and the delay at the air interface will not increase, and there is no jitter. Obviously, the decline of downlink rate upon uplink and downlink data transfer is not due to Huawei system, and this problem cannot be mitigated by this solution. This is a defect of TCP/IP protocol used in radio transmission. It is good to combine the UE and the driver of wireless Modem to carry out the solution. 3. Decline of Downloading Rate of Multiple UEs Description Activate 6 UEs with downlink 384k service, and connect themto the operator's server simultaneously. Download data with FTP, and the rate declines to 30 KB/s. Analysis Download data on one UE by FTP from operator's server, and the rate is as normal as above 47 KB/s. Download data on two UEs, and then on three. The downloading rate keeps at about 47 KB/s with 4 UEs connected at most. When the fifth UE connects to the server, the rate declines. Try on site as below: Download data with four UEs from the operator's server, and with two UEs from Huawei servers. Check whether the rate is faulty. As a result, the downloading rate of 6 UEs reaches 47 KB/s. Probably, the operator's server does not well cooperate with Huawei networks. Download data with six UEs from Huawei servers. Check whether the rate is faulty. Huawei servers cooperate well with Huawei networks. Probably the operator's server does not well cooperate with Huawei networks.
The difference between the operator's server and Huawei server lies in the router and firewall over the operator's server. Try to avoid the impact from firewall and router, and check whether the rate increases. Connect the Gi interface of GGSN to NE08 directly, and download data with UE from the operator's server. Check whether the rate increases. The result proves that the rate remains the same. Therefore, the firewall has no impact on the rate. Download data with six UEs from Huawei servers, and there is no problem. Connect Huawei server to NE08 port to replace the operator's server for test, and check whether the rate is faulty. As a result, the downloading rate of six UEs reaches above 47 KB/s. Therefore, the router is normal. Connect a laptop to Gi interface. Download data with 4 UEs and with a laptop simultaneously, and check whether their downloadings affect each other. Tests prove that they seldom affect each other. The rate of some UEs declines a little, and that of some UEs are seldom affected. The rate of downloading data directly by laptop is 388 KB/s (single thread) or 1000 KB/s (three threads). The export bandwidth to the operator's server is enough, so decline of rate must not be due to bandwidth used for downloading data by multiple UEs simultaneously. After previous verifications, the peripheral equipment problems are excluded, so probably the problem lies in the cooperation between the operator's server and Huawei network. The major differences between Huawei server and the operator server lie in two aspects: MTU and TcpWindowSize. Still on Huawei Server, modify the two parameters for verification: The configuration in the regedit on server is MTU 1450, and TcpWindowSize is 65535. Activate six UEs simultaneously, and the rate is as stable as above 47 KB/s. Keep the MTU of web server at 1450. Modify the TcpWindowSize in regedit to 10 KB (10240). After restart, the rate of simultaneous rate by six UEs keeps above 47 KB/s. Delete the MTU from the regedit of web server (use the default value 1500). Keep TcpWindowSize at 65535. After restart, the rate of six UEs declines sharply (20–30 KB/s). The downloading rate of three UEs keeps at 47 KB/s until the fourth UE joins. Therefore, when the MTU is the default value 1500, the rate of simultaneous downloading by multiple UEs declines. According to the packets captured by Sniffer, the MTU on the operator's server is the default value 1500. According to analysis, when the MTU is 1500, due to the TCP header encapsulated along the path, the data packet is over long when the downlink data packet reaches SGSN. Before sending data packet to RNC, the SGSN must fragment and reassemble the packet. The current SGSN
transfers data by using software, so it starts flow control to protect main controller. As a result, the downlink rate declines upon fragment and reassembly. Solution:  Set the MTU of the operator's server to 1450 (if fragment is unnecessary, MTU should be as large as possible. According to test, 1450 is improper).  Set the MTU of laptops connected to UE to 1450 (you must change the MTU at USB port of laptops) so that the SGSN will not start fragment and reassembly. Since it is impossible to modify MTU of the operator's server, solve the problem by using the second method. For how to TCP parameters in Windows, see the appendix. 4. Unstable PS Rate (Loss of IP Packets) Description On-site engineers feed back that the data transfer fluctuates at the beginning every morning. Facts prove this right upon downloading. Figure 6-3 and Figure 6-4 show unstable PS rate. 1. Unstable PS rate (1) 2. Unstable PS rate (2) Analysis Figure 6-5 shows analyzing packets captured by Ethereal upon unstable PS rate.
3. Analyzing packets captured by Ethereal upon unstable PS rate The messages at IP layer mean as below;  499 SN: 436540---next seq = 438000  500: ACK  501 SN: 439460---next seq = 440920  515: ACK. It needs a SN of 438000. This means that the frame 499 is missing, so the TCP layer keeps resending it. Check the cable at Gi interface. After engineers pulling the cable out and plugging it in, the problem is solved.The problem does not occurin the following tracing period. 5. Unstable PS Rate of Single Thread in Commercial Deployment (Loss of IP Packets)
Description After the commercial network is launched, the rate of 384 kbps service is unstable.It cannot reach the required rate, and even keeps at several dozen kbps. Analysis Probably the problem is caused by loss of data packets and delay. After capturing packets by segment, the cause proves on the firewall. After repeated tests,the Up/Down and CRC Error occur frequently at the firewall 2 interface 2/2. After another 3 hours'test,the cable between the firewall 2 interface 2/2 and LS12 must not be physically broken, and CRC error must be due to improper installation of fiber. A faulty firewall leads to loss of packets at the application layer, which has great impact on rate. When the firewall is normal, the PS rate increases greatly. However, the rate is still unstable. According to further analysis, the BLER at the air interface is 10%, so it is normal for PS rate to fluctuate at the air interface. After engineers modify the BLER to 1%, the problem is solved. However, the cost is more consumption of power at the air interface and impact on capacity. 6. Unavailable Streaming Service for a Subscriber Description A subscribercannot use streaming service in a deployment. Analysis The subscribercan browse the portal websites, but cannot use streaming service. Meanwhile other subscribers can use streaming service. Therefore, the PS service bearer is normal, and the cause cannot be on RAN, SGSN, and GGSN. Probably the UE, USIM card, and server are faulty. According to further analysis, the problem must be on the USIM card, and the subscriber did not pay for using streaming service. The subscriber can browse the free portal websites. 7. Unavailable PS Services due to Firewall of Laptop Description A subscribercannot use PS services with Nokia 7600 connected to his laptop. Analysis The subscriberfeed back that other subscribers can use PS services with his card. He could use PS service until one day recently. Therefore, the problem is about the laptop. The problem does not occur after he changes the laptop. According to check, the subscriber has installed a firewall on his laptop recently. After uninstalling the firewall, he can use PS services again.
8. Low PS Service Rate in Presentation Occasion Description The rate of PS downlink 384k service is low in presentation. Analysis After numerous tests and analysis, the problem must be at RAN. After engineers analyze to detailed subscribersignaling, data statistics at subscriberplane, the quality of signals at the air interface, and loss of packets at Iub interface, the problem is still present.It is difficult. RNP engineers check the signals on site, and the signals are qualified. After using the laptop of an RNP engineer, the data transfer of PS service is normal. According to further analysis, the problem lies in the driver of public laptop used in presentation.After engineers change the laptop, the problem is solved. 9. Abnormal Ending after Long-time Data Transfer by FTP Description An operator's engineer feed back that the downloading cannot be ended normally when it lasts for over 10 minutes with Huawei 3G network. The downloading is normal with otheroperators' networks or 2G networks. Analysis According to analysis of FTP messages captured by Ethereal, the data session of FTP is over, but it misses the last interactive completion process,and no messages like 221-Goodbye is found. The downloaded files can be opened. After the files are downloaded, they can be opened according to check. Figure 6-6 shows the interactive interface in CuteFTP.
1. Interactive interface in CuteFTP To describe the problem, compare the messages as below: Figure 6-7 shows the signaling of normal downloading by FTP.
2. Signaling of normal downloading by FTP Figure 6-8 shows the signaling of abnormal downloading by FTP.
3. Signaling of abnormal downloading by FTP According to comparison of previous two figures, there are differences. Activate UL64k/DL 32k service, and download data with Qualcomm 6250, and capture packets on RNC and SGSN. Download a 3.5 Mb file with the operator's FTP, and it takes 12 minutes. The problem is still present. Download a 3.5 Mb file with the Windows FTP command, and it takes 30 minutes. After downloading is complete, quit the FTP by typing bye. The problem is still present.Maybe the Outlook is transferring data in daemon during data transfer, so there may be impact. After the transfer is complete, the transfer is abnormally disconnected aftera long time. Download a 0.4 Mb file with the Windows FTP command, and it takes 2 minutes. Quit the FTP by typing bye. The problem is not present. Download a 0.4 Mb file with the operator's FTP, and it takes 2 minutes. The problem is not present. Perform the same operations as the second step.Disconnect the downloading by Outlook in daemon. The result is the same as the second step.See the following print. ----End According to previous operations,the downloading is relevant to time, not the file size. Based on analysis of massive data, the data transfer by FTP is normal, the downloaded content is correct and available, but the signaling is abnormally closed.
Without other bettermethod, the method of exchanging NEs and segment is used. Check whether the problem is about UE and server. The problem is still present with verification by three UEs: Nokia 6630, Qualcomm 6250, and Moto 835. The problem is still present with verification by two servers: Eurotel FTP server and Huawei FTP server. The problem is still present with verification by Huawei FTP server in UNIX operating system and in Windows 2000 Professional FTP server. Search for the configuration of FTP server, and no relevant configuration is found. Conclusion: the problem is present with multiple UEs, operators,and Huawei FTP server, so the problem is irrelevant to UEs and FTP server, but relevant to Huawei network. Compare the tests in the 3G network, the 2G network, and the tests of handover to the 2G network after access in the 3G network. According to tests,the problem must be between GGSN and FTP server. This reduces the scope of problem. According to other tests,the problem does not occur when no firewall is over Huawei server. This shows the cause. The problem does not reoccur due to no firewall. According to data analysis, the data transfer at the FTP port is normal, but the signaling port is disconnected after 10 minutes. This must be due to firewall. It is the firewall that can disconnect a port without data transfer after 10 minutes, so the problem is due to firewall. Processing the problem goes smoothly after focusing on the firewall. The expert on firewall explains as below: The FTP session includes two session tables on firewall. One is for FTP control channel, and the default aging time is 10 minutes. The other is FTP data channel, and the default aging time is 4 minutes. The no detect ftp command is configured between domains, the data channel will not update the aging time of control channel upon data transfer. As a result, the control channel is aging and deleted after 10 minutes with the following phenomenon. If the detect ftp command is configured, the data channel will update the aging time of control channel. As a result, the problem does not occur. The problem, in whole process,is irrelevant to RAN. However, the process and result of locating problem is considerable. Changing NEs in test is significantly useful. The difficulty of problem may exceed engineers' consideration.It needs wide-range knowledge. However, after the problem is solved,it seams easy. 10. Analysis of Failure in PS Hanodver Between 3G Network and 2G Network Description A test of handoverbetween Huawei 3G network of trial deployment and the 2G network of a partner is going in a deployment. The test UE is Huawei U626. When the UE hands overfrom the 3G network to the 2G network in connection mode, it keeps being in PS connection,but it cannot transfer
data normally. When the UE hands over from the 2G network to the 3G network, it can transfer data normally. Analysis The UE hands over between the 3G network and 2G network. The UE camps on 3G network, and has activated PDP, in PMM Connected state.When the UE moves at the edge of 3G network coverage areas, it starts handing over to 2G network. When the handoveris complete, the PS userplane is restores and can perform data transfer. However, the problem lies in that the UE cannot continue data transfer. Analyze traced signaling. Figure 6-9 shows the signaling of normal handoverbetween 3G network and 2G network. 1. Signaling of normal handover between 3G network and 2G network Check the 3G signaling LMT. During the handoverfrom the 3G network to the 2G network, the handoversignaling is normal at 3G network side. After the UE sends the routing area update request message to the 2G SGSN, the SGSN context and response flow between the 2G SGSN and 3G SGSN is normal. Till now, the handoverof 3G SGSN is complete. The next step is the signaling interaction between the UE and the 2G SGSN, as shown in Figure 6-10:
2. Normal signaling flow between UE and 2G SGSN. Trace the signaling on the partner's 2G SGSN. It is found that the signaling interaction flow from 2G SGSN to GGSN and that of HLR are complete. After the 2G SGSN sends UE the routing area update request message, the UE must sends 2G SGSN the routing area update complete message according to standard flow, which is not found in traced signaling. As a result, the 2G SGSN judges that the UE has not completed the routing area update, so the UE cannot transfer data after handoverto the 2G network. However, the UE keeps being in connected mode after handoverto 2G network, so the UE judges that it has completed routing area update.This indicates that the problem lie between the UE and SGSN. Figure 6-11 shows the signaling flow traced on 2G SGSN.
3. Signaling flow traced on 2G SGSN Check the encryption state of 3G SGSN. The SGSN uses UEA1 as the encryption method, but the serving 2G network uses no encryption method. When the UE hands over from the encryption in 3G network to the non-encryption in 2G network, the 2G network fails to send the encryption and authentication message, indicating UE to disable encryption state,and the encryption state of UE has not synchronized with network side. As a result, the UE encrypted its messages upon sending RAU, but the RAN side does not encrypt messages.Therefore, the RAN side fails to receive RAU result. Solution This problem concerns the partner's equipment at RAN side. It cannot be solved at UE side due to restriction from protocols.Therefore, the solution is to set the encryption item to non-encryption so that the messages sent by UE are not encrypted. As a result, the problem is mitigated.
Suggestion and Summary The problem concerns the partner's equipment at RAN side. Not every type of UE meets the problem, because the problem is just incidental. Therefore locate the problem based on signaling and analyze the problem to obtain the correct result.
7. Summary This document describe the access,disconnection of data transfer, low rate of data transfer, unstable rate of data transfer, and interruption of data transfer. It provides the methods for analyzing and processing these problems in terms of traffic statistics and DT/CQT. The experience from analyzing problems in terms of traffic statistics is little, and will be supplemented. In addition, the document details the flow for optimizing DCH bearer of data service and the flow for optimizing HSDPA bearer of data service. The used cases include abundant cases at CN side. Actually, analyzing problems or modifying parameters at CN side must be processed by engineers at CN side. These CN cases just serve as reference for analyzing problems.
8. Appendix About This Chapter The following table lists the contents ofthis chapter. Title Description 8.1 Transport Channel of PS Data 8.2 Theoretical Rates at Each Layer 8.3 Bearer Methods of PS Services 8.4 Method for Modifying TCP Receive Window 8.5 Method for Modifying MTU 8.6 Confirming APN and Rate in Activate PDP Context Request Message 8.7 APN Effect 8.8 PS Tools 8.9 Analysis of PDP Activation
1. Transport Channel of PS Data 8.1 shows the transport channel of PS data. 1. Transport channel of PS data Wherein, the Gi interface connects to the application server, on which the FTP Server software is running. Download data from the application server to UE (MS) through five interfaces: Gi, Gn, IuPS, Iub, and Uu. The PS services use the AM mode of RLC, which supports retransmission.The services like FTP and HTTP use TCP protocol, which also supports retransmission. The parameters of these two protocols (RLC/TCP) have great impact on rate. If the parameters are improper, or packet error or loss of packets occurs during transmission, the rate will decline. Evaluate QoS based on that a computer with UE as its modem runs applications. This concerns the performance of computers and servers.
2. Theoretical Rates at Each Layer 8.2 shows the packet service data flow. 1. Packet Service Data Flow Observe different protocol layers, and there are different definitions of throughput,such as the application layer throughput,RLC layer throughput,and MAC layer throughput. Due to data packet header at each protocollayer, there is overhead.Except the physical layer, the TCP/IP and RLC layer have high overhead.The typical PDU size and overhead at each layer are listed as below. 1. TCP/IP Layer Assume that the MTU is 1500 Bytes. The TCP/UDP header overhead is 20 Bytes. The IP headeroverhead is 20 Bytes. The TCP/UDP PDU size, namely, the payload at application layer, is 1460 Bytes, but the whole IP packet size is 1500 Bytes. 2. RLC Layer The RLC header overhead is 16 Bits.
The RLC PDU size is 336 Bits. Assume that the rate at the application layer is 1 Bytes/s.if retransmission at each layer is not considered,the corresponding rate at RLC layer is 1500/1460, namely, 1.027. The rate at MAC-d layer is 1500/1460 * 336/320, namely, 1.079. 3. Retransmission Overhead If the TCP layer retransmission (assume that the retransmission rate is r1) and RLC layer retransmission are considered,the corresponding rate at RLC layer is 1500 * (1 + r1)/1460. The rate at MAC-d layer is 1500 * (1 + r1)/1460 * (1 + r2) * 336/320. 4. MAC-HS Layer If there is only one subscriber, without retransmission at MAC-HS layer, the rate at MAC-HS is (scheduling transport block size TBs)/2ms, and the rate at MAC-d layer is 336 * (TBs/336s)/2ms. In the DT tool Probe, with consideration of multiple subscriberscheduling and retransmission at MAC-HS, there are three rate involved at MAC-HS layer: scheduled rate, served rate, and MAC layer rate. Served Rate = Scheduled Rate * HS-SCCH Success Rate MAC Layer Rate = Served Rate * (1- SBLER) Wherein, the HS-SCCH Success Rate is the success rate for receiving HS-SCCH data by a subscriber, and SLBER is incorrect TB received at MAC-HS layer/total TBs received.
3. Bearer Methods of PS Services In Rel 4 and R99 protocol versions,data service is carried on DCH. If the data services are low in traffic, it can also be carried on FACH. When HSDPA is used in Rel 5, the data service can be carried on DCH or HSDPA. If the traffic is low, the data service can be carried by FACH through state transition. The following three paragraphs describe the method for RNC to judge whether a PS service is carried by DCH or HSDPA in a cell supporting HSDPA. Two parameters are relevant to the SET FRC command on RNC LMT: downlink streaming service HSDPA threshold and downlink BE service HSDPA threshold. Downlink streaming service HSDPA threshold indicates the rate judgment threshold of PS streaming service carried on HS-DSCH. When the downlink maximum rate of PS streaming service is equal to or larger than the threshold,the service can be carried on HS-DSCH. Otherwise, it is carried on DCH. Downlink BE service HSDPA threshold indicates the rate judgment threshold of PS background/interactive service carried on HS-DSCH. When the downlink maximum rate of PS background/interactive service is larger than or equal to the threshold, the service can be carried on HS-DSCH. Otherwise, it is carried on DCH. The service is carried by from DCH or HSDPA to FACH through state transition. 1. DCH The DCH bandwidth depends on the current power resource, code resource, and Iub bandwidth resource. Typical rates include 8 kbps, 32 kbps,64 kbps, 128 kbps, 144 kbps,and 384 kbps. The DCH bandwidth is adjustable by algorithms like DCCC according to the current traffic and coverage conditions,but the adjustment is limited to previous rates. In addition, the interval to trigger adjustment is long. As a result, the adjustment is not frequent. 2. HSDPA The network does not allocate fixed bandwidth or resources for the PS services carried by HSDPA, but perform fast schedule every 2ms. Therefore, the throughput that a subscriber can reach depends on abundant factors,such as:  UE category (capacity level)  Available code resource of HSDPA  Available power resource of HSDPA  Number of HSDPA subscribers  Scheduling algorithm  Radio environment Therefore, the throughput ofsingle PS service carried by HSDPA fluctuates more sharply than that carried by DCH. However, HSDPA uses newtechnologies,such as fast schedule, HARQ, and 16QAM, so the utilization rate of resources is higher, and throughput of whole cell is higher.
3. CCH FACH can carried PS services of low traffic, it can also bear broadcasting services like CMB. FACH uses code resource of different SFs, so it support variable channel rate. This depends on the need by broadcasting services like CMB.
4. Method for Modifying TCP Receive Window For the services (such as VOD and FTP) using TCP protocol, the TCP window size of test laptop (client) and server have great impact on performance of service. To obtain betterperformance, set the window size as large as possible, and set the window size of client and server to the same, such as 64K (65535). 1. Tool Modification Run the DRTCP.exe attached in the appendix 8.8.1. For the running interface, see the method for modifying MTU. Change the TCP Receive Window, such as 65535. 2. Regedit Modification Detailed operations are as below: In Windows 2000,  In HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesTcpip, add string: "TcpWindowSize"="65535"  In HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesTcpipPa rameters, add double type value TcpWindowSize. Set it to 65535 or ffff (hex).
5. Method for Modifying MTU The MTU here is IP packet size. As shown in Figure 5-27, GGSN has two layer IP. The maximum IP packet size is 1500 bytes.If a data packet at IP layer is to be transmitted, and the packet is larger than MTU at IP layer after encapsulation,IP packet fragment is necessary.After fragment, each fragment is smaller than the MTU at IP layer. In terms of PS CN efficiency, avoid IP fragment and reassembly, and meanwhile use the MTU as large as possible. The MTU is usually smaller than or equal to 1450 bytes.The data transmission rate of PS CN is usually higher than the rate at air interface, so the MTU has little impact on the rate at air interface. The default MTU in computers is 1500 bytes. Modifying MTU includes modifying the MTU of server and modifying the MTU of test laptop. The server and client will negotiate,so the actual MTU is the smaller one. Modify MTU by using DRTCP tool or modifying Windows Register. The following sections detail the operations. 1. Tool Modification Run the DRTCP.exe attached in the appendix 8.8.1, with the running interface as shown in . 1. Running interface of DRTCP Server Modify the MTU in Adapter Settings shown in Figure 8-6 , namely, the MTU at the network port.
Test Laptop For test laptops,the UE is connected to it by data line and dial-up connection is set up. Data packets are sent through USB port. As a result, modifying MTU of USB port is necessary,namely, the Dial Up(RAS) MTU as shown in . After modification, restart the Windows operating system. 2. Regedit Modification Modifying MTU of server Modify the MTU of network port on server. In Windows 2000, in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesTcpipParametersInterfaces{..... ....}, add a double byte value, named mtu, with the value of 1450. Modifying MTU of client For activating UE and laptop, dial-up connection is used with data line. Data packets are sent through USB port. Modify the MTU of USB on laptop as below: In Windows 2000, in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesNdisWanParametersProtocols0 , modify the ProtocolMTU to 1450. After modification, restart the Windows operating system.
6. Confirming APN and Rate in Activate PDP Context Request Message When the UE originates data services, the QoS is sent to the systemin Activate PDP Context Request message. The message result is as shown in 8.6. 1. Detailed resolution of Activate PDP Context Request message 1. Traffic Classes: The traffic classes in an Activate PDP Context Request message include the following:
Traffic class, 0 0 0 Subscribed traffic class 0 0 1 Conversational class 0 1 0 Streaming class 0 1 1 Interactive class 1 0 0 Background class 1 1 1 Reserved Among them, Subscribed traffic class is not determined by the UE, but determined by the core network according to the subscription information of the UE. 2. Maximum Bit Rates and Guaranteed Bit Rates max bit rate up: Maximum uplink rate. In the preceding figure, the value of this field is 64, which corresponds to 64 kbit/s. max bit rate down: Maximum downlink rate. In the preceding figure, the value of this field is 104, which corresponds to 384 kbit/s. guar bit rate up: Guaranteed uplink bit rate. In the preceding figure, the value of this field is 0, which means that there is no requirement for the guaranteed uplink bit rate. guar bit rate down: Guaranteed downlink bit rate. In the preceding figure, the value of this field is 0, which means that there is no requirement for the guaranteed downlink bit rate. Rate conversion method stipulated in protocol 24.008: x is the required original value of a rate in a message If 0<x<64, the actual rate is x kbit/s. If 128>x>=64, the actual rate is 64 + (x – 64) * 8 kbit/s. In the preceding figure, the value of the max bit rate down field is 104 and the maximum downlink bit rate is 384 kbit/s calculated according to the conversion formula 64 + (104 – 64) *8. If 255>x>=128, the actual rate is 576 + (x – 128) * 64 kbit/s. If x = 255, the actual rate is 0 kbit/s. 3. APN The APN in the message is a character string in the ASCII format and cannot be read directly, as shown in the figure below. You can use Ultra Edit to convert the ASCII codes into a character string. Method of converting ASCII codes into a character string: Open the UltraEdit and create a file. Click Edit and choose Hex Edit and enter the ASCII codes.Then you can see the character string of the APN. In the figure below, the character string of the APN starts from the fourth bytes.
1. Converting ASCII codes into a character string by using the UltraEdit Converting ASCII code to string in UltraEdit proceeds as below:  Run UltraEdit  Create a File  Select Edit > Hex Edit  Type the ASCII code of APN in the messages You can see the APN string in Figure 8-8, it start at the fourth byte.
7. APN Effect 1. Major Effect In GPRS/WCDMA networks, APN has the following effects:  In GRPS/WCDMA backbone networks, APN identifies GGSN.  APN defines the external PDN that GGSN can connect to, such as ISP networks, private networks, and enterprise intranets. 2. Method for Naming APN APN consists the following two parts:  APN network identity It defines the external networks that subscribers can connect to by the GGSN. This part is compulsory. It is assigned to ISP or Huawei by network operators, the same identity as the fixed Internet domain name. For example, to define subscribers to connect to Huawei enterprise intranet by the GGSN, the APN network identity must be huawei.com.  APN operator identity It defines the GPRS/WCDMA backbone network. This part is optional. For example, in a GPRS network, it could be xxx.yyy.gprs (such as MNC.MCC.gprs), which identifies the PLMN network of GGSN. APN network identity is saved in HLR as a subscribed data.When a UE originate packet services, it provides APN for SGSN. APN is used by SGSN to select the GGSN to be connected and by GGSN to judge the external networks to be connected.In addition, HLR can save a wildcard. In this way, the MS or SGSN can select an APN that is not saved in HLR. Subscribers select GGSN by different APNs. Namely, subscribers can activate multiple PDP context, and each PDP context is related to an APN. Subscribers select different APNs to connect to different external networks through different GGSNs. 3. APN Configuration Before configuring APN on GGSN9811, the PDN that can be visited by subscribers must be clearly known. Set different APNs to different PDNs. For example, the GGSN9811 allows a subscriber to visit Internet through an ISP and an enterprise intranet simultaneously, and two APNs must be set up on GGSN9811: one for visiting Internet, and the other for visiting the enterprise intranet.
8. PS Tools 1. TCP Receive Window and MTU Modification Tools Modify TCP receive window and MTU with the following tool: For the detailed method, see the appendix 8.4 and 8.5. 2. Sniffer Sniffer can capture, construct,and send packets. It constructs transferdata at a fixed rate, and then obtains the rate at other NEs. This eliminates the external impact. Sniffer can send packets at UE side or on server. It can construct data transfer at fixed rate in uplink and downlink simultaneously, or just construct data transfer in uplink or downlink. Verifying Bearer Capacity of System by IP Data Packet of Fixed Rate Constructed by Sniffer In service demonstration, if the rate declines, it is difficult to judge whether the systemis faulty or the source rate declines. By IP data packet of fixed rate constructed by sniffer, engineers can focus on systemproblems without being disturbed by source rate. How to construct IP data packet of uplink and downlink fixed rate Execute the ping command on a computer of UE daemon to the application server. Capture the ping packet by using capture function of Sniffer. Send the ping packet automatically and continuously by using the packet generator function of Sniffer, and then obtain the data flow of uplink and downlink fixed rate (if the system is normal). Calculate the rate according to sending interval and ping packet size. Monitor by the monitoring software at UE daemon whether the uplink and downlink rate are normal. Execute the ping command on the application service to UE. Capture the ping packet by using capture function of Sniffer. Send the ping packet automatically and continuously by using the packet generator function of Sniffer, and then obtain the data flow of uplink and downlink fixed rate (if the system is normal). How to construct IP data packet of unidirectional uplink fixed rate Capture the ping packet by using capture function of Sniffer. Destroy the IP packet and data related to ping by using the packet generator function of Sniffer. The IP header remains the same. Send the IP packet automatically and continuously. When the IP packet reaches the application server, it
will be dropped by the server because the server cannot identify the content of IP packet. As a result, the data flow of unidirectional uplink fixed rate is obtained (if the system is normal). How to construct IP data packet of unidirectional downlink fixed rate Use the same method as mentioned in how to construct IP data packet of unidirectional uplink fixed rate. The data flow of unidirectional uplink fixed rate is obtained (if the system is normal). Judge by Sniffer Whether Packets are lost in Uplink and Downlink Use the previous method for capturing packets. Set the Sniffer to send ping packets of fixed number. Monitor at the destination by Sniffer whether the ping packets of the same number are received. This checks whether packets are lost during transmission. 3. Common Tool to Capture Packet: Ethereal Ethereal captures packets.It can parse protocols like HTTP, RTP, and FTP, even WAP, and GSM- MAP protocols. It can also analyze the throughput of TCP flow, delay distribution, and RTP flow. It features to resolute IP packet and time label of high precision (ms level). The latest version of Ethereal can record the content of PPP protocolon laptop. It helps to analyze end-to-end problems and delay conveniently. 4. HSDPA Test UE In terms of test methods, the PS service test carried by HSDPA is the same as that carried by DCH. Select the test UEs that support HSDPA. Now the UEs available in HSDPA PS service test include Huawei E620 data card, Qualcomm TM6275, and UB TM500. Huawei E620 data card is a category 12 UE. It supports 5HS-PDSCH codes at most. It supports QPSK, but not 16QAM. The maximum throughput at physical layer is 1.8 Mbps.The actual throughput at application rate is 1.4 Mbps.Huawei E620 data card supports combination of PS and AMR services,but not VP service. Qualcomm TM6275 is a category 11 or 12 UE. It supports 5 HS-PDSCH codes at most. It supports QPSK, but not 16QAM. It supports streaming and VP services. UB TM500 is an emulation test UE. It can emulate the UEs of multiple categories. It supports 15 HS- PDSCH codes at most. It supports QPSK and 16QAM. It supports the combination of PS and CS services, namely, after a subscriberstarts PS service, it then start CS service. Huawei E620 data card and Qualcomm TM6275 are for DT. TM500 is large, unfit for DT, but it can emulate multiple UE categories. In laboratory, HSDPA performance test requires UE to support 10 or 15 codes,but no UE or data card support 10 or 15 codes.As a result, using TM500 for test is necessary.
9. Analysis of PDP Activation The GRPS subscribed data can include the subscribed information of multiple packet data protocol (PDP) address.In MS, SGSN, and GGSN, one or more PDP contexts describe each PDP address. Each PDP context is in the following two states:inactive or active state. In active state,PDP context is activated in MS, SGSN, and GGSN. It contains the routing and mapping information to process PDP PDU between MS and GGSN. The PDP context activation process contains the activation process originated by MS, the activation proces s originated by network, and the second activation process.The activation process originated by MS is used upon PS service connection. 8.9 shows the PDP context activation process originated by MS. 1. PDP context activation process originated by MS The MS sends SGSN the Activate PDP Context Request (NSAPI, TI, PDP Type, PDP Address, Access Point Name, QoS Requested). The PDP Address indicates the dynamic address or the static address.If the PDP Address is dynamic address,set it to null. The following aspects lead to unsuccessfulPDP activation process:  Activation rejected, unspecified (#31): Huawei SGSN defines GTPU interaction failure, expiration, operation SDB failure, activation failure due to other abnormalities to this kind of failure.  Activation rejected by GGSN (#30): GGSN rejects or fails to decode the corresponding activation request.  Missing or unknown APN (#27): APN is not contained in the activation request message or cannot be extracted. Huawei SGSN takes DNS resolution failure, DHCP or MIP GGSN address acquisition failure, APN error specified by activation at network side, other APN error as activation failure. These are internal causes.  Unknown PDP address or PDP type (#28): the PDP address or PDP type cannot be identified by SGSN.
 User Authentication failed (#29): user authentication fails.  Service option not supported (#32): the requested serving PLMN does not support this. Huawei SGSN takes wildcard (*) activation rejection, service non-supportive, IPV6 non-supportive as this type.  Requested service option not subscribed (#33): requested service is not subscribed. Huawei SGSN takes mismatch subscribed information, VPLMN access inhibit, and charging restricted callingVPLMN as this type.  Insufficient resources (#26): activation fails due to inadequate resource. Huawei SGSN takes the following causes as inadequate resource.  UGBI PDP resource congestion  UGBI board congestion  RPU failure  Inadequate SDB or SM CB resource  Activation failure due to internal charging restricted calling  Operator Determined Barring (#8): operators bar PDP activation process.  Service option temporarily out of order (#34): this is a cause value which MSC use to indicate that function are inadequate to support corresponding requests. Huawei SGSN is seldom used, so neglect it.  NSAPI already used (#35): the requested NSAPI is already used by PDP activated by the subscriber, but the cause value will not be sent.  Protocol error, unspecified (#111): Huawei SGSN in abnormal SDB or SM state may confront this type of activation rejection. 2008-12-15 All rights reserved Page166 , Total166

More Related Content

PPT
Part 3 optimization 3G
Henry Chikwendu
 
PPT
Ericsson optimization opti
Terra Sacrifice
 
PPTX
NSN NOKIA 3G KPI for Network planning and optimization
Yogender Singh Rana
 
PDF
Lte capacity monitoring
Klajdi Husi
 
PPT
01 lte radio_parameters_lte_overview_rl1
Md.Akm Sahansha
 
PDF
Ericsson important optimization parameters
Pagla Knight
 
PDF
134170437 directed-retry-decision-libre
Syed Zahid Shah
 
PDF
Hw lte rf-optimization-guide
tharinduwije
 
Part 3 optimization 3G
Henry Chikwendu
 
Ericsson optimization opti
Terra Sacrifice
 
NSN NOKIA 3G KPI for Network planning and optimization
Yogender Singh Rana
 
Lte capacity monitoring
Klajdi Husi
 
01 lte radio_parameters_lte_overview_rl1
Md.Akm Sahansha
 
Ericsson important optimization parameters
Pagla Knight
 
134170437 directed-retry-decision-libre
Syed Zahid Shah
 
Hw lte rf-optimization-guide
tharinduwije
 

What's hot (20)

PPT
Kpi analysis
avneesh7
 
PPTX
E2 e+call+setup+time+(cst)+enhacenments p3_benchmarking
Otseakemhe
 
PPT
Training document e ran2.2_lte tdd system multiple antenna techniques(mimo an...
ProcExpl
 
PDF
toaz.info-zte-fdd-lte-radio-network-optimization-guideline-v14-1-pr_2dc3a4737...
anteneh amsalu
 
PPT
Nokia gsm-kpi-analysis-based-on-daily-monitoring-basis-presentation
mohammed khairy
 
PDF
Call Setup Success Rate Definition and Troubleshooting
Assim Mubder
 
PDF
Lte basic parameters
Linh Phạm
 
PDF
GSM Idle Mode Behavior
Md Mustafizur Rahman
 
PDF
2 g and 3g kpi improvement by parameter optimization (nsn, ericsson, huawei) ...
Jean de la Sagesse
 
PPTX
422738668-LTE-Downlink-Throughput-Optimization-Based-on-Performance-Data [Rep...
SudheeraIndrajith
 
DOC
13 gsm bss network kpi (network interference) optimization manual[1].doc
tharinduwije
 
PPTX
LTE Optimization-KPIs.pptx
HasanBilalKhan
 
PDF
76125491 2 g-ericsson-recommended-parameters-g10
Rakesh Singh
 
PDF
Events in tems products
To Anh
 
PDF
E nodeb kpi reference(v100r005c00 02)(pdf)-en
tharinduwije
 
PDF
wcdma-drive-test-analysis-ppt-libre
Narcisse FOIDIENG
 
PDF
2G Handover Details (Huawei)
Md Mustafizur Rahman
 
PPTX
Ch 04 HANDOVER_gvl
Tempus Telcosys
 
PPTX
Volte troubleshooting
Jamil Awan
 
PDF
Lte kpi accessability
Dheeraj Yadav
 
Kpi analysis
avneesh7
 
E2 e+call+setup+time+(cst)+enhacenments p3_benchmarking
Otseakemhe
 
Training document e ran2.2_lte tdd system multiple antenna techniques(mimo an...
ProcExpl
 
toaz.info-zte-fdd-lte-radio-network-optimization-guideline-v14-1-pr_2dc3a4737...
anteneh amsalu
 
Nokia gsm-kpi-analysis-based-on-daily-monitoring-basis-presentation
mohammed khairy
 
Call Setup Success Rate Definition and Troubleshooting
Assim Mubder
 
Lte basic parameters
Linh Phạm
 
GSM Idle Mode Behavior
Md Mustafizur Rahman
 
2 g and 3g kpi improvement by parameter optimization (nsn, ericsson, huawei) ...
Jean de la Sagesse
 
422738668-LTE-Downlink-Throughput-Optimization-Based-on-Performance-Data [Rep...
SudheeraIndrajith
 
13 gsm bss network kpi (network interference) optimization manual[1].doc
tharinduwije
 
LTE Optimization-KPIs.pptx
HasanBilalKhan
 
76125491 2 g-ericsson-recommended-parameters-g10
Rakesh Singh
 
Events in tems products
To Anh
 
E nodeb kpi reference(v100r005c00 02)(pdf)-en
tharinduwije
 
wcdma-drive-test-analysis-ppt-libre
Narcisse FOIDIENG
 
2G Handover Details (Huawei)
Md Mustafizur Rahman
 
Ch 04 HANDOVER_gvl
Tempus Telcosys
 
Volte troubleshooting
Jamil Awan
 
Lte kpi accessability
Dheeraj Yadav
 
Ad

Viewers also liked (10)

PDF
Call flow umts
Satish Jadav
 
PDF
80066469 hsdpa-cqi-and-ecno
Ercan Yılmaz
 
PDF
60118029 hsdpa-parameter-description
vittta sreeta
 
PDF
Wcdma kpi-analysis
a8us
 
PDF
Hsdpa analysis
Mohammed Razuddin
 
PPTX
Huawei 3 g_capacity_optimization
Febrianto Halim Masigi
 
PPTX
RSCP RSSI EC/NO CQI
Faraz Husain
 
PPTX
DC-HSPA+ technology
Nadisanka Rupasinghe
 
PPTX
Radio Measurements in LTE
Sofian .
 
PPT
3 g huawei ran resource monitoring and management recommended
Mery Koto
 
Call flow umts
Satish Jadav
 
80066469 hsdpa-cqi-and-ecno
Ercan Yılmaz
 
60118029 hsdpa-parameter-description
vittta sreeta
 
Wcdma kpi-analysis
a8us
 
Hsdpa analysis
Mohammed Razuddin
 
Huawei 3 g_capacity_optimization
Febrianto Halim Masigi
 
RSCP RSSI EC/NO CQI
Faraz Husain
 
DC-HSPA+ technology
Nadisanka Rupasinghe
 
Radio Measurements in LTE
Sofian .
 
3 g huawei ran resource monitoring and management recommended
Mery Koto
 
Ad

Similar to Wcdma ps service_optimization_guide (20)

PDF
Cellular network planning_and_optimization_part11
Farzad Ramin
 
PPT
Overview and Basics of LTE
Chaitanya Tata, PMP
 
PPTX
VHF/UHF Uplink Solutions for Remote Wireless Sensor Networks - Thesis Defense
Alp Sayin
 
PPS
Graduation Project Presentation
ahmedm177
 
PPS
Fyp Presentation
Arsalan Mir
 
PDF
Lte imp
Prashant Sengar
 
PPT
3.5 g(hsdpa)
evaread
 
DOCX
Edge throughput enhancement
smhassan159
 
PPT
Enabling Active Flow Manipulation (AFM) in Silicon-based Network Forwarding E...
Tal Lavian Ph.D.
 
PPT
Wcdma umts wireless networks
Dee Lima
 
PDF
Enhancing Network Visibility Based On Open Converged Network Appliance
Open Networking Summit
 
PDF
AZQ Android 2G/3G/4G Test Tool Presentation 2014
Don Plooksawasdi
 
PPT
Gprs[1]
suhail ahmad
 
PPT
Maria D'cruz_WCDMA UMTS Wireless Networks
Maria D'cruz
 
PPTX
Azenqos portfolio generic 27112014
Don Plooksawasdi
 
PDF
Vector_EMOB_2017_Michael_Epping (2).pdf
mohith82
 
PDF
Overview of AMC LTE feature to enhance DL user througput.
umermalik0107
 
PDF
High speed down link packet access (hsdpa)
WritingHubUK
 
PPT
LTE - Long Term Evolution
Arief Gunawan
 
PDF
Chap 4. call processing and handover.eng
sivakumar D
 
Cellular network planning_and_optimization_part11
Farzad Ramin
 
Overview and Basics of LTE
Chaitanya Tata, PMP
 
VHF/UHF Uplink Solutions for Remote Wireless Sensor Networks - Thesis Defense
Alp Sayin
 
Graduation Project Presentation
ahmedm177
 
Fyp Presentation
Arsalan Mir
 
Lte imp
Prashant Sengar
 
3.5 g(hsdpa)
evaread
 
Edge throughput enhancement
smhassan159
 
Enabling Active Flow Manipulation (AFM) in Silicon-based Network Forwarding E...
Tal Lavian Ph.D.
 
Wcdma umts wireless networks
Dee Lima
 
Enhancing Network Visibility Based On Open Converged Network Appliance
Open Networking Summit
 
AZQ Android 2G/3G/4G Test Tool Presentation 2014
Don Plooksawasdi
 
Gprs[1]
suhail ahmad
 
Maria D'cruz_WCDMA UMTS Wireless Networks
Maria D'cruz
 
Azenqos portfolio generic 27112014
Don Plooksawasdi
 
Vector_EMOB_2017_Michael_Epping (2).pdf
mohith82
 
Overview of AMC LTE feature to enhance DL user througput.
umermalik0107
 
High speed down link packet access (hsdpa)
WritingHubUK
 
LTE - Long Term Evolution
Arief Gunawan
 
Chap 4. call processing and handover.eng
sivakumar D
 

Recently uploaded (20)

PPTX
bas. eng. economics group 4 presentation 1.pptx
kiribakimoses1993
 
PPTX
UNIT 4 Total Quality Management .pptx
gokuld13012005
 
PPTX
FINAL REVIEW FOR COPD DIANOSIS FOR PULMONARY DISEASE.pptx
rubeshbme
 
PDF
Model Code of Practice - Construction Work - 21102022 .pdf
AinieButt1
 
PDF
Well-logging-methods_new................
ZafriFarid
 
PDF
July 2025 - Top 10 Read Articles in International Journal of Software Enginee...
sebastianku31
 
PPTX
Construction Project Organization Group 2.pptx
vj5agdales
 
PPTX
Infosys Presentation by1.Riyan Bagwan 2.Samadhan Naiknavare 3.Gaurav Shinde 4...
bapushinde7218
 
PDF
Evaluating the Democratization of the Turkish Armed Forces from a Normative P...
jpsjournal1
 
PDF
Operating System & Kernel Study Guide-1 - converted.pdf
mranoninvisib16
 
PPTX
Internet of Things (IOT) - A guide to understanding
Davies Chacko
 
PPTX
Foundation to blockchain - A guide to Blockchain Tech
Davies Chacko
 
PDF
PRIZ Academy - 9 Windows Thinking Where to Invest Today to Win Tomorrow.pdf
PRIZ Guru
 
PPTX
web development for engineering and engineering
keshriji700
 
PDF
Embodied AI: Ushering in the Next Era of Intelligent Systems
Yu Huang
 
PPTX
MET 305 2019 SCHEME MODULE 2 COMPLETE.pptx
VinayB68
 
PPT
CRASH COURSE IN ALTERNATIVE PLUMBING CLASS
rene militante
 
PPTX
Lecture Notes Electrical Wiring System Components
eedgecbhojpur
 
PPTX
Sustainable Sites - Green Building Construction
mhdumerali
 
PPTX
M Tech Sem 1 Civil Engineering Environmental Sciences.pptx
ShriNRPrasad
 
bas. eng. economics group 4 presentation 1.pptx
kiribakimoses1993
 
UNIT 4 Total Quality Management .pptx
gokuld13012005
 
FINAL REVIEW FOR COPD DIANOSIS FOR PULMONARY DISEASE.pptx
rubeshbme
 
Model Code of Practice - Construction Work - 21102022 .pdf
AinieButt1
 
Well-logging-methods_new................
ZafriFarid
 
July 2025 - Top 10 Read Articles in International Journal of Software Enginee...
sebastianku31
 
Construction Project Organization Group 2.pptx
vj5agdales
 
Infosys Presentation by1.Riyan Bagwan 2.Samadhan Naiknavare 3.Gaurav Shinde 4...
bapushinde7218
 
Evaluating the Democratization of the Turkish Armed Forces from a Normative P...
jpsjournal1
 
Operating System & Kernel Study Guide-1 - converted.pdf
mranoninvisib16
 
Internet of Things (IOT) - A guide to understanding
Davies Chacko
 
Foundation to blockchain - A guide to Blockchain Tech
Davies Chacko
 
PRIZ Academy - 9 Windows Thinking Where to Invest Today to Win Tomorrow.pdf
PRIZ Guru
 
web development for engineering and engineering
keshriji700
 
Embodied AI: Ushering in the Next Era of Intelligent Systems
Yu Huang
 
MET 305 2019 SCHEME MODULE 2 COMPLETE.pptx
VinayB68
 
CRASH COURSE IN ALTERNATIVE PLUMBING CLASS
rene militante
 
Lecture Notes Electrical Wiring System Components
eedgecbhojpur
 
Sustainable Sites - Green Building Construction
mhdumerali
 
M Tech Sem 1 Civil Engineering Environmental Sciences.pptx
ShriNRPrasad
 

Wcdma ps service_optimization_guide

  • 1. WCDMA PS Service Optimization Guide For Internal Use Only Product name Confidentiality level WCDMA RNP For internal use only Product version Total 166 pages 3.2 WCDMA PS Service Optimization Guide (For internal use only) Prepared by Yu Yongxian Date 2006-03-22 Reviewed by Xie Zhibin, Chen Qi, Xu Zili, Xu Dengyu, Jiao Anqiang, Hu Wensu, Ji Yinyu, Qin Yan, Wan Liang, and Ai Hua Date 2006-03-22 Reviewed by Qin Yan and Wang Chungui Date 2006-03-30 Approved by Date
  • 2. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All Rights Reserved
  • 3. Revision Records Date Version Description Reviewer Author 2004-11- 26 1.00 Initial transmittal. Yu Yongxian 2006-03- 09 1.01 Removing ABCD network for optimization target; putting analysis of traffic statistics in a single chapter; completing the operations and instructions at core network side by CN engineers; removing CDR part. Yu Yongxian 2006-03- 16 1.02 Moving the comparison of APP and RLC throughput to DT/CQT data analysis part; supplementing flow charts. Yu Yongxian 2006-03- 22 3.00 Changing the cover; removing BLER target and changing power control parameters; supplementing flow chats; adding an HSDPA case. Yu Yongxian 2006-05- 23 3.10 Supplementing HSDPA KPIs; adding flow for analyzing the poor performance for HSDPA to bear RAN side data in data transfer; adding analysis of interruption of data transfer for HSDPA service; supplementing HSDPA cases; revising minor errors in V3.0 guide. Wang Dekai 2006-10- 24 3.11 1 Adding analysis of throughput about lub Overbooking to R99 and HSDPA 2 adding recommendation of EPE and GBR import analysis of UE throughput. 3 Adding the third power assign method’s description of HSDPA HS- SCCH and the second power assign method of baseline parameter’s change. 4 Adding the infection of V17 admittance arithmetic. 5 adding analysis of PLC Status Prohit Timer to RLC layer throughput. 6 Adding analysis and description of Wang Dekai
  • 4. Date Version Description Reviewer Author APP layer throughput. 7 Adding the recommendation of V17 SET HSDPATRF command’s change. 8 Modify the wrong description about TCP/IP’s content. 2007-10- 30 3.2 Adding some content about HSUPA Gao Bo 2008-04- 17 3.21 Adding checklist of HSPA throughput’s problem on back-check and orientation. Hua Yunlong 2008-10- 24 3.22 Adding UMAT tools analyze HSDPA’s throughput problem. Modifying some content Hu Wensu, Ji Shuqi , and Fang Ming Zheng Kaisi 2008-12- 18 3.23 Change the format and covert to KPI Monitoring and Improvemnet Guilde series. He fengming
  • 5. Contents 3.1 Traffic Statistics 19 3.2 DT/CQT 20 3.3 Others 22 4.1 Traffic Statistics Indexes Related to Throughput 25 4.2 Generic Analysis Flow 29 4.2.1 Flow for Analyzing RNC-level Traffic Statistics Data 29 4.2.2 Flow for Analyzing Cell-level Traffic Statistics Data 32 5.1 Access Failure 39 5.1.1 Originating PS Service by UE Directly 39 5.1.2 UE as the Modem of PC 40 5.2 Disconnection of Service Plane 46 5.2.1 Analyze Problems at RAN Side 46 5.2.2 Analyzing Problems at CN Side 51 5.3 Poor Performance of Data Transfer 54 5.3.1 Checking Alarms 55 5.3.2 Comparing Operations and Analyzing Problem 56 5.3.3 Analyzing Poor Performance of Data Transfer by DCH 57 5.3.4 Analyzing Poor Performance of Data Transfer by HSDPA at RAN Side 62 5.3.5 Analysis of the Problem about Poor Data Transmission Performance of the HSUPA on the RAN Side 81 5.3.6 Analyzing Poor Performance of Data Transfer at CN Side 115 5.4 Interruption of Data Transfer 119 5.4.1 Analzying DCH Interruption of Data Transfer 119 5.4.2 Analyzing HSDPA Interruption of Data Transfer 121 6.1 Cases at RAN Side 124 6.1.1 Call Drop due to Subscriber Congestion (Iub Resource Restriction) 124 6.1.2 Uplink PS64k Service Rate Failing to Meet Acceptance Requirements in a Test (Air Interface Problem) 124 6.1.3 Statistics and Analysis of Ping Time Delay in Different Service Types 125 6.1.4 Low Rate of HSDPA Data Transfer due to Over Low Pilot Power 126 6.1.5 Unstable HSDPA Rate due to Overhigh Receiving Power of Data Card 127
  • 6. 6.1.6 Decline of Total Throughput in Cell due to AAL2PATH Bandwidth larger than ActualPhysical Bandwidth 128 6.1.7 Causes for an Exceptional UE Throughput and Location Method in a Field Test 130 6.2 Cases at CN Side 133 6.2.1 Low FTP Downloading Rate due to Over Small TCP Window on Server TCP 133 6.2.2 Simultaneous Uploading and Downloading 134 6.2.3 Decline of Downloading Rate of Multiple UEs 135 6.2.4 Unstable PS Rate (Loss of IP Packets) 136 6.2.5 Unstable PS Rate of Single Thread in Commercial Deployment (Loss of IP Packets) 138 6.2.6 Unavailable Streaming Service for a Subscriber 139 6.2.7 Unavailable PS Services due to Firewall of Laptop 139 6.2.8 Low PS Service Rate in Presentation Occasion 139 6.2.9 Abnormal Ending after Long-time Data Transfer by FTP 140 6.2.10 Analysis of Failure in PS Hanodver Between 3G Network and 2G Network 144 8.1 Transport Channel of PS Data 151 8.2 Theoretical Rates at Each Layer 152 8.2.1 TCP/IP Layer 152 8.2.2 RLC Layer 152 8.2.3 Retransmission Overhead 153 8.2.4 MAC-HS Layer 153 8.3 Bearer Methods ofPS Services 154 8.3.1 DCH 154 8.3.2 HSDPA 154 8.3.3 CCH 155 8.4 Method for Modifying TCP Receive Window 156 8.4.1 Tool Modification 156 8.4.2 Regedit Modification 156 8.5 Method for Modifying MTU 157 8.5.1 Tool Modification 157 8.5.2 Regedit Modification 158 8.6 Confirming APN and Rate in Activate PDP Context Request Message 159 8.6.1 Traffic Classes: 159 8.6.2 Maximum Bit Rates and Guaranteed Bit Rates 160 8.6.3 APN 160 8.7 APN Effect 162 8.7.1 Major Effect 162 8.7.2 Method for Naming APN 162 8.7.3 APN Configuration 162 8.8 PS Tools 163
  • 7. 8.8.1 TCP Receive Window and MTU Modification Tools 163 8.8.2 Sniffer 163 8.8.3 Common Tool to Capture Packet: Ethereal 164 8.8.4 HSDPA Test UE 164 8.9 Analysis of PDP Activation 165
  • 8. Figures Flow for analyzing RNC-level traffic statistics data 30 Flow for analyzing cell-level traffic statistics data 32 Flow for analyzing DT/CQT data 38 Flow for analyzing access failure problems when originating PS services by UE directly 39 Flow for analyzing access problem when the UE serves as the modem of PC 40 Flow for processing problem of failure in opening port 41 Flow for analyzing access failure problems 42 Signaling flow of successful setup of a PS service in Probe 43 Flow for analyzing disconnection of service plane 46 Flow for analyzing RAN side problem about disconnection of service plane for DCH bearer 47 Connection Performance Measurement-Downlink Throughput and Bandwidth window 48 HSDPA parameters in Probe 50 Flow for analyzing problems at CN side about disconnection of service plane 52 Flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer 55 Flow for analyzing RAN side problem about poor performance of data transfer on DCH 58 Flow for analyzing data transfer affected by Uu interface 59 Flow for analyzing data transfer affected by Iub interface 61 Flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer on HSDPA at RAN side 64 Confirming in the RNC message that PS service is set up on HSDPA channel 65 Confirming in Probe that service is set up on HSDPA channel 65
  • 9. High code error of ACK->NACK/DTX in Probe 76 Uplink and downlink RL imbalance in handover areas 77 Residual BLER at MAC layer in WCDMA HSDPA Decoding Statistics window 80 Working process of an HSUPA UE 82 Optimization flow of a low throughput of the HSUPA UE 85 Confirming the service is set up on the HSUPA according to a signaling message of the RNC 86 How to confirm the service is set up on the HSUPA through the drive test tool Probe 87 RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message 90 RRC CONNECT SETUP CMP message 91 RL RECFG PREPARE message 92 Display of the Assistant HSUPA related information (limited transmit power of the UE) 93 Display of the Assistant HSUPA related information (limited traffic) 94 PHYSICAL SHARED CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION REQUEST message (containing the target RTWP and the background) 96 ATM transmission efficiency 97 P bandwidth utilization 98 RAB assignment request message (containing an MBR) 99 RL RECFG PREPARE message (containing NodeB MBR) 100 RB SETUP message (containing the maximum number of available channel codes) 101 RLC PDU retransmission rate on the Probe 109 Receiver's CPU performance observation window 113 Flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer at CN side 116 Flow for analyzing interruption of data transfer 120 Interruption delay of TCP displayed in Ethereal 122 Variation of total throughput of one IMA link of HSDPA codes 128 Variation of total throughput of two IMA links of HSDPA codes 129 Unstable PS rate (1) 137
  • 10. Unstable PS rate (2) 137 Analyzing packets captured by Ethereal upon unstable PS rate 138 Interactive interface in CuteFTP 141 Signaling of normal downloading by FTP 142 Signaling of abnormal downloading by FTP 143 Signaling of normal handover between 3G network and 2G network 145 Normal signaling flow between UE and 2G SGSN. 146 Signaling flow traced on 2G SGSN 147 Transport channel of PS data 151 Packet Service Data Flow 152 Running interface of DRTCP 157 Detailed resolution of Activate PDP Context Request message 159 Converting ASCII codes into a character string by using the UltraEdit 161 PDP context activation process originated by MS 165
  • 11. Tables Requirements by DT/CQT on PS throughput 15 Major parameters to be collected in DT/CQT 20 Tools for collecting data 22 Measured items related to PS throughput in overall performance measurement of RNC 25 Measured items related to PS throughput in cell performance measurement 26 Measured items related to HSDPA throughput (cell measurement) 27 related to HSUPA throughput (cell measurement) 27 Other measured items related to throughput 28 Indexes to judge whether a cell has PS service request 33 Cell measurement/cell algorithm measurement analysis 33 Analysis of cell performance/Iub interface measurement 34 Cell Measurement/Cell RLC Measurement Analysis 35 Comparing operations and analyzing problem 56 Relationship between CQI and TB size when the UE is in category 11–12 67 Relationship between CQI and TB size when the UE is at the level 1–6 68 HS-SCCH power offset 71 Categories of UE HSUPA capability levels 89 PO for the E-AGCH when the Ec/Io at the edge of cells is –12 dB 103 PO for the E-RGCH when the Ec/Io at the edge of cells is –12 dB 104 PO for the E-HICH when the Ec/Io at the edge of cells is –12 dB 107 Delay test result of ping packet 126 WCDMA PS Service Optimization Guide
  • 12. Key words WCDMA, PS service, and throughput Abstract The document serves the optimization of PS service problems in large networks. It describes problem evaluation, data collection, and methods for analyzing problems. Acronyms and abbreviations: Acronyms and abbreviations Full spelling RNO Radio Network Optimization RNP Radio Network Planning APN Access Point Name CHR Call History Record CQI Channel Quality Indicator CQT Call Quality Test DT Driver Test HSDPA High Speed Data Packet Access HS-PDSCH High Speed Physical Downlink Shared Channel HS-SCCH Shared Control Channel for HS-DSCH QoS Quality of Service SF Spreading Factor UE User Equipment
  • 13. SBLER Scheduled Block Error Rate IBLER Initial Block Error Rate HHO Hard Handover SHO Soft Handover NE Network Element
  • 14. 1. Introduction About This Guide The following table lists the contents ofthis document. Title Description Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Evaluation of PS Throughput Problems Chapter 3 Data Collection Chapter 4 Analysis of Traffic Statistics Data Chapter 5 Analysis of DT/CQT Data Chapter 6 Cases Chapter 7 Summary Chapter 8 Appendix
  • 15. In WCDMA networks, besides traditional conversationalservice, data service is growing with features. It has a significant perspective. The indexes to indicate the performance of WCDMA data service includes:  Access performance It is reflected by the following indexes of data service:  Success rate of RRC setup  Success rate of RAB setup  Success rate of PDP activation  Call drop rate of PS service  Throughput  Delay There are access delay and the service interruption delay caused by HHO. This document addresses on problems in PS service optimization, such as access problems, data transfer failure, low throughput ofdata transfer, unstable rate of data transfer, and interruption of data transfer. It describes the method to analyze and solve DT/CQT problems. In addition, it describes the flow for processing access failure and data transfer failure problems in optimization of PS throughput. For access problems, call drop and handoverproblems, see W-KPI Monitoring and Improvement Guide, which provides analysis in terms of signaling flow and performance statistics.This guide supplements the possible causes and solutions to PS service access problems in terms of operations. This guide is for RNO in commercial network, not in benchmark trial network. The HSDPA problem analysis and description of MML command and product function are based on the following product versions:  BSC6800V100R006C01B064  BTS3812E V100R006C02B040 When refer RRC arithmetic and product realization default is RNC V16, refer V17 it will be labeled. The HSUPA problem analyses,description of MML command and product function are based on the following product versions:  BSC6800V100R008C01B082  DBS3800-BBU3806V100R008C01B062
  • 16. 2.Evaluation of PS Throughput Problems About This Chapter This chapter describes the evaluation of PS throughput problems.
  • 17. Optimize PS throughput in terms of DT/CQT. In actual network optimization, the optimization objects and test methods are according to contract. 2 lists the requirements by DT/CQT on PS throughput. 1. Requirements by DT/CQT on PS throughput Ind ex Servi ce Referen ce Reference test method Average downlink throughput of R99 PS UL64k/DL 64k 48–56 kbps  Test in the areas where Ec/Io is large than –11 dB and RSCP is larger than –90 dBm.  Test when traffic is low without call drop problems due to congestion.  Put FTP servers in CN.  Download with 5 threads.  Exclude non- RAN problems or decline of throughput caused by UE. PS UL64k/DL 128k 96–106 kbps PS UL64k/DL 384k 300–350 kbps Average uplink throughput of R99 PS UL64k/DL 64k 48–56 kbps  Test in the areas where Ec/Io is large than –11 dB and RSCP is larger than –90 dBm.  Test when traffic is low (the uplink and downlink load is not larger than
  • 18. Ind ex Servi ce Referen ce Reference test method planned load) without call drop problems due to congestion.  Put FTP servers in CN.  Download with 5 threads.  Exclude non- RAN problems or decline of throughput caused by UE. Downlink average throughput for HSDPA single subscriber CAT12 1.52Mbps (SBLER = 10%)  The carrier power, number of HS-PDSCH codes and Iub bandwidth resource are not restricted. The throughput is determined by capability of UE.  The average CQI of tested area is 18.  Single subscriber in unloaded conditions and in the center of cell. 760 kbps  Other resources except power are not restricted.  The average
  • 19. Ind ex Servi ce Referen ce Reference test method CQI of tested area is 10.  Single subscriber in unloaded conditions and in the edge of cell. Throughput of HSDPA cell CAT12 3.25 Mbps  4 CAT12 UEs, and 14 HS- PDSCH codes  It is restricted by HS-PDSCH code. The carrier power and Iub bandwidth are not restricted.  The average CQI of tested area is 18. 800 kbps  4 CAT12 UEs, and 14 HS- PDSCH codes  It is restricted by carrier power. The HS-PDSCH code and Iub bandwidth are not restricted.  The average CQI of tested area is 18. HSUPA Single subscriber throughput CAT3 800kbps~1.1Mbps (cell center)  Uplink RTWP, IUB bandwidth resource and UE TX power are
  • 20. Ind ex Servi ce Referen ce Reference test method not restricted.  Pilot power 33dBm，RSCP >=-70dBm;  Single subscriber in unloaded conditions  Set MTU size＝ 1500 bytes , set PDU size= 336 bits.  In UE QoS profile in HLR, MBR=2Mbps, service type is Background/Inte ractive  The data resource of FTP must make sure that upload can get the faster rate in the wire connection conditions.  Obtain the faster rate, combine UE capability, get APP rate in the conditions of uplink RTWP,IUB bandwidth are not restricted. 200kbps~400kbps (cell edge)  Uplink RTWP,IUB bandwidth
  • 21. Ind ex Servi ce Referen ce Reference test method resource and UE TX power are not restricted.  Pilot power 33dBm，RSCP >=-100dBm;  Single subscriber in unloaded conditions  set MTU ＝ 1500 bytes , set PDU = 336 bits  In UE QoS profile in HLR, MBR=2Mbps, service type is Background/Inte ractive  The data resource of FTP must make sure that upload can get the fast rate in the wire connection conditions.  Get the fast rate , combine UE capability , get APP rate in the conditions of uplink RTWP,IUB bandwidth are not restricted.
  • 22. 3.Data Collection About This Chapter The following table lists the contents ofthis chapter. Title Description 3.1 Traffic Statistics 3.2 DT/CQT 3.3 Others There are two major methods for evaluating PS throughput:traffic statistics and DT/CQT.
  • 23. 1. Traffic Statistics For collecting traffic statistics data,see W-Equipment Room Operations Guide.
  • 24. 2. DT/CQT To obtain DT/CQT data, use the software Probe, UE, scanner, and GPS are involved. Obtain the information output by UE, such as:  Coverage  Pilot pollution  Signaling flow  Downlink BLER  TX power of UE Based on the measurement tracing on RNC LMT, obtain the following information:  Uplink BLER  Downlink code transmission power  Downlink carrier transmission power  Signaling flow at RNC side By the DT processing software Assistant,analyze comprehensively the data collected by Probe in foreground DT and tracing record on RNC LMT. 3.2 lists the major parameters to be collected in DT/CQT. 1. Major parameters to be collected in DT/CQT Parameter Tool Effect Longitude and latitude Probe + GPS Record trace Scramble, RSCP, Ec/Io of active set Probe + UE Analyze problems UE TX Power Probe + UE Analyze problems and output reports Downlink BLER Probe + UE Analyze problems and output reports Uplink/Downlink Probe + UE Analyze problems and
  • 25. Parameter Tool Effect application layer, RLC layer throughput output reports RRC and NAS signaling at UE side Probe + UE Analyze problems HSDPA CQI, HS- SCCH scheduling success rate, throughput of APP, RLC, and MAC Probe + UE Analyze problems and output reports Uplink BLER RNC LMT Analyze problems and output reports Downlink transmission code power RNC LMT Analyze problems and output reports Single subscriber signaling tracing by RNC RNC LMT Analyze problems Iub bandwidth RNC/NodeB LMT Analyze problems Downlink carrier transmission power and non-HSDPA carrier transmission power RNC LMT Analyze problems and output reports Downlink throughput and bandwidth RNC LMT Analyze problems and output reports Dowlink traffic RNC LMT Analyze problems
  • 26. In PS service test,to reduce the impact from TCP receiver window of application layer, using multi- thread downloading tools like FlashGet is recommended. Set the number of threads to 5. For uplink data transfer, start several FTP processes. For the detailed test and operation methods of DT and CQT, see W-Test Guide. For detailed operations on LMT, see W-Equipment Room Operations Guide.
  • 27. 3. Others After finding problems by traffic statistics,DT/CQT, and subscribers'complaints, analyze and locate problems with DT/CQT and the following aspects:  RNC CHR  Connection performance measurement  Cell performance measurement  Alarms on NEs  States of NEs  FlashGet  DU Meter 3.3 lists the tools for collecting data. 1. Tools for collecting data Da ta Tools for collecti ng data Tools for viewin g/ analyzi ng data Effe ct Rema rk Traffic statistics data M2000 Nastar Check the network operation conditions macroscopicall y, analyze whether there are abnormal NEs. For detailed operations on LMT, see W- Equipment Room Operations Guide. For usage of Nastar, see the online help and operation manual of Nastar. DT/CQT data Probe + UE Assistant Analyze calls in terms of flow and coverage based on DT/CQT data and traced See W-Test Guide. Connection performance measurement, RNC LMT Assistant or RNC LMT See the online help of RNC LMT
  • 28. Da ta Tools for collecti ng data Tools for viewin g/ analyzi ng data Effe ct Rema rk cell performance measurement, signaling tracing by RNC data on RNC Alarm M2000 or RNC LMT M2000 or RNC LMT Check alarms whether there are abnormal NEs CHR RNC LMT Nastar or RNC Insight Plus Record historic record of abnormal calls for all subscribers, help to locate problems. For subscribers' complaints, analyzing CHR helps to find the problem happening to subscribers. None FlashGet None Downlink with multiple threads to obtain more stable throughput Assistant tool for PS service test None DU Meter None Observe throughput of Assistant tool for PS service test
  • 29. Da ta Tools for collecti ng data Tools for viewin g/ analyzi ng data Effe ct Rema rk application layer real-time, take statistics of total throughput, average throughput, and peak throughput in a period (the result is recorded by PrintScreen shot). PS data packet Sniffer Sniffer Construct stable uplink and downlink data transmission requirement. Used by CN engineers. For usage, see appendix. PS data packet Ethereal Ethereal Sniff data packet at interfaces and parse data packet Used by CN engineers. For usage, see appendix. Note: CHR is called CDL in those versions prior to RNC V1.6. CHR is used in these versions after V1.6. When analyzing data with previous tools, engineers need to combine several data for analysis. For example, in network maintenance stage,if some indexes are faulty, analyze some relative data such as performance statistic,alarm data, and CHR. According to the level of problems, perform DT/CQT in cell coverage scope; trace the signaling of single subscriberand conduct connection performance measurement on RNC LMT.
  • 30. If there are problems in DT/CQT, analyze them based on traffic statistics and alarms.
  • 31. 4. Analysis of Traffic Statistics Data About This Chapter This chapter analyzes traffic statistics data. Title Description 4.1 Traffic Statistics Indexes Related to Throughput 4.2 Generic Analysis Flow The access,call drop, SHO, HHO, inter-RAT handoverproblems may affect throughput of PS services. Therefore, before analyzing and optimizing throughput of PS services,analyze access,call drop, SHO, HHO, inter-RAT handoverproblems. To analyze access problems and traffic statistics indexes, see W-Access Problem OptimizationGuide. To analyze handoverand call drop problems, and traffic statistics indexes, see W-Handover and Call Drop Problem OptimizationGuide.
  • 32. 1. Traffic Statistics Indexes Related to Throughput The following four tables are based on RNC V1.6. 4.1 lists the measured items related to PS throughput in overall performance measurement of RNC. 1. Measured items related to PS throughput in overall performance measurement of RNC Measured item Major indexes Effect Overall performance measurement of RNC/RLC statistics measurement  RLC buffer size  Average utilization of buffer  Number of data packets sent and received by RLC in TM/AM/UM mode  Number of data packets dropped by RLC  Number of retransmitted data packets  Check whether the RLC buffer is inadequate  Check the probability of dropping data packets by RLC  Or whether the downlink retransmissi on rate is over high Overall performance measurement of RNC/UE state Number of UEs in CELL_DCH, CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, and URA_PCH state Serve as reference for understanding traffic model of subscribers
  • 33. Measured item Major indexes Effect measurement Overall performance measurement of RNC/RB measurement  Number of conversation al service, streaming service, interactive service, and background service in various uplink and downlink rates in PS domain under RNC  Times of abnormal call drops for previous services in various rate in PS domain  Analyze the number of subscribers using different services at different rate;  Analyze the call drop problems of various rate Overall performance measurement of RNC/RNC traffic measurement Uplink and downlink traffic (RLC layer excludes traffic of RLC header) of all services in PS domain under RNC Overall performance measurement of RNC/PS inter-RAT handover measurement  Times of successful/fai lure PS inter- RAT handovers  The failure causes Frequent inter-RAT and the call drop due to it will directly affects PS service subscribers' experiences. Guarantee high handover success rate by analyzing and optimizing the measured item while avoid ping-pong handover. Reduce the impact from inter-RAT handover on PS throughput.
  • 34. 4.1 lists the measured items related to PS throughput in cell performance measurement. 2. Measured items related to PS throughput in cell performance measurement Measured item Major indexes Effect Cell measurement/traffic measurement Uplink and downlink traffic volume (number of MAC-d PDU bytes) at Iub interface, traffic of RACH, FACH, and PCH; Iub CCH bandwidth Analyze whether the CCH is to be congested; take statistics of Iub TCH traffic Cell measurement/cell algorithm measurement DCCCC and congestion control Analyze cell congestion problems and rationality of DCCC parameters Cell measurement/cell RLC measurement Collect cell level data ,such as:  Valid RLC data rate Downlink service  Number of signaling PDUs  Number of retransmitte d PDUs  Number of discarded PDUs  Take statistics of valid data rate at RLC layer  The transmissi on rate of service and signaling  The dropping rate Cell measurement/cell throughput of Average throughput and volume of various service  Obtain the average throughpu
  • 35. various services, throughput t measurement t of various services in the cell.  Judge whether the average throughpu t meets the optimizati on objectives Cell measurement/BLER measurement of various services in cell  Uplink average BLER of various services in cell  The ratio of time of maximum value of BLER Cell measurement/Iub interface measurement  Number of requested RLs at Iub interface  Number of successful RLs  Number of failed RLs,  Different causes of failures Check the resource allocation condition at Iub interface whether Iub is congested.
  • 36. In cell performance measurement, HSDPA part is added,and other indexes are the same as that of R99. Some traffic statistics indexes corresponding to HSDPA services are not added to RNC traffic statistics. Table 4-3 lists the measured items related to HSDPA throughput (cell measurement). 3. Measured items related to HSDPA throughput (cell measurement) Measured item Major indexes Effect Cell measurement/HSDPA service measurement  Statistics of HSDPA service setup and deletion  Number of HSDPA subscribers in cell  D-H, F-H transition  Serving cell update  Intra- frequency HHO  Inter- frequency HHO  MAC-D flow throughput Know the HSDPA throughput and number of subscribers in cell Table 4-4 lists the measured items related to HSDPA throughput (cell measurement).Measured items 4. related to HSUPA
  • 37. throughput (cell measurement) Measured item Major indexes Effect Cell measurement/HSDPA service measurement Measured item ”HSUPA.CELL” include the PI of service setup , release and the number of EDCH handover Know the HSUPA throughput and number of subscribers in cell Table 4-5 shows othermeasured items related to throughput. 5. Other measured items related to throughput Measured item Major indexes Effect Performance measurement at Iu interface Iu-PS reset times, setup and release times, and overload control times. Analyze whether lu-PS interface is normal GTP-U measurement Number of bytes sent and received by GTP-U  Determine the scope of problems by comparing RLC layer traffic and GTP-U traffic  Distinguish RAN side problems from CN side problems UNI LINK Average receiving and sending rate of
  • 38. measurement UNI LINK IMA LINK measurement Average receiving and sending rate of IMA LINK IMA GROUP link measurement Average receiving and sending rate of IMA GROUP
  • 39. 2. Generic Analysis Flow According to 4.1, the indexes related to PS throughput include:  Overall performance measurement of RNC  Cell measurement  Performance measurement at Iu interface  GTP-U measurement  UNIUNI LINK measurement  IMA LINK measurement  IMA GROUP link measurement Analyzing traffic statistics data is mainly based on overall performance measurement of RNC and cell measurement. Analyzing RNC-level data addresses on evaluating and analyzing performance of entire network. Analyzing cell-level data addresses on locating cell problems. Other measured items like Iu interface and transmission help engineers to analyze problems in the whole process of performance data analysis. In actual traffic statistics analysis,evaluate the indexes of entire network and then locate cell-level problems. 1. Flow for Analyzing RNC-level Traffic Statistics Data Figure 4-1 shows the flow for analyzing RNC-level traffic statistics data.
  • 40. 1. Flow for analyzing RNC-level traffic statistics data The RNC traffic statistics indexes of current version do not include statistics of throughput ofvarious services, but include RNC traffic volume measurement. The traffic volume measurement is relevant to subscribers'behaviors and traffic model.
  • 41. The traffic volume is not the same every day, but is fluctuating periodically from Monday to Saturday and Sunday.Therefore, upon analysis of RNC traffic volume, observe the fluctuation of weekly traffic volume. For example, compare the curve chart of traffic volume for a weak with that of last weak. If they are similar, the network is running normally according to RNC-level analysis.If they are greatly different from each other, analyze the problem in details. When analyzing problems, check whether the RNC-level traffic statistics indexes are normal in synchronization, such as RB, RLC, Iu interface. Then follow the flow for analyzing cell-level traffic statistics data. If the PS throughput ofone or two cells is abnormal, this cannot be reflected by RNC-level traffic statistics.Therefore, analyzing cell-level traffic statistics data is necessary even if RNC-level traffic statistics is normal. 2. Flow for Analyzing Cell-level Traffic Statistics Data
  • 42. 1. Flow for analyzing cell- level traffic statistics data
  • 43. The cell-level traffic statistics data is obtainable from cell measurement/cell throughput of various services, and volume measurement, including the average throughput and totalvolume of various services. Select a representative service in the network, or a continuous coverage service. Analyze the average throughput ofeach cell for the selected service by Nastar and sort the cells by cell throughput.Select the top N worst cells for analysis. The cells with 0 PS RAB setup request is excluded from sorting alignment, namely, the total number of the four indexes listed in 4.2.2 is 0. Such cells are considered as having no PS service request,so they are excluded from sorting alignment the worst cells for PS throughput. 1. Indexes to judge whether a cell has PS service request Measured item Type Index Cell measurement Number of successful RABs with RAB assignment setup in PS domain in cell VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Conv VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Str VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Inter VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Bkg Cell measurement/HSDPA service measurement Times of HSDPA service setup requests in cell VS.HSDPA.RAB.AttEstab For the worst cell, check that they are not with access,call drop, and handoverproblems. Then analyze the cell performance from cell measurement/traffic measurement, cell measurement/cell algorithm measurement, and cell measurement/cell RLC measurement. 1）4.2.2 describes the cell measurement/cell algorithm measurement analysis.
  • 44. 2. Cell measurement/cell algorithm measurement analysis Index Meani ng Analys is Soluti on VS.LCC.BasicCongNumUL VS.LCC.BasicCongNumDL Times of uplink and downlink basic congestion in cell If one of them is large than 0, the cell is with basic congestion problem If the load of inter-frequency cells with overlapped coverage is low, optimize load balance parameters. Otherwise consider adding carriers. VS.LCC.OverCongNumUL VS.LCC.OverCongNumDL Times of cell congestion due to uplink and downlink overload If one of them is large than 0, the cell must be badly congested If the load of inter-frequency cells with same coverage is low, optimize load balance parameters. Otherwise consider adding carriers. VS.DCCC.D2D.SuccRateDown. UE VS.DCCC.D2D.SuccRateUp.UE Times of successful configuration of DCH dynamic channel with decreasing downlink rate in cell If the average service throughput is much lower than the bandwidth, the DCCC algorithm parameter may be irrational. Confirm the DCCC algorithm parameter VS.Cell.UnavailTime.OM Length of unavailable time If it is large than 0, the cell must have been Check alarms and CHR for causes of system
  • 45. of cell unavailable. abnormalities 2）4.2.2 describes the analysis of cell performance/Iub interface measurement. 3. Analysis of cell performance/Iub interface measurement Index Meani ng Analysis Soluti on VS.IUB.AttRLSetup VS.IUB.SuccRLSetup Number of requested RLs set up at lub interface in cell. Number of successful RLs set up at lub interface in cell. If SuccRLSetup < AttRLSetup, the RL setup must have failed at lub interface. Analyze the problem for detailed causes. VS.IUB.FailRLSetup.CfgUn sup VS.IUB.FailRLSetup.Cong VS.IUB.FailRLSetup.HW VS.IUB.FailRLSetup.OM Number of RLs failed at lub interface due to different causes in cell Analyze the setup failure due to different causes. If the VS.IUB.FailRLSetup.C ong is large than 0, the lub interface is probably congested. VS.DL.RL.Timing.Adjust.S ucc VS.DL.RL.Timing.Adjust.F ail Number of downlink RLs of successful and failed RLs of timing adjustment in cell If they are larger than 0, timing adjustment is present in cell. If timing adjustment fails, the normal sending and receiving may be affected. 3) Cell Measurement/Traffic Measurement Analysis
  • 46. In cell measurement/traffic measurement analysis, take statistics of traffic at MAC layer. Take statistics of traffic flow, signaling flow, FACH/RACH/PCH transport channel flow, and Iub CCH bandwidth. If the total service throughput approaches available Iub bandwidth of TCH, the throughput may declines due to inadequate Iub bandwidth. Solve this problem by adding transmission bandwidth. 4) 4.2.2 describes Cell Measurement/Cell RLC Measurement Analysis 4. Cell Measurement/Cel l RLC Measurement Analysis Index Meani ng Analys is Soluti on VS.RLC.AM.TrfPDU.Trans Number of PDUs sent by RLC in AM mode Check the power control parameters like target value of service BLER, transmission error rate, and clock abnormality. Check coverage. VS.RLC.AM.TrfPDU.Retrans Number of service PDUs retransmitted by RLC in downlink in AM mode Service retransmission rate = number of PDUs for retransmission service/number of sent service PDUs. If the retransmission rate is high, there may be some problems. VS.AM.RLC.DISCARD.TRF.P DU Number of service PDUs dropped by RLC in downlink in AM mode of cell Dropping rate = number of dropped service PDUs/number of sent service PDUs. If the PDU drop rate is high, there may be some problems.
  • 47. VS.RLC.AM.SigPDU.Trans Number of signaling PDUs sent by RLC in AM mode Check the power control parameters like target value of service BLER, transmission error rate, and clock abnormality. Check coverage. VS.RLC.AM.SigPDU.Retrans Number of signaling PDUs retransmitted by RLC in downlink in AM mode Signaling retransmission rate = number of retransmitted signaling PDUs/number of sent signaling PDUs VS.AM.RLC.DISCARD.SIG.P DU Number of signaling PDUs dropped by RLC in downlink in AM mode of cell Signaling dropping rate = number of dropped signaling PDUs/number of sent signaling PDUs The causes of high RLC retransmission rate and PDU packet dropping rate are:  Bad BLER of radio link (including weak coverage)  High transmission error rate  Clock abnormality To confirm weak coverage problem, perform DT/CQT and analyze CHR as below:  Perform DT/CQT to know the overall coverage conditions  Analyze CHR to know the RSCP and Ec/Io of subscribers in the environment  Sort the subscribers by RSCP in CHR analysis  Record the worst N subscribers and visit the location  Perform DT/CQT accordingly in these locations
  • 48. 5. Analysis of DT/CQT Data About This Chapter The following table lists the contents ofthis chapter. Title Description 5.1 Access Failure 5.2 Disconnection of Service Plane 5.3 Poor Performance of Data Transfer 5.4 Interruption of Data Transfer
  • 49. WCDMA PS service data transfer problems include the following three types in terms of phenomena:  Access failure (or dial-up connection failure)  Successful access but unavailable data transfer  Available data transfer but low speed or great fluctuation For the problem with different phenomena, follow different flows for processing them. 1. Flow for analyzing DT/CQT data For access,call drop, signaling plane, and handoverproblems, see W-Access Problem Optimization Guide and W-Handover and Call Drop Problem Analysis Guide. This guide supplements some operations in PS service test.
  • 50. 1. Access Failure There are two ways to use PS services:  Originating PS services directly on UE, browsing web pages, and watching video streaming directly on UE  Combining personal computer (PC) and UE. Namely, UE serves as the modem of PC, and the service is originated through PC In optimization test,the combination of PC and UE is most widely used.In DT/CQT, the PC is usually a laptop with the DT software Probe installed on it. This is called Probe + UE. When the UE fails to directly originate PS services, it can obtain more information by using Probe + UE. Therefore, the following analysis is mainly based on Probe + UE. 1. Originating PS Service by UE Directly 5.1.1 shows the flow for analyzing access failure problems when originating PS services by UE directly.
  • 51. 2. Flow for analyzing access failure problems when originating PS services by UE directly The signaling of originating PS services by UE directly is the same as that of PC + UE. The difference lies in the access point name (APN), and the way to set the address for service visiting. If the UE fails to originate PS services directly, following the step below for analyzing causes:  Verify the problem by PC + UE If the PS services through PC + UE are normal, the system must work normally. Then check and modify the APN, address for serving visiting, Proxy, and password set on UE.  Follow 5.1.2 if originating PS services by PC + UE fails. 2. UE as the Modem of PC 5.1.2 shows the flow for analyzing access problem when the UE serves as the modem of PC. 1. Flow for analyzing access problem when the
  • 52. UE serves as the modem of PC Failure in Opening Port 5.1.2 shows the flow for processing problem of failure in opening port.
  • 53. 2. Flow for processing problem of failure in opening port The major causes to failure in opening port include:  Port in Hard Config of Probe is incorrectly configured Check the configuration in Hardware Config. The port must be consistent with the Com port and Modem port in Device Manager in Windows operating system.  The port state is abnormal The driver is improperly installed. Or during DT, the DT tool may abort abnormally, so the port mapped in Windows Device Manager is marked by a yellow exclamatory mark. To solve this problem, reinstall the driver, pull and plug data line or data card of UE.
  • 54.  After the software aborts abnormally, the port is not deactivated The DT software like Probe may abort abnormally, so the corresponding port is improperly closed. To solve the problem, quit the Probe and restart it. If the problem is still present, restart PC.  The software of UE is faulty Restart UE to solve the problem.  The driver of UE is incompletely installed Reinstall the driver. This problem usually occurs upon the first connection of PC and UE. Successful Activation of Port but Access Failure Opening port succeeds,but access fails. This is probably due to signaling flow problem. 5.1.2 shows the flow for analyzing access failure problems
  • 55. 3. Flow for analyzing access failure problems Trace the NAS and RRC signaling in Probe or trace the signaling of single subscriberon RNC LMT. Analyze the problem by comparing it to the signaling flow for standard data service. For the signaling flow for standard data service, see the senior training slides of RNP: W-RNP Senior Training- Signaling Flow. 5.1.2 shows the signaling flow of successfulsetup ofa PS service in Probe.
  • 56. 4. Signaling flow of successful setup of a PS service in Probe In 5.1.2, Probe contains two windows: RRC Message, and NAS Messages. The signaling point in NAS Messages window corresponds to the point of direct transfer messages in RRC Message. The following problem may occur due to the comparison of signaling flow:  RRC connection setup failure Description: in 5.1.2 , it is abnormal from the RRC Connection Request message to the RRC Connection Setup Complete message. Analysis: the UE fails to send the RRC Connection Request message according to the RRC Messages window in Probe, probably due to:  Modem port is not selected in the Hardware Config widow in Probe.  Test Plan is not configured in Probe or improperly configured.  The port of UE is abnormal. See the Failure in Opening Port in 5.1.2for solution. After the UE sends the RRC Connection Request message, it receives no response or receives RRC Connection Reject message due to the
  • 57. admission rejection caused by weak coverage and uplink and downlink overload. For details, see the section Analyzing RRC Connection Setup Problems in W-KPI Monitoring and Improvement Guide.  UE's failure in sending Service Request Description: There in no Service Request message in NAS Messages. Analysis: The UE may have disabled PS functions or may have not registered in PS domain.  The UE may have disabled PS functions. Some UE supports CS or PS, or CS + PS. If the UE is set to support CS, PS services will be unavailable on it. Check the UE configuration and Set it to support PS or CS + PS.  The UE may have not registered in PS domain. According to signaling flow, after the UE sends the Attach Request message, the network side responds the Attach Reject message. The engineers at CN side need to check whether the USIM supports PS services.  The flow for authentication and encryption is abnormal Description: it is abnormal from the Authentication AND Ciphering REQ in NAS messages to the Security Mode Complete in RRC messages. Analysis: the engineers at CN side need to check whether the authentication switch in PS domain of CN is on, whether the CN CS domain, PS domain, encryption algorithm of RNC, and the integrity protection algorithm is consistent. On RNC LMT, query the encryption algorithm by executing the command LST UEA. Query the integrity protection algorithm by executing the command LST UIA. For details, see the section Analyzing Authentication Problems and the section Analyzing Security Mode Problems in W-KPI Monitoring and Improvement Guide.  PDP activation is rejected Description: after the UE sends the Activate PDP Context Request message, it receives the Activate PDP Context Reject message. Analysis: there are two types of problems, the improper configuration of APN and rate at UE side, or CN problems.  Improper APN at UE side If the cause value of Activate PDP Context Reject is Missing or unknown APN, the APN configuration is probably inconsistent with CN side. Check the Probe and APN at UE side, and compare them with HLR APN. For the method to set APN of UE and Probe, see the section Connecting Test Device in Genex Probe Online Help. Ask the CN engineers to check the APN in HLR.  Improper rate at UE side
  • 58. If the cause value of Activate PDP Context Reject is Service option not supported, the requested rate of UE is probably higher than subscribed rate in HLR. Check the requested rate at Probe and UE side, and compare them with the subscribed rate in HLR. Ask the CN engineers to check the subscriber rate in HLR. Check the APN and requested rate in the Activate PDP Context Request message. See the appendix 8.6.  CN problem If the APN at UE side and restricted rate are properly configured, the problem is probably due to CN problem. If some interfaces of CN are unavailable, locate the problem with engineers on PS domain of CN. If the PS service is the initial commissioning, the APN for defining a subscriber by HLR is inconsistent with that of gateway GPRS support node (GGSN). Confirm this with engineers on PS domain of CN. For the analysis of causes of PDP activation rejection, see 8.9.  RB setup failure Description: after Activate PDP Context Request, the system fails to receive Radio Bearer Setup message, but receives the release message. Analysis: for details, see the section Analyzing RAB or RB Setup Problems in W-KPI Monitoring and Improvement Guide.  Others See 5.3.2. Shrink the scope of the problem by changing each device.
  • 59. 2. Disconnection of Service Plane 5.2 shows the flow for analyzing disconnection of service plane, though the PS service setup succeeds. 1. Flow for analyzing disconnection of service plane 1. Analyze Problems at RAN Side The connection setup succeeds,so the signaling plane is connected but the service plane is disconnected.This is probably due to TRB reset at RAN side. For HSDPA, the service is carried by HS-PDSCH and the signaling is carried by DCH. When the power of HS-PDSCH is inadequate,
  • 60. probably the signaling plane is connected and service plane is disconnected.The following sections distinguish PS services carried on DCH from PS services carried on HSDPA. DCH bearer 5.2.1 shows the flow for analyzing RAN side problem about disconnection of service plane for DCH bearer. 2. Flow for analyzing RAN side problem about disconnection of service plane for DCH bearer Check coverage conditions
  • 61. Trace the pilot RSCP and Ec/Io of serving cell by Probe + UE. Judge whether a point is in weak coverage area. For weak coverage area, such as RSCP < –100 dBm or Ec/Io < –18 dB, the data transfer for PS services is probably unavailable. Solution: If the RSCP is bad, optimize it by improving coverage quality. If the RSCP is qualified, but Ec/Io is bad, check:  Pilot pollution. Then optimize the serious pilot pollution.  Power configuration of pilot channel (LST PCPICH), usually 33 dBm.  There is no external interference Check call drop problem due to TRB reset Obtain the CHR files corresponding to the occurrence point of problem. On RNC LMT or in Nastar, check whether there is abnormal information near the point of problem occurrence. This provides the evidence for judgment. For the analysis tool, see W-KPI Monitoring and Improvement Guide. Trace uplink and downlink throughput and bandwidth On RNC LMT, select Connection Performance Measurement > Uplink Throughput and Bandwidth, Downlink Throughput and Bandwidth. For details, see the online help for RNC LMT. Check the uplink and downlink throughput and bandwidth. 5.2.1 shows the Connection Performance Measurement-Downlink Throughput and Bandwidth window. 3. Connection Performance Measurement-Downlink Throughput and Bandwidth window
  • 62. In 5.2.1,  The bandwidth shown is the bandwidth assigned for UE by system.  The DLThroughput is the actual throughput of downlink data transfer. Monitor the variation of access layer rate and non-access layer rate of uplink and downlink data transfer for the current connection. This helps analyze the functions of dynamic channel configuration and variation features of service source rate.  If the uplink throughput is 0, the uplink may be disconnected.  If the downlink throughput is 0, the downlink may be disconnected. When the RNC DCCC function is valid, distinguish the variation of bandwidth caused by DCCC. If the problem is still not located after previous operations, collect the data packets received and sent at RNC L2 and by GTPU by using the tracing tool RNC CDT. This helps judge whether the disconnection of subscriber plane is in uplink or downlink, at CN side or RAN side. Further Check problems at the CN side according to analysis of problems at CN side in 5.2.2. Refer to Comparing Operations and Analyzing Problem. Change each part and compare the operations. This helps reduce the scope of the problem. Feed back the problem. HSDPA Bearer The HSDPA feature of cell is activated, The UE supports HSDPA. The rate requested by UE or the subscribed rate is higher than HSDPA threshold for downlink BE service (for BE service) or HSDPA threshold for downlink streaming service (for streaming service). When the PS services are carried by HSDPA, follow the steps below: Alarms in RNCs and CHR Check the alarms and CHR for the point of problem occurrence whether there are abnormalities. Provide diagnosis. Deactivate HSDPA features so that PS services are set up on DCH Deactivate HSDPA features by executing the command DEA CELLHSDPA. Connect UE to the network by dial-up so that PS services are set up on DCH. If the data transfer is unavailable on DCH, see the troubleshooting in previous block DCH Bearer. If the data transfer is available on DCH, the problem must be about HSDPA. Follow the steps below. Check the CQI, HS-SCCH success rate, and SBLER
  • 63. Check the CQI, HS-SCCH success rate, and SBLER by Probe + UE as below:  CQI The UE estimates and reports CQI based on PCPICH Ec/Nt. If the CQI reported by UE is 0, the NodeB will not send UE any data. In the current version, if the CQI calculated by NodeB based on current available power is smaller than 2, the NodeB will not schedule the UE and send it any data. If the common parameters like pilot Ec/Io, CellMaxPower, PcpichPower, and MPO are normal, but the CQI is bad, change a PC. The PCs of different types have different thermal noises, so they have different impact on reported CQI.  HS-SCCH success rate The HS-SCCH success rate is obtainable in the WCDMA HSDPA Decoding Statistics window and WCDMA HSDPA Link Statistics window, as shown in 5.2.1. 4. HSDPA parameters in Probe
  • 64. Wherein, the HS-SCCH Success Rate (%) is the HS-SCCH scheduling success rate of the UE. It is relevant to the following parameters:  Number of HS-SCCHs  Number of HSDPA subscribers  Scheduling algorithm parameter If an HS-SCCH is configured to the HSDPA cell, the scheduling algorithm is the RR algorithm, and all the connected subscribers keeps data transfer, the HS-SCCH success rate is the reciprocal of number of subscribers. Namely, all the subscribers share the HS-SCCH resource. If the HS-SCCH success rate of a subscriber approaches 0, the data transfer rate of the subscriber approaches 0, and the service plane may be disconnected. The HS-SCCH success rate approaches 0 due to:  The scheduling algorithm is much similar to MAX C/I algorithm, more than one HSDPA subscribers connects to the cell, and the CQI of the subscriber is low.  The transmit power of HS-SCCH is over low. Now in the indoor scenario, the transmit power of HS-SCCH is fixed to 2% of total transmit power of cell. In outdoor scenarios, the proportion is 5%. If the transmit power of HS-SCCH is lower than the fixed power, the UE may fail to demodulate HS-SCCH data.  No data is transmitted at the application layer. Confirm this by the actual transmitted data volume in the Connection Performance Measurement- Uplink Throughput and Bandwidth, Downlink Throughput and Bandwidth on RNC LMT.  The CQI reported by UE is over low, so the NodeB will not schedule the subscriber.  SBLER being 100% The SLBER is the slot block error rate of HS-DSCH. In 5.2.1, the right pane of the WCDMA HSDPA Decoding Statistics window shows the SBLER and retransmission conditions of transport blocks of different sizes. The WCDMA HSDPA Link Statistics window shows the following parameters:  HS-DSCH SBLER-Deta  HS-DSCH SBLER-Average Wherein, the Delta is the instantaneous value. The Average is the average value. When the HS-PDSCH Ec/Nt is over low, the SBLER will be 100%. This is actually caused by inadequate HSDPA power. Check the HSDPA power configuration by executing the command LST CELLHSDPA. Wherein, the HS-PDSCH and HS-SCCH power are the HSDPA power configuration.
  • 65. There are two methods for HSDPA power configuration: static power configuration and dynamic power configuration.  If the power of the parameter configuration is higher than or equal to the maximum transmit power of cell, use dynamic power configuration.  If the power of the parameter configuration is lower than the maximum transmit power of cell, use static power configuration. The available power of HS-PDSCH in static power configuration = maximum transmit power of cell – power margin – R99 downlink load (including CCH load) – HS-SCCH power. The available power of HS-PDSCH in dynamic power configuration = power of HS-PDSCH and HS-SCCH – HS-SCCH power. Note the static power configuration. Due to power control, the R99 services can use HS-PDSCH power. According to previous two formulas, in dynamic power configuration of HSDPA power, if the power margin is over large, R99 downlink load is over high, or HS-SCCH power is over high, the available power of HS- PDSCH is over low. In static power configuration of HSDPA power, if the HS-PDSCH and HS-SCCH power are over low, or HS-SCCH power is over high, the available power of HS-PDSCH is over low. SBLER is 100% seldom due to inadequate power, unless the CQI reported by UE is over small. When the power of NodeB is inadequate, the CQI calculated by NodeB is smaller, the scheduled TB blocks becomes smaller, so the rate obtained by UE declines. Solution: adjust parameter configuration. If the R99 load is over high, add carriers. Check the available bandwidth, occupied bandwidth, and assigned bandwidth at Iub interface Query Iub bandwidth by executing the command DSP AAL2PATH on RNC LMT. Or start the task Periodic Reporting of Iub Bandwidth Assignment Conditions of HSDPA on NodeB console. If errors occur in data transmission, the IMA group number of AAL2PATH (For HSDPA) on NodeB fails to match that on RNC. When the available bandwidth of HSDPA is inadequate due to product software problems, the data transfer is unavailable. 2. Analyzing Problems at CN Side The problems at CN side include abnormal work state of service servers and incorrect username and password. 5.2.2 shows the flow for analyzing problems at CN side about disconnection of service plane.
  • 66. 1. Flow for analyzing problems at CN side about disconnection of service plane Confirm by other access network or LAN that the service software servers and service software run normally.  LAN
  • 67. Use FTP or HTTP service on a PC connected to LAN, and check whether the service is available. In addition, verify the user name and password of the connected user.  Other radio access network under the same CN If different 3G access networks under the same CN sets up PS service or sets up PS service from the GRPS network, check whether the service is normal. After previous checks, if the service servers work normally, focus on the problems at RAN side for analysis. If the service servers are abnormal according to previous checks, ask the on-site engineers of CN PS domain to solve the problem. The IP address for visiting FTP and HTTP service servers by LAN is different from that for visiting service servers after the UE sets up wireless connection. For details, turn to on-site engineers of CN PS domain.
  • 68. 3. Poor Performance of Data Transfer The poor performance of data transfer, in terms of throughput measurement, lies in the following problems:  Unstable rate like great fluctuation  Low rate The poor performance of data transfer, in terms of QoS, lies in the following problems:  Unclear streaming image  Buffering  Low rate in browsing web pages The appendix 8.1contains the transport path of PS data. The PS data passes Internet service servers, GGSN, SGSN, RNC, NodeB, and finally UE. Meanwhile the PS data passes Gi, Gn, IuPS, Iub, and Uu interfaces. During the process,the PS data passes Internet servers to GGSN using IP protocol. Between them, there may be one or more devices like router and firewall. The PS services use the AM mode of RLC and support retransmission function. The FTP and HTTP services use TCP protocol which supports retransmission.The parameters of these two protocols (RLC/TCP) have great impact on rate. If the parameter configuration is improper, or missing and dropping data packet may cause the data rate to decline. When checking the quality of service (QoS), engineers make UE as the modem of a computer running applications, so the performance of computer and servers will influence the QoS. By and large, several factors affect the performance of data transfer of PS services, and they include:  RAN side  CN equipment  Applications and service software The applications and service software problems are contained in the CN side problems. 5.3 shows the flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer.
  • 69. 1. Flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer 1. Checking Alarms If there is a problem, check whether there are alarms. Query the NodeB and RNC alarms at RAN side. Query the SGSN, GGSN, LAN switch, router, and firewall at CN side. The alarms like abnormal clock alarms, high transmission error rate, and abnormal equipment affect data transfer. If problems cannot be located according NE alarms, refer to 5.3.2. By comparing operations and analyzing problem, reduce the scope of problem.  If the problem is at RAN side, refer to 5.3.3.
  • 70.  If the problem is at CN side, refer to 5.3.6.  If the problem concerns both the RAN and CN side, analyze it from both sides. 2. Comparing Operations and Analyzing Problem Compare operations and analyze problem to focus on the possible faulty NE and to determine the scope of problem: at CN side and service software, or at RAN. 1. Comparing operations and analyzing problem Order Operation Result Analysis 1 Change USIM card Data transfer problem has been solved Problem maybe related to user information configured in the USIM card. Data transfer problem is still unsettled The problem cannot be located, so continue checks. 2 Change UE/data card Data transfer problem has been solved Related to UE, such as incompatibility and poor performance of UE Data transfer problem is still unsettled The problem cannot be located, so continue checks. 3 Change PC Data transfer problem has been solved Related to drivers, APN, restricted rate, and firewall. Data transfer problem is still The problem cannot be located, so
  • 71. Order Operation Result Analysis unsettled continue checks. 4 Change PC under the same server (ensure than the service is running normally, and try to PING the server and use streaming services. Data transfer problem has been solved The problem at CN side, related to service software Data transfer problem is still unsettled The problem cannot be located, so continue checks. 5 Change a new website for visiting (from other websites) Data transfer problem has been solved The problem at CN side, related to performance of server, TCP/IP parameters, or service software Data transfer problem is still unsettled The problem cannot be located, so continue checks. 6 Change other access network under the same server, such as GPRS network Data transfer problem has been solved The problem at RAN side. Data transfer problem is still unsettled The problem cannot be located. 7 Test on other NodeBs Data transfer problem has been solved The NodeB problem, or improper configuration of parameters related to the NodeB and configured by RNC Data transfer The problem cannot
  • 72. Order Operation Result Analysis problem is still unsettled be located. After the approximate scope of problem cannot be located after previous checks, analyze it as a problem of data transfer at RAN side and CN side. 3. Analyzing Poor Performance of Data Transfer by DCH The mechanism at the air interface of HSDPA is different from that of DCH, so different factors affect data transfer on DCH and HSDPA. 5.3.3 shows the flow for analyzing RAN side problem about poor performance of data transfer on DCH.
  • 73. 1. Flow for analyzing RAN side problem about poor performance of data transfer on DCH NE Alarms Alarm check
  • 74. If the performance of data transfer for PS services is poor, analyze NodeB and RNC alarms. The clock alarms, alarms on transmission error rate, and transmission interruption may cause fluctuation of PS data. For querying NodeB and RNC alarms, see W-Equipment Room Operations Guide. Data transfer affected by Uu interface When PS services are carried by DCH, the factors affecting data transfer at Uu interface includes:  DCH bandwidth  State transition  Block error rate (BLER) at Uu interface 5.3.3 shows the flow for analyzing data transfer affected by Uu interface. 2. Flow for analyzing data transfer affected by Uu interface  DCH bandwidth When PS services are carried by DCH, the RNC assigns bandwidth for each connected UE. The bandwidth depends on spreading factor and coding method.
  • 75. On RNC LMT, in the Connection Performance Measurement-Uplink Throughput and Bandwidth, Downlink Throughput and Bandwidth window, check the uplink and downlink assigned bandwidth and throughput. The bandwidth is the channel bandwidth assigned to UE by RAN. The DlThroughput is the actual downlink rate of data transfer. Assigning bandwidth (namely, code resource, power resource, and Iub resource are normal) is normal if one of the following conditions is met:  The bandwidth is the same as the request rate or subscribed rate.  Maximum assignable rate (such as 384 kbps) is met upon DCH bearer. If the bandwidth assigned to UE is smaller than the expectation, there are two causes:  Congestion or other causes. The RAN cannot assign UE with channels of higher rate, which is abnormal.  DCCC algorithm of RNC. If the DCCC algorithm parameter is rational, the decline of rate is normal. Enable the DCCC algorithm in the existing network so that the system can save resource by reducing assigned bandwidth upon decline or pause of data transfer. However, the DCCC algorithm configuration may be irrational. DCCC algorithm involves rate adjustment based on traffic and coverage, and rate adjustment in soft handover (SHO) SHO areas. According to the parameters configured on site and based on algorithm, judge whether the assignment and adjustment of DCH bandwidth are rational, whether there are abnormalities, and whether the problem is solve by adjusting parameters. If the assigned DCH bandwidth is small due to congestion and other abnormalities, solve the problem by the following methods:  Trace signaling of single subscriber  Query cell downlink load, assignment of code resource, and available bandwidth at Iub interface  Obtain CHR from BAM and check the abnormalities on RNC INSIGHT PLUS or Nastar.  BLER at Uu interface The BLER at uplink and downlink Uu interface directly affect data transfer of PS services. If the average of UL BLER or DL BLER measured in a period is equal to or better than BLER Target, the code errors at Uu interface are normal. Otherwise, analyze this problem. DL BLER measurement: collect DT data by Probe and UE, and then import the DT data to Assistant for analysis. UL BLER measurement: In Connection Performance Measurement- Uplink Transport Channel BLER window, import the measurement file to Assistant, and analyze together with the Probe DT data files.
  • 76. The power control and coverage affects the uplink and downlink BLER in the following aspects:  Outer loop power control switch. Check that the outer loop power control switch of RNC is on.  Coverage. Check whether the uplink and downlink are restricted in the areas with bad UL BLER and DL BLER. For details, see W-RF Optimization Guide.  Performance of UE. Change a UE of other types and compare their performance.  In Sequence Delivery  Set the sequence submission to TURE or FALSE. This affects the rate and fluctuation of downlink. If you set the sequence submission to TURE, the RLC keeps the transfer sequence of upper-layer PDUs. If set the sequence submission to FALSE, the receiver RLC entity allows sending SDUs to upper-layer in a sequence different from the sender. If you set the sequence submission to FALSE, the uplink rate for data transfer will be low and data transfer fluctuates much.  Setting sequence submission to TURE by executing the command MOD GPRS on Huawei HLR is recommended. Data Transfer Affected by Iub Interface The transport code error at Iub interface, delay jitter, and Iub bandwidth affect the performance of data transfer. 5.3.3 shows the flow for analyzing data transfer affected by Iub interface.
  • 77. 3. Flow for analyzing data transfer affected by Iub interface  Transport code error and delay jitter According to transport alarms and clock alarms, check whether there are problems. Bandwidth at Iub interface  Check whether the Iub interface is congested by the following methods:  Querying the bandwidth at Iub interface on RNC LMT and NodeB LMT.  Referring to the section Flow for Analyzing Cell-level Traffic Statistics Data.  Checking abnormal record in CHR
  • 78. Querying bandwidth at Iub interface at RNC side proceeds as below:  Query adjacent node corresponding to each cell by executing the command LST AAL2ADJNODE  Query the path of the NodeB by executing thecommand LST AAL2PATH.  Query the bandwidth by executing the command LST ATMTRF.  Query the residual bandwidth by executing the commands DSP AAL2ADJNODEand DSP AAL2PATH at RNC side. Querying the bandwidth at Iub interface at NodeB side proceeds as below: AAL2PATH is necessary at NodeB. The relevant commands include LST AAL2PATH and DSP AAL2PATH. Comparison of Throughput at APP and RLC Layer The throughput at APP and RLC layer is obtainable by DT/CQT. For the theoretical relationship of rate at each layer, see the appendix 8.2. If the rate of APP throughput and RLC throughout is lower than the normal range according to theoretical analysis, the retransmission cost of TCP/IP is over large. Check and modify the TCP receiver window and MTU configuration. For the method, see the appendix 8.4 and 8.5. 4. Analyzing Poor Performance of Data Transfer by HSDPA at RAN Side The HSDPA network schedules power and code resources by code division or time division between multiple subscribers.When there is only one HSDPA subscriberin a cell, the following factors affect the rate for data transfer:  HSDPA available power  Number of HS-PDSCH codes in cell (when there is only one subscriber, a HS-SCCH is necessary)  Category of UE (maximum number of codes supported by UE and whether to support 16QAM)  Radio signals near UE In addition, the following factors affect the reachable maximum rate:  Subscribed rate  Bandwidth at Iub interface  Maximum rate supported by RNC, NodeB, GGSN, and SGSN. When there are multiple subscribers,besides previous factors,the scheduling algorithm used by NodeB and number of HS-SCCH configured to cell affects the rate of data transfer. An HSDPA subscriberworks as below:  The UE reports CQI on HS-DPCCH. The NodeB obtains the CQI of UE's location.
  • 79.  The scheduling module inside NodeB evaluates different subscribers by channel conditions, the amount of data in cache for each subscriber, the last serving time. It then determines the HS-DSCH parameters.  The NodeB sends HS-DSCH parameters on HS-SCCH, and after two slots it sends data on HS-DSCH.  The UE monitors HS-SCCH for information sent to it. If there is any schedule information, it starts receiving HS-DSCH data and buffers them.  According to HS-SCCH data, the UE judges whether to combine the received HS-DSCH data and data in soft buffer.  The UE demodulates the received HS-DSCH data, and send the ACK/NACK message on uplink HS-DPCCH according to CRC result.  If the NodeB receives the NACK message, it resends the data until it receives the ACK message or reaches the maximum retransmission times. In the DT tool Probe, out of consideration for multiple subscriberscheduling and retransmission at MAC-HS layer, there are three rates at MAC-HS layer:Scheduled Rate，Served Rate，MAC Layer Rate. Served Rate = Scheduled Rate * HS-SCCH Success Rate MAC Layer Rate = Served Rate * (1- SBLER)  Scheduled rate Schedule rate = total bits of all TBs received in statistics period/total time with TB scheduled in statistics period The total bits of all TBs received in statistics period include all the bits of received correct and wrong TBs. The total time with TB scheduled in statistics period includes the time with data received and excludes the time without data received.  Served rate Served rate = total bits of all TBs received in statistics period/statistics period The total bits of all TBs received in statistics period include the bits of received correct and wrong TBs. The statistics period includes the time with and without data received.  MAC layer rate MAC Layer Rate = total bits of correct TBs received in statistics period/statistics period The total bits of correct TBs received in statistics period include the bits of correct TBs and exclude bits of wrong TBs. The statistics period includes the time with and without data received.  HS-SCCH success rate is the success rate for receiving HS-SCCH data by UE
  • 80.  SLBER = wrong TBs received at MAC-HS layer/(received correct and wrong TBs)  ACK->NACK/DTX is the ratio that NodeB judges the ACK message as NACK/DTX message. 5.3.4 shows the flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer on HSDPA at RAN side. 1. Flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer on HSDPA at RAN side NE Alarms When the performance of data transfer for PS services is poor, analyze the NodeB and RNC alarms. The clock alarms, alarms on transport code error, and transmission interruption may lead to fluctuation of PS data. For querying NodeB and RNC alarms, see W-Equipment Room Operations Guide. Whether the Service Is Set Up on HSDPA Channel Check the IE serving HSDSCH RL indicator of the message RB SETUP on RNC. If the IE is True, and the SF of downlink channelcode is 256, the service must be carried by HSDPA channel, as shown in 5.3.4.
  • 81. 2. Confirming in the RNC message that PS service is set up on HSDPA channel You can also check the information like reported CQI in the WCDMA HSDPA Link Statistics window in the DT software Probe. If no information is in the window, the service must be carried on DCH, as shown in 5.3.4.
  • 82. 3. Confirming in Probe that service is set up on HSDPA channel If the service is not set up on HSDPA channel, it will automatically be set up on DCH. Now the service rate is the rate of R99 service, usually equal to or smaller than 384 kbps. If it is confirmed that the service is not set up on HSDPA channel, analyze it from the following aspects.  HSDPA cell is not set up Check at RNC side whether the HSDPA cell is activated by executing the command LST CELLHSDPA. Check at NodeB side whether the local cell supports HSDPA. Check by executing the command LST LOCELL whether the value of the local cell is TRUE or FALSE. If the HSDPA cell at RNC side is not activated, activate it by executing the command MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=0, HSDPA=TRUE. In addition, during modifying the HSDPA cell configuration on RNC, if HSDPA codes are statically assigned, and if there are excessive R99 subscribers connected to the cell so the code assigned to HSDPA is inadequate, the RNC still displays that the modifying HSDPA cell configuration succeeds. However, actually the HSDPA cell is not successfully set up. Check whether the codes assigned to HSDPA cell are successful by selecting Realtime Performance Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring > Code Tree Tracing on RNC.
  • 83.  Incorrect type of HSDPA AAL2PATH or No Configuration Set the type of HSPDA AAL2PATH to HSDPA_RT or HSDPA_NRT. Otherwise the cell can support R99 services only, but not HSDPA services. It is recommended that one HSDPA AAL2PATH is configured to one NodeB. If multiple HSDPA AAL2PATHs are configured, the data packets are easily dropped in the current version. Query it at RNC or NodeB side by executing the command LST AAL2PATH. If the HSDPA AAL2PATH is set to RT or NRT, the downlink subscription rate of UE is 2 Mbps. When the UE accesses the network, setting subscriber plane for HSDPA service fails, and the RNC will automatically set up the subscriber plane of PS 384kbps service. According to signaling of the RB Setup message, the service is set up on R99, and SF is 8.  HSDPA subscriber's admission failure The HSDPA subscriber's admission failure leads to that the RNC reconfigures HSDPA service to be carried by PS384K channel of R99 service. If the service cannot be set up, the UE continues to access the network after lowering the rate of R99 service. If the rate of connected HSDPA subscriber is as low as 384 kbps, 128 kbps, or 64 kbps of R99 services according to test, confirm whether the service is set up on HSDPA channel and whether the admission fails. Check whether the following aspects are rational:  Uplink and downlink load of R99 services  Downlink code resource  Iub transmission resource  Number of HSDPA subscribers  Threshold of HSDPA cell rate  Guaranteed rate threshold of streaming service  Guaranteed power threshold  Over high HSDPA threshold for downlink BE service The HSDPA threshold for downlink BE service defines the rate judgment threshold for background or interactive services carried on HS-DSCH in PS domain. If the request rate is great than or equal to the threshold, the PS service is carried on HS-DSCH; otherwise, the PS service is carried on DCH. Set HSDPA threshold for downlink BE service by executing the command SET FRC: DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa=D384 on RNC.
  • 84. Low Scheduled Rate The TB size of NodeB scheduling depends on CQI, HSDPA codes,available power for HSDPA, and so on. TB size/2ms is scheduled rate. Normally, there is mapping relationship (depending on mapping table of NodeB CQI in actual use) between the schedule rate and CQI reported by UE. The NodeB will filter and adjust the CQI reported by UE, so the scheduled rate and CQI scheduled by NodeB have mapping relationship, not completely having mapping relationship with the CQI reported by UE. 5.3.4 lists the relationship between CQI and TB size according to the protocol 3GPP 25.306. It is only for reference, the product realization does not completely consist with protocol. 1. Relationship between CQI and TB size when the UE is in category 11–12 C Q I va lu e Trans port Block Size Nu mbe r of HS- PDS CH Modul ation Referen ce power adjustm ent 0 N/A Out of range 1 137 1 QPSK 0 2 173 1 QPSK 0 3 233 1 QPSK 0 4 317 1 QPSK 0 5 377 1 QPSK 0 6 461 1 QPSK 0 7 650 2 QPSK 0 8 792 2 QPSK 0
  • 85. C Q I va lu e Trans port Block Size Nu mbe r of HS- PDS CH Modul ation Referen ce power adjustm ent 9 931 2 QPSK 0 10 1262 3 QPSK 0 11 1483 3 QPSK 0 12 1742 3 QPSK 0 13 2279 4 QPSK 0 14 2583 4 QPSK 0 15 3319 5 QPSK 0 16 3319 5 QPSK –1 17 3319 5 QPSK –2 18 3319 5 QPSK –3 19 3319 5 QPSK –4 20 3319 5 QPSK –5 21 3319 5 QPSK –6 22 3319 5 QPSK –7 23 3319 5 QPSK –8
  • 86. C Q I va lu e Trans port Block Size Nu mbe r of HS- PDS CH Modul ation Referen ce power adjustm ent 24 3319 5 QPSK –9 25 3319 5 QPSK –10 26 3319 5 QPSK –11 27 3319 5 QPSK –12 28 3319 5 QPSK –13 29 3319 5 QPSK –14 30 3319 5 QPSK –15 2. Relationship between CQI and TB size when the UE is at the level 1–6 C Q I va lu e Trans port Block Size Nu mbe r of HS- PDS CH Modula tion Refere nce power adjust ment 0 N/A Out of range 1 137 1 QPSK 0
  • 87. C Q I va lu e Trans port Block Size Nu mbe r of HS- PDS CH Modula tion Refere nce power adjust ment 2 173 1 QPSK 0 3 233 1 QPSK 0 4 317 1 QPSK 0 5 377 1 QPSK 0 6 461 1 QPSK 0 7 650 2 QPSK 0 8 792 2 QPSK 0 9 931 2 QPSK 0 10 1262 3 QPSK 0 11 1483 3 QPSK 0 12 1742 3 QPSK 0 13 2279 4 QPSK 0 14 2583 4 QPSK 0 15 3319 5 QPSK 0 16 3565 5 16-QAM 0
  • 88. C Q I va lu e Trans port Block Size Nu mbe r of HS- PDS CH Modula tion Refere nce power adjust ment 17 4189 5 16-QAM 0 18 4664 5 16-QAM 0 19 5287 5 16-QAM 0 20 5887 5 16-QAM 0 21 6554 5 16-QAM 0 22 7168 5 16-QAM 0 23 7168 5 16-QAM –1 24 7168 5 16-QAM –2 25 7168 5 16-QAM –3 26 7168 5 16-QAM –4 27 7168 5 16-QAM –5 28 7168 5 16-QAM –6 29 7168 5 16-QAM –7 30 7168 5 16-QAM –8 The following factors affect scheduled rate:
  • 89.  CQI If the downlink rate of UE is low, check whether the CQI reported by UE is over low, and check the PCPICH RSCP and Ec/Io of the serving cell from the following aspects:  The coverage is weak, and the CQI reported by UE is low.  The interference is strong, and there is pilot pollution, and the CQI reported by UE is low.  When the HSDPA serving cell is frequently updated, the HSDPA subscribers cannot change accordingly due to punishment, so the CQI reported by UE is low. If the coverage is weak, improve the CQI reported by UE by RF optimization and constructing sites. If the interference is strong,adjust the azimuth and down tilt in RF optimization. This forms a primary cell. If the HSDPA serving cell is frequently updated,avoid frequent handoverby adjusting antenna azimuth and down tilt or constructing sites in RF optimization.  Available power of HSDPA cell If the available power of HSDPA cell is over low, the TB size of NodeB scheduling will be affected. HSDPA power configuration includes dynamic and static configuration. The RNC MML is MOD CELLHSDPA: HSDPAPOWER=430. The unit of HSDPA power is 0.1 dB. The total power of all HS-PDSCHs and HS- SCCHs must not exceed the HSDPAPOWER. When HSDPAPOWER in previous formula is higher than or equal to total power of cell, the HSDPA power configuration is dynamic configuration. The available power of HSDPA cell = total power of cell * (1 – power margin) – power used by R99 TCH and CCH. When HSDPAPOWER in previous formula is lower than total power of cell, the HSDPA power configuration is static configuration. Namely, the available power of HSDPA cell is the HSDPAPOWER. However, the maximum available power = total power of cell * (1 – power margin) – CCH power. In staticpower distribution, theR99 services may occupy thepower of HSDPA cell, so the actual power used by HSDPA cell is not the configured power. Analyze the factors affecting available power of HSDPA cell from the following aspects:  Query power margin by executing the command LST MACHSPARA on NodeB. The default power margin is 10%, namely, the total downlink load of cell can use 90% of total power of cell.
  • 90.  On RNC LMT, select Realtime Performance Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring > Tx Carrier Power. Observe the transmit carrier power and power used by non-HSDPA subscribers. The available power of HSDPA = transmit carrier power - power used by non-HSDPA subscribers. If the power used by non-HSDPA subscribers is over high, the available power of HSDPA cell becomes low, so the scheduled rate is affected.  Available codes of HSDPA cell If inadequate codes are assigned to HSDPA subscribers, the TB size of NodeB scheduling will be affected..  HSDPA UE CATEGORY The 3GPP protocol 25.306 defines 12 types of UE category. In a TTI, the UE of a type obtains different maximum TB size, so the maximum scheduled rate obtained by UE is different. The UE reports its capability in the IE hsdsch physical layer category of the RRC Connection Setup Complete message..  Amount of data to be transmitted being smaller than the maximum TB size The TB size scheduled by NodeB depends on the available power and codes of the subscriber, as well as the amount of data transferred by the subscriber. If the amount of data sent is smaller than the maximum scheduled TB size, the rate at physical layer is lower than the expectation. This problem occurs when there is data in NodeB buffer but the amount of data is inadequate for a scheduled maximum TB size. Low Served Rate According to the previous formula Served Rate = Scheduled Rate * HS-SCCH Success Rate, if the scheduled rate is normal, over low HS-SCCH success rate leads to over low served rate. If there is only one subscriberin normal conditions,and the HS-SCCH power and traffic are not restricted, the success rate of HS-SCCH is shall be highly approach to 100%. The success rate of HS-SCCH is relevant to HS-SCCH power, number of HS-SCCHs, number of subscribers,scheduling algorithm, and transported traffic. The following paragraphs describe them respectively.  HS-SCCH power distribution The HS-SCCH is a downlink CCH, shared by all subscribers. The UE keeps monitoring UE ID on HS-SCCH, and judge whether the UE ID is for itself. If the UE ID is for itself, it demodulates HS-PDSCH data. Therefore, correct demodulation of HS-SCCH goes before data transfer. There are three types of HS-SCCH power, transit 【SET MACHSPARA】 in NodeB , 0 shows that HS-SCCH power control is based on CQI . 1 shows HS-SCCH power changeless; 2 shows use a power control mode which go with DCH and keep a fixed power deflection value. Default is 0. (Attention: the edition before NodeB3812EV100R007C03B040 can’t be set to type 0, need use type 1 .)
  • 91. The HS-SCCH power is in static configuration or dynamic configuration. The default configuration is static configuration. Set the HS-SCCH power to a fixed ratio of maximum transmit power of cell as below:  Set the ratio to 3% in indoor environment.  Set the ratio to 5% in outdoor environment. Set the HS-SCCH power on NodeB LMT by executing the command below: SET MACHSPARA: PWRFLG=FIXED, PWR=5; HS-SCCH power can be configured as dynamic power control, which is achieved by setting a power offset to the pilot bit of DL-ADPCH. The power offset is relevant to spreading factor of downlink DPCH and whether the UE is in SHO state. When this method is used, the HS-SCCH power offset is listed as in 5.3.4. The MML command is as below: SET MACHSPARA: PWRFLG=DYNAMIC; 1. HS-SCCH power offset Spreading factor of downlink DPCH HS- SCCH power offset in non- SHO period HS- SCCH power offset in SHO period 4 –10.75 –6.75 8 –7.75 –3.75 16 –4.75 –0.75 32 –1.75 +2.25 64 +1.25 +5.25 128 +4.25 +8.25 256 +7.25 +11.25
  • 92. 0 shows that HS-SCCH power control is based on CQI , which works like this: First set HS-SCCH initialization TX power Then according to CQI change , adjust HS-SCCH power, like DCH inner- loop power control. At last , according to the ACK/NACK/DTX information from HS- DPCCH’s feedback ,adjust HS-SCCH power , like DCH outer-loop power control. The parameter of the power control which base on CQI’s HS-SCCH : HS- SCCH’s initial power , Default is 28(-3 dBm), relative to pilot power ; HS- SCCH power control’s aim FER , Default is 10%(1%)  Number of HSDPA subscribers and number of HS-SCCHs The success rate of HS-SCCH is relevant to number of subscribers.  If there is only one HSDPA subscriber in a cell, the traffic is not restricted and HS-SCCH power is adequate, the success rate of HS-SCCH for the subscriber approaches 100%.  If there are multiple HSDPA subscribers in the cell, the success rate of HS- SCCH for each subscriber is relevant to scheduling algorithm and number of HS-SCCHs. Usually set the HS-SCCH according to available power of HS-PDSCH, code resource, and traffic of service source. For example, if UEs used in the cell are all category 12 UE, set number of HS-PDSCH codes and number of HS-SCCHs as below:  If you set 5 codes to HS-PDSCH, it is recommended to set 2 HS-SCCHs.  If you set 10 codes to HS-PDSCH, it is recommended to set 3 HS-SCCHs.  If you set 14 codes to HS-PDSCH, it is recommended to set 4 HS-SCCHs.  Scheduling algorithm Using different scheduling algorithm for multiple subscribers enables each subscriber to be scheduled at different probability. For example, after Max C/I scheduling algorithm is used, the subscribers far from the cell center will hardly or even never be scheduled due to low CQI. The scheduling algorithm is one function of new function entity of HSDPA, the MAC-hs function entity. Four factors are involved as below:  CQI CQI is the quality of signals received by UE at the location.  Wait_Inter_TTI It indicates the length of time that the UE must wait for service.  Queue priority  Queue length The following scheduling algorithms are typical:
  • 93.  Max C/I (only considering CQI value)  RR (only considering wait_Inter_TTI)  Classic PF (proportional fair, considering previous factors)  EPF（Enhanced Proportional Fair），V17 edition Parameters are not configured for current scheduling algorithm. Select one of previous three algorithms by executing the command below: SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=10131, SM=PF;//The previous algorithm corresponds to the PF scheduling algorithm.  Traffic After previous configuration and checks, there is no problem and CQI reported by UE is high, but the rate of subscribers fluctuates. Check downlink traffic in Connection Performance Monitoring window on RNC LMT, and see whether there is enough traffic for scheduling. Or check downlink traffic in HSDPA User Flow Control Performance Periodic Report window on NodeB LMT. The cause of this problem is unstable source rate, single thread used upon downloading, and small TCP window. In the HSDPA User Flow Control Performance Periodic Report window, there are following selections:  Queue Priority  Queue Buffer Used Ratio  RLC User Buffer Size  Input Data Size  Output Data Size Select Queue Buffer Used Ratio to draw picture on LMT, and check the occupation of NodeB queue. Select RLC User Buffer Size to check RLC buffer. Select Input Data Size and Output Data Size to check the sending and receiving queue data. The data involved in Output Data Size is the data with ACK indicator received.  Restricted Rate at UE side The request service type, uplink and downlink maximum rate are sent to UE by AT commands. The UE sends the information to CN in the following Active PDP context request message. When the subscribed rate is higher than or equal to the requested maximum rate, the CN sends the RAN Assignment request message at the requested maximum rate. If the resource is not restricted at RNC side, the final output rate is the request maximum rate. If the downlink maximum rate in the RAB Assignment request message is much lower than scheduled rate, and the traffic in
  • 94. buffer is inadequate upon NodeB's scheduling, the success rate of HS- SCCH must be low. Execute AT commands as below:  Right click My Computer  Select Property > Hardware > Device Manager > Modem > Property > Senior  Type AT command into the Initialization Command text box. Set APN by AT command. If you want to set APN to cmnet, the rate is restricted to 64 kbps in uplink and 384 kbps in downlink, execute the following command: AT+cgdcont=1,"ip","cmnet"; +cgeqreq=1,3,64,384 When you remove the restriction on rate, execute AT command to set the rate to 0. The value 0 means that no specified rate is requested, so the system assigns the subscribed rate as possible. Execute the following command: AT+cgdcont=1,"ip","cmnet"; +cgeqreq=1,3,0,0  Restriction of bandwidth at Iub interface If the physical bandwidth at Iub interface is restricted, the HSDPA service obtains inadequate AAL2PATH bandwidth. As a result, the traffic in NodeB buffer is inadequate, so the success rate of HS-SCCH is low. In addition, the R99 AAL2PATH and HSDPA AAL2PATH are respectively configured, but they share the physical bandwidth. If multiple R99 subscribers are using the bandwidth at Iub interface in the cell, the HSDPA service obtains inadequate AAL2PATH bandwidth. As a result, the success rate of HS-SCCH is low.  ACK/NACK repeat factor The following parameters at physical layer are sent to UE and NodeB in the messages at higher layer:  ACK/NACK repeat factor: N_acknack_transmit  CQI repeat factor: N_cqi_transmit  CQI feedback cycle: CQI Feedback Cycle k After the UE demodulates HS-PDSCH data, the UE sends an HARQ ACK or NACK message based on cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of MAC-hs, and it repeats sending the ACK/NACK message in the continuous N_acknack_transmit HS-DPCCH subframes. If the N_acknack_transmit is larger than 1, the UE will not try to receive or demodulate transport blocks between the HS-DSCH n+1 and n + N_acknack_transmit – 1 subframes. The n is the sub frame number of last HS-DSCH in the received transport blocks. Now the rate obtained by UE is as below: Rate of UE when the ACK/NACK is not repeatedly sent * (1/ N_acknack_transmit)
  • 95. Low MAC Layer Rate According to a previous formula MAC Layer Rate = Served Rate * (1- SBLER), low MAC layer rate is a result of high SBLER. Normally, when the IBLER is 10%, the SLBER will be lower than 15%. The following factors affect SBLER.  IBLER IBLER affects MAC-HS retransmission, so it consequently affects the actual rate of subscribers. The IBLER here is number of incorrect TBs/number of total new data blocks when the NodeB transmits new data. The SBLER here is number of incorrect blocks/(number of incorrect and correct blocks) when the NodeB transmits new data or retransmits data. IBLER directly affects SBLER. Now the default IBELR is 10%. IBLER directly affects the power for scheduling each subscriber. This is similar with outer loop power control of R99. Execute the command SET MACHSPARA to set the following items:  Scheduling algorithm  MAC-HS retransmission times  Power margin  HS-SCCH power  Initial BLER The MML command is as below: SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=1, SM=PF, MXRETRAN=4, PWRMGN=10, PWRFLG=FIXED, PWR=5, IBLER=10;  Low CQI and inadequate HSDPA power If the CQI reported by UE is low, and the available power of HSDPA is inadequate, SBLER will be high. The size of an MAC-d PDU is 336 bits. The MAC PDU requires the TB size larger than 336 bits in transmission. As a result, the CQI upon NodeB's scheduling must be larger than a value to meet that IBLER is within 10%.  CQI reported by UE being higher than actual one The CQI reported by UE is inaccurate, higher than the actual one. The NodeB adjusts the CQI according to target IBLER, but it takes some time for adjustment. During this period, the NodeB transfers data with low power according to the CQI reported by UE. As a result, the SLBER is high, so the performance of data transfer is affected. Solution: by Windows HyperTerminal, connect UE to the data card. Adjust the CQI reported by UE by executing AT commands (This solution caters for Huawei data card only. The current version does not support this). Assume: before the following operations, the CQI reported by connected UE is 25.
  • 96.  Enable the function of adjusting CQI, set the offset to –200, and lower CQI. Type the following command: AT^CQI=1,-200 The UE responds OK. The CQI is 2–3 lower than before, and is 22–23.  Enable the function of adjusting CQI, set the offset to 0, and the CQI restores to be the actual value. Type the following command: AT^CQI=1,0 The UE responds OK. The CQI is 25.  Enable the function of adjusting CQI, set the offset to 200, and raise CQI. Type the following command: AT^CQI=1,200 The UE responds OK. The CQI is 2–3 lower than before, and is 27–28.  Disable the function of adjusting CQI. Type the following command: AT^CQI=0,200 The UE responds OK. The CQI remains 27–28.  If you type wrong parameters as below: AT^CQI=1,100,1 The UE responds TOO MANY PARAMETERS.  If you query the state of CQI adjustment function, type the following command: AT^CQI? When the UE responds +CME ERROR, the current NV time 4448 NV_CQI_ADJUST_I is not activated, and the adjustment function is disabled. When the UE responds ^CQI:0,200, the function of adjusting CQI is disabled. When the UE responds ^CQI:1,200, the function of adjusting CQI is enabled.  Over low pilot power On prior version of NodeBs, according to RTT test,  If the power of other channel is 10 dB higher than pilot channel, this leads to a 10% code error for HSDPA.  If the power of other channel is 13 dB higher than pilot channel, this leads to a 100% code error for HSDPA. Now the NodeB can adjust power in a certain scope according to HSDPA SBLER. If the power of other channels is 13 dB higher than the pilot power, the impact on throughput is little. Setting PICH over low is forbidden; otherwise, the power is inadequate after adjustment by NodeB. This leads to over high SBLER, and consequently the throughput is affected. Low RLC Layer Rate RLC AM use the mode of “positive/ negative affirm decision” to carry through dependable data transmission. Use “slip window agreement” carry through flux control.
  • 97. Before RLC don’t receive affirm package , the most number PDU which can be send is “RLC send window ” . the more betimes send point receive affirm information , the faster the window slip. The faster RLC can send.Whereas , the slower RLC can send . even appear RLC replacement result in drop call. If Scheduled Rate、Served Rate and MAC Layer Rate is normal , it need more adjust whether RLC Throughput is normal. The relationship between RLC Throughput andMAC Layer Rate: RLC Throughput=MAC Layer Rate * (1-MAC-HS PDU’s caput spending rate) Because PDU’s caput spending rate is small , watch RLC Throughput and MAC Layer Rate from Probe, the curve superposition If RLC Throughput obvious less than MAC Layer Rate, it is abnormal.  High ACK->NACK/DTX ratio ACK->NACK/DTX is the ratio that the NodeB judges ACK as NACK/DTX. Simulation requires the average probability of ACK- >NACK/DTX to be lower than 1%. If the NodeB judges ACK as NACK/DTX, the NodeB will retransmit the data correctly received by UE. This wastes resource and lowers subscribers' rate. The following parameters describe an example on Probe, as shown in . 4. High code error of ACK->NACK/DTX in Probe In the WCDMA HSDPA Decoding Statistics window, you can see ACK- >NACK/DTX. In , ACK->NACK/DTX is 76.01%. The right pane displays
  • 98. detailed number of blocks that are correct received and retransmitted. As a result, ACK->NACK/DTX=7808/(7808+2465)=76.01%. In the WCDMA HSDPA Link Statistics window, the MAC Layer Rate- Average is 67.33 kbps. In the left pane, the RLC DL Throughput is 16.19 kbps. The ratio of RLC rate and MAC rate is 16.19/67.33, equal to 24.05%. If the correct blocks that are repeated received is excluded from calculating MAC layer rate, the MAC layer rate is 67.33 * (1- 76.01) = 16.15 kbps. The MAC layer rate is approximately equal to RLC rate.  Over low configuration of HS-DPCCH power parameters HS-DPCCH is an uplink dedicated physical channel, transporting the ACK/NACK, and CQI messages at physical layer. HS-DPCCH is not under respective power control, but has a power offset with downlink DPCCH. When HS-DPCCH carries different information, it uses different offset values. If the ACK/NACK power offset on HS-DPCCH is over low, the ACK- >NACK/DTX demodulated by NodeB in uplink will be overhigh, and consequently the subscribers' rate is affected. For the description of HS-DPCCH power parameters, see the appendix HS-DPCCH Power Control Parameter Configuration.  Uplink and downlink RL imbalance in handover areas The uplink and downlink RL imbalance in handover areas are defined as below, and shown in: RL2_dl > RL1_dl RL2_ul < RL1_ul 5. Uplink and downlink RL imbalance in handover areas Because RL2_dl > RL1_dl, the serving cell is updated, and the HSDPA service is set up in the cell 2. The RNC adjusts SIRtarget according to combination result of two UL RLs due to SHO. The two cells perform
  • 99. inner loop power control according to SIRtarget. The UE combines the downlink TCP of the two cells. According to combination principles, if the TCP of one cell is –1, lower power accordingly. When the TCP of two cells is +1, raise power. Because RL2_ul < RL1_ul, the RL1_ul SIR is converged to target value, and RL2_ul SIR is lower than the target value. The power control over HS-DPCCH is based on the associated channel of RL_ul, so the demodulation performance of HS-DPCCH ACK/NACK/CQI cannot meet requirement. As a result, the performance of data transfer for HSDPA subscribers is poor. Analysis proceeds as below:  Obtain HSDPA-HSDPA handover test data, including the data at UE side and RNC side.  According to single subscribing signaling tracing, analyze to see whether there is a serving cell updated due to UL RL failure. If yes, find the UE APP throughput at the corresponding point.  With the data at RNC side, draw a chart involving uplink SIR, SIRtarget, UL BLER, downlink throughput, PCPICH RSCP and Ec/No. Obtain the SIR information on HSDPA uplink associated channel.  Based on the results from Step 2 and 3 above, obtain the information about RL imbalance.  Analyze RL imbalance and provide solutions.  Impact from power control of uplink associated DCH The impact from power control of uplink associated DCH includes the following two aspects:  HS-DPCCH is not under individual power control, but has a power offset with uplink DPCCH. If the uplink DCH power control is not converged, and BLER is overhigh, the uplink HS-DPCCH power will be over low, and the NodeB will judge ACK as NACK/DTX in a great probability. As a result, the rate of RLC layer for HSDPA subscribers is over low.  TCP and RLC uses AM mode, so sending the ACK message is necessary on uplink DCH. TCP provides reliable transport layer, the receiver responds the ACK message. Any the data and the ACK message may be lost during transmission, so TCP sets a timer upon sending for solving this problem. If the sender does not receive the ACK message till expiration of the timer, it resends the data. As a result, the rate for data transfer is affected. If the uplink DCH power control is not converged, and BLER is over high, the sender TCP will fail to receive the ACK message and resend the data. As a result, the rate of data transfer is affected.
  • 100. RLC uses AM mode. If the uplink BLER is not converged, the RLC will receive a late ACK response or no response. After expiration, the RLC resend the data, so the rate for data transfer is affected. If the RLC fails to receive the ACK message after multiple times, RLC reset occurs. The RLC sending window can configure the maximum value to 2047 at most. When the rate for sending by RLC is high, and the response to RLC is late, the RLC sending window will be full and no new data can be sent. Check the uplink BLER in Uplink BLER of RNC Connection Performance Monitoring window. The baseline requires target uplink BLER as 1%. Find the causes of non convergence of uplink power control from the following two aspects:  Check whether the RTWP fluctuates abnormally, and whether there is uplink interference. Check RTWP in RNC cell performance monitoring.  Check whether the configuration of outer loop power control parameters for the current services is proper. Focus on SIRTarget and BLERTarget. Follow the steps below: Query the index value for current services by executing the command LST TYPRAB. For example, the index value for the 384 kbps services is 22. Query SIRTarget and BLERTarget by executing the command LST TYPRAB: RABINDEX=22, TRCHTYPE=TRCH_HSDSCH, IUBTRANSBEARTYPE=IUB_GROUND_TRANS; Modify SIRTarget and BLERTarget for current service by executing the command MOD TYPRABOLPC: RABINDEX=22, SUBFLOWINDEX=0, TRCHTYPE=TRCH_HSDSCH, IUBTRANSBEARTYPE=IUB_GROUND_TRANS, BLERQUALITY=-20; ----End In addition, in remote deployment test of single HSDPA subscriber in a single HSDPA cell, at the cell edge, the CQI reported by UE is good, but subscriber's rate is low, even as low as 0. The major cause is that the uplink power of UE is restricted, that uplink power control is not converged, and that uplink BLER is high, even as high as 100%.  Wrong configuration of AAL2 PATH (NodeB RCR > RNC PCR, or configured bandwidth > physical bandwidth) The RCR parameter is added to AAL2 PATH at NodeB side to fulfill flow control. It is the receiving rate of NodeB. For ATM driver, the receiving rate cannot be restricted, so the RCR parameter is logical only. The receiving rate is not necessarily equal to the configured RCR parameter,
  • 101. but depends on the sending rate of RNC, namely, the PCR and SCR upon configuration of AAL2PATH by RNC. The NodeB deducts the bandwidth corresponding to R99 call from the total bandwidth of PATH according to receiving rate, and then obtains the residual bandwidth of all PATH. The RCR is reported to DSP, and the DSP construct frame informs RNC of residual bandwidth. The residual bandwidth is for HSDPA subscribers, so the flow is controlled. If the receiving bandwidth RCR of NodeB AAL2 PATH is larger than PCR of RNC AAL2 PATH, the data packets at Iub interface will be dropped. In addition, if the configured bandwidth of AAL2PATH is larger than the physical actual bandwidth, the data packets at Iub interface will be dropped. As a result, the total throughput of cell declines. In V17 edition, when R99 new operation connect, Max-rate multiply activation gene as operation rate to admittance. So if you want to adjust activation gene, you can adjust connection number . if configure activation gene is small , it can connect more connection , but multi-connection whit high rate will bring lub congestion, result in R99 PS or HSDPA PS lose package , touch off a lot of RLC send again , consequently, R99 PS or HSDPA PS RLC layer rate astaticism. Solution: open lub overbooking flow control switch which base on RLC retransmission rate. If discover R99 or HSDPA PS retransmission rate exceed the gateway which set before , initiate R99 PS TF limit fall quickly or HSDPA PS PS rate * fall coefficient , lighten or eliminate congestion. In RLC retransmission rate under gateway , cancel TF limit , renew R99 PS transmit rate , or HSDPA PS rate * rise coefficient , renew HSDPA PS transmit rate.  Over high RLC retransmission rate due to over high residual BLER at MAC layer If the retransfer at MAC layer reaches the maximum times, the TBs incorrectly received will be dropped. If the receiver detects dropping data packets, it requires the sender to resend data packets by state report. Retransfer lowers the sending efficiency of RLC, so it affects the valid throughput of RLC. When residual BLER at MAC layer is over high, the SBLER at MAC layer is probably over high. For detailed analysis, see the analysis of over high SLBER in previous sections. Normal the residual BLER at MAC layer is smaller than 1%. shows the residual BLER at MAC layer in WCDMA HSDPA Decoding Statistics window. 6. Residual BLER at MAC layer in WCDMA
  • 102. HSDPA Decoding Statistics window  Downlink rate affected by restriction over uplink rate TCP and RLC uses AM mode, and transferring the ACK message is necessary on uplink DCH. According to test data, the transmission rate for feeding back information on uplink channel takes 2%–3% of transmission rate of downlink channel. For example, the downlink rate is 1.6 Mbps, and the corresponding uplink rate is 32–48 kbps. When the downlink rate is 3.6 Mbps, the corresponding uplink rate is 72–108 kbps. If the uplink subscribed rate is 64 kbps, the requirement on uplink rate corresponding to downlink data transfer cannot be met. In addition, if there is data to be transferred in uplink for HSDPA subscribers, the uplink channels must transport the confirmation data of TCP and RLC, as well as uplink data of subscribers. If the uplink subscribed rate is low, the downlink data transfer is affected. Check the uplink rate for service setup in RAB Assignment Request message. If the uplink rate is low, check the HLR subscribed rate. Check the actual uplink bandwidth in RB SETUP message.  The RTT delay at the RLC layer is exceptional (the RLC state report disable timer is not set properly/the uplink BLER is not converged) so that the RLC send window is full. Currently, the maximum size of the RLC send window can be set to 2047 (the RLC receive/send window size of the terminal is 2047). When the RLC transmission rate is very high, the RLC send window is easily full and cannot send other data if the state report is not returned in time. For example, the rate on the air interface is 3 Mbit/s and the MAC-D PDU size is 336 bits, the RLC send window can send data for (2047 x 336)/(3 x 1024) = 224 ms. If the RNC fails to receive a state report within 224 ms, the RLC send window is full.
  • 103. The return time of the state report is related to the state report disable timer and the uplink air interface quality. If the state report disable time is set too long, or the uplink BLER is not converged, the RLC send window may be full. Solution: Check whether the state report disable timer is set properly and whether it is set to the default of the baseline. Currently, the default timer length is 120 ms (service-oriented configuration) in the RNC V16 and 80 ms for the 3.6 Mbit/s services (service-oriented configuration) in the RNC V17. Check the convergence of the uplink BLER to ensure the BLER is converged.  Compare the throughputs at the application layer (APP) and the RLC layer. TCP/IP adopts the inclusive acknowledgment strategy for reliable data transmission and the sliding window protocol for flow control, and performs congestion control when detecting a network congestion.  Flow control (sliding window) Flow control is used to prevent buffer overflows and saturation of the receiving machine. Flow control generates a window value for the sender to transmit the specified number of bytes in the window. After that, the window is closed and the sender must stop data transmission. The window is not opened until the sender receives an ACK from the receiver.  Inclusive acknowledgment strategy All to-be-transmitted bytes before the confirmed byte number are acknowledged. Suppose that 10 data fragments are to be transmitted. These data fragments cannot reach the destination in sequence. TCP must acknowledge the highest byte number of consecutive bytes without any error. The highest byte number is not allowed to be acknowledged before all the middle bytes reach the destination. If the acknowledgment to the middle bytes is not sent to the sender, the sender TCP entity finally times out and retransmits the unacknowledged data.  Congestion control (timeout and retransmission) The TCP determines a network congestion by measuring the round-trip time (RTT) delay timeout or receiving a repeated acknowledgment. When a network congestion is detected, the congestion avoidance algorithm (downspeeding and retransmission) is enabled. Therefore, the factors affecting the TCP/IP data transmission rate include:  Configured TCP receive/send window Although the receive window size is dynamic (if packets out of sequence are received or packets cannot be submitted to the upper layer in time, the available window size becomes small), the configured
  • 104. window size determines the maximum available size of the receive window. According to the formula Capacity (bit)=bandwidth (b/s)*round-trip time (s), if the receive/send window is too small, the transmission rate is affected.  Congestion caused by RTT fluctuation The throughput at APP and RLC layer is obtainable by DT/CQT. For the theoretical relationship of rate at each layer, see the appendix 8.2. If the rate of APP throughput and RLC throughout is lower than the normal range according to theoretical analysis, the retransmission cost of TCP/IP is over large. Check and modify the TCP receiver window and MTU configuration. For the method, see the appendix 8.4 and 8.5. 5. Analysis of the Problem about Poor Data Transmission Performance of the HSUPA on the RAN Side The PS data transmission performance is end-to-end (UE <->data service server) systemperformance. Each component in the systemmay affect data transmission. When we test and optimize the HSUPA data transmission performance, we usually focus on the effects of the RAN side (RNC-NodeB-UE) on the data transmission performance. We hope that the effects of the other parts (SGSN, GGSN, data service server, and external networks) of the systemcan be removed before the test so that we can concentrate on the radio network. From the angle of throughput measurement, poor data transmission performance reflects a low unsteady rate with a wide fluctuation range. From the angle of the QoS, poordata transmission performance reflects unclear streaming images, buffering, and slow response to web browsing. The working process of an HSUPA UE is as follows:  The UE originates a data transmission request according to the Scheduling Information (determined by the UE power headroom [UPH] and the quantity [Q] of data to be transmitted) carried on the E-DPDCH.  The NodeB determines the granted level (the E-AGCH sends T/P and the E- RGCH sends an adjust command to tune (+1, 0 -1)) according to the UE request (SI), monitored RoT, and the satisfaction (Happy bit indication carried on the E-DPCCH) from the UE.  The UE sends corresponding data according to the granted level. Meanwhile, the UE attaches the next frame request (SI) on the E-DPDCH and feeds back the satisfaction (Happy bit) at the allocated granted level on the E-DPCCH.  After receiving and demodulating the data, the NodeB returns an AcK/Nack on the E-HICH.
  • 105. 1. Working process of an HSUPA UE During the optimization of the HSUPA throughput,you should combine the drive test data of the Probe tool for analysis. The following describes HSUPA-related rates in the Probe tool:  MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate = Sum of all TB sizes in the case of non- DTX/(number of non-DTXs * TTI) This rate is the actual rate of the MAC-e (excluding DTX, but including the rate of retransmission blocks)  Sum of all TB sizes in the case of non-DTX:Not only theblock transmitted first but also the retransmitted blocks are included.  Number of non-DTXs * TTI:Only thetime when data is transmitted is counted and the time when no data is transmitted is excluded. For example, if only 50 sub-frames send data within the measurement period of 100 sub-frames (200 ms), the denominator is 100 ms.  MAC-e PDU Served Rate = Sum of all TB sizes in the case of non- DTX/(NUM_SAMPLES * TTI) This rate is the served rate of the MAC-e (including DTX and the rate of retransmission blocks)
  • 106.  Sum of all TB sizes in the case of non-DTX:Not only theblock transmitted first but also the retransmitted blocks are included.  NUM_SAMPLES* TTI:The time when data is transmitted and the time when no data is transmitted are both included. For example, if only 50 sub-frames send data within the measurement period of 100 sub-frames (200 ms), the denominator is 200 ms.  MAC-e PDU Available Rate = Sum of TB sizes when COMB_HICH is ACK or ACK_NS in the case of non-DTX/(NUM_SAMPLES*TTI)  Sum of TB sizes when COMB_HICH is ACK or ACK_NSin thecase of non-DTX:Only the TBs transmitted correctly are counted.  NUM_SAMPLES* TTI:The time when data is transmitted and the time when no data is transmitted are both included. Relationship between these three throughputs:  MAC-e PDU Served Rate = MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate * Non-DTX Probability  MAC-e PDU Available Rate ≈ MAC-e PDU Served Rate *(1-SBLER) Where, Non-DTX Probability = Number of non-DTXs/NUM_SAMPLES * 100% SBLER = (Number of non-DTXs – Number of ACK or ACK_NS)/Number of non-DTXs * 100%  UL RLC PDU Throughput = Sum of bits of all RLC PDUs sent by the RLC layer within the measurement period/Measurement period duration  Sum of bits of all RLC PDUs sent by theRLC layer within the measurement period: The first transmitted data and the retransmitted data are included. In addition, thedata is transferred by MAC-d and contains the header overhead (16 bits) of the RLC PDU.  Measurement period duration: The time when data is transmitted and thetime when no data is transmitted are both included. Relationship with MAC-e PDU Available Rate:  RLC PDU Throughput UL = MAC-e PDU Available Rate * (1-header overhead ratio of MAC-e PDU)  A precise relationship should exclude theheader overhead and thepadding bits when the TB size does not match N RLC PDU bits  UL RLC SDU Throughput = Sum of bits of all RLC SDUs sent by the RLC layer within the measurement period/Measurement period duration
  • 107.  Sum of bits of all RLC SDUs sent by theRLC layer within the measurement period: Compared with the sum of RLC PDU bits, theretransmitted data and header overhead (16 bits) of the RLC PDU are excluded.  Measurement period duration: The time when data is transmitted and thetime when no data is transmitted are both included. Relationship between RLC SDU Throughput UL and RLC PDU Throughput UL:  RLC SDU Throughput UL ≈ RLC PDU Throughput UL*(1-RLC PDU Retransmission Rate UL)*header overhead ratio of the RLC PDU The figure below shows the optimization flow of a low throughput ofthe HSUPA UE.
  • 108. 2. Optimization flow of a low throughput of the HSUPA UE
  • 109. Service Setup on an E-DCH Check whether the serving E-DCH RL indicator in the RB SETUP message of the RNC is True, as shown in the figure below. If yes, the service is borne on the HSUPA. 3. Confirming the service is set up on the HSUPA according to a signaling message of the RNC You can also observe whether an SG is reported in the HSUPA Link Statistics window provided by a drive test tool, for example, Probe. If no information is displayed in the window, the service is borne on a DCH, as shown in the figure below.
  • 110. 4. How to confirm the service is set up on the HSUPA through the drive test tool Probe If the service is not borne on the HSUPA, the service is automatically set up on a DCH. In this case, the service rate is the rate of the R99 service, usually 384 Kpbs or below. If the service is not set up on the HSUPA, you can make analysis in terms of the following aspects:  Check whether the capabilities reported by the UE include the HSUPA. The RRC_CONN_REQUEST message reported by the UE indicates whether the HSDPA and HSUPA are supported. The specific E-DCH capability level is reported in an RRC_CONN_SETUP_CMP message.  Check whether the MBR in the subscription information in the previous line is normal and whether the rate threshold over an E-DCH is set too high. If the MBR assigned by the CN does not exceed the rate threshold over an E-DCH, the service is set up on a DCH.  Check whether the HSUPA cell is available and activated.  The access of the HSUPA UE fails.  Check whether the type of the HSUPA AAL2PATH is configured correctly and whether a type of HSUPA AAL2PATH is configured.
  • 111. Abnormal MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate The UE compares its current MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate with the maximum allowable ETFC according to the corresponding ETFC of the SG that the UE currently maintains. Make analysis in combination with the Happy/Unhappy information reported by the UE. If the UE reports HAPPY, theuser may not feel happy. Makespecificanalysis according to the happy reasons. If the MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate is abnormal, use the drive test tool Probe to determine whether the UE reports HAPPY or UNHAPPY. If the UE reports HAPPY and the UE rate cannot reach the MBR, the possible causes are as follows:  The terminal capability or the RAN capability is limited.  The transmit power of the terminal limited.  The traffic of the terminal is limited. If the UE reports UNHAPPY and the UE rate cannot reach the MBR, the possible causes are as follows:  The SG (UE grant) is limited.  The resources (air interface load, IUB bandwidth, and CE) on the RAN side are limited. Cause 1: The air interface load is limited. Cause 2: The IUB bandwidth is limited. Cause 3: The NodeB CEs are limited.  The service MBR (NodeB MBR) is limited.  The UE demodulates incorrectly. Cause 1: The SG is not updated because the CRC of the AG value fails Cause 2: The UE demodulates the RG incorrectly. The protocol gives the conditions when the UE report HAPPY and UNHAPPY. The UE indicates that it is ‘unhappy’if the following criteria are met:  UE is transmitting as much scheduled data as allowed by the current Serving Grant.  UE has enough power available to transmit at higher data rate.  Total buffer status would require more than Happy_Bit_Delay_Condition ms to be transmitted with the current Serving_Grant × the ratio of active processes to the total number of processes. The first criteria are always true for a deactivated process and the ratio of the third criteria is always 1 for 10ms TTI. Otherwise, the UE indicates that it is ‘happy’. The terminal capability or the RAN capability is limited.
  • 112.  Principle description Currently, the capability of Qualcomm HSUPA and Huawei E270 HSUPA is CAT5 (the corresponding MAC-e rate is 2 Mbit/s). The maximum capability supported by Huawei RAN6.0 (RNCV1.8 and NodeBV1.8) is 2 x SF4 (the corresponding MAC-e rate is 1.4484 Mbit/s). Currently, the maximum rate that a single UE can obtain is limited to the capability of the RAN6.0. The RAN6.0 supports 2 x SF4, the maximum TB size is 14484), and the MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate is 14484/10 = 1.4484 Mbit/s The CAT5 terminal supports 2 x SF2, the maximum TB size is 20000, and the MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate is 20000/10 = 2 Mbit/s. 1. Categories of UE HSUPA capability levels E-DCH Category Maximum Number of E-DCH Codes Transmitted Minimum Spreading Factor Support for 10 and 2 ms TTI EDCH Maximum Number of Bits of an E- DCH Transport Block Transmitted Within a 10 ms E-DCH TTI Ma Num Bits DC Tra Blo Tra Wit ms TTI y 1 1 SF4 10 ms TTI only 7110 - y 2 2 SF4 10 ms and 14484 2798 2 ms TTI y 3 2 SF4 10 ms TTI only 14484 - y 4 2 SF2 10 ms and 20000 5772 2 ms TTI y 5 2 SF2 10 ms TTI only 20000 -
  • 113. y 6 4 SF2 10 ms and 20000 11484 2 ms TTI When 4 codes are transmitted in parallel, two codes shall be transmitted with SF2 and two with SF4  Observation method:  Observe the UE capability Generally, the terminals supporting the HSUPA function all support the HSDPA function. That is, the HSPA bears the services of users as a whole. The following describes how to observe the HSPA function that the UE supports and the specific HS-DSCH/E-DCH capability level in combination with actual RRC messages. First, the RRC_CONN_REQUEST message reported by the UE indicates whether the HSDPA and the HSUPA functions are supported. In the figure below, the capability reported by the UE indicates that the UE supports HS-DSCH and E-DCH.
  • 114. 5. RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message The specific E-DCH capability level is reported in an RRC_CONN_SETUP_CMP message. As shown in the figure below, the HS-DSCH physical layer level of the UE is category 6 and the E- DCH physical layer capability level is category 5.
  • 115. 6. RRC CONNECT SETUP CMP message  Observe the maximum capability configured on the RAN side When the service is set up, the RL RECFG PREP message sent by the RNC to the NodeB gives the maximum spreading factor that the UE can use and the corresponding information element (CE) is maxSet-E- DPDCHs. In the figure below, two spreading factors (SF=4) are supported.
  • 116. 7. RL RECFG PREPARE message When theDCCC algorithm of theHSUPA is disabled, theRNC configures themaximum capability according to theMBR of the UE. When the DCCC algorithm of the HSUPA is enabled, the maximum capability is affected by theinitial access rate of the DCCC.  Solution: Improve the capability of the RAN side or use a terminal with a higher capability level. The transmit power of the terminal is limited.  Principle description The UE calculates the transmit TB size according to the currently available transmit power. Then, the UE selects the smaller between the TB size supported by the transmit power and the TB size supported by the SG as the actual transmit TB size.
  • 117. The available transmit power of the UE is the same, but the transmit TB size may be not the same. The factors that influence the TB size are as follows:  The UE is at the edge of a cell and the uplink path loss is large.  The uplink load of the cell is high (the UE is not at the edge of a cell).  The UE performs combined services. The DCH service consumes much power and insufficient power is available to the E-DCH service.  Observation method: Method of observing whether the transmit power of the UE limited:  Observe the power limited rate reported by the UE through the Assistant. If the power limited rate is greater than 0%, the transmit power of the UE within the corresponding measurement period of the measurement value is limited. 8. Display of the Assistant HSUPA related information (limited transmit power of the UE) When theUE uses the maximum block (14480), Qualcomm chips of early versions also display the limited transmit power, but in fact, the transmit power is not limited. This problem can be ruled out by combining the current MAC-ePDU Non-DTX Ratewith the actual transmit power of the UE.  After confirming that the transmit power of the UE is limited, analyze the limitation causes. a.View the PCPICH RSCP of the cell where the UE is located and check whether the UE is at the edge of the cell.
  • 118. b.View the RTWP of the cell where the UE is located before the access and check whether the uplink load of the cell is high. c.View the uplink SIR of the UE to check whether the SIR is exceptionally high. d.View the service that the UE sets up and check whether the service is a combined service.  Solution:  If the UE is at the edge of the cell, move the UE to the center of the cell.  If the uplink load of the cell is high and the cell load is adjustable, reduce the cell load.  If the service that the UE sets up is a combined service, deactivate the R99 service and observe the rate of the HSUPA service. The traffic of the terminal is limited.  Principle description: If the data in the UE RLC Buffer is insufficient, the actual MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate is low.  Observation method:  Method of observing whether the traffic of the UE is limited Observe the buffer limited rate reported by the UE through the Assistant. If the buffer limited rate greater than 0%, the traffic of the UE within the corresponding measurement period of the measurement value is limited.
  • 119. 9. Display of the Assistant HSUPA related information (limited traffic)  After confirming that the traffic of the UE is limited, probable reasons: a. The TCP/IP layer is exceptional so that the TCP sends no data. b. The RLC layer is exceptional so that the RLC sends no data.  Solution: You can consider sending packets in the uplink to eliminate the effect of the TCP mechanism. If this method does not work, check whether the problem about packet loss exists on the RAN side. In addition, some applications in the portable PC also affect the data transmission. In this case, replace the portable PC. If the problem still exists, use a tool to capture packets and locate the exceptions between the portal PC and the UE. The SG (UE grant) is limited. Two basic functions of the HSUPA scheduling  [Basic function 1]: Control the cell load When the actual cell load is greater than the target value, the cell throughput can be reduced by lowering the SG of the UE. When the actual cell load is less than the target value, the cell throughput can be improved by increasing the SG of the unhappy UE.  [Basic function 2]: Limit the MBR of a single UE When the actual value of the MAC-e rate (including retransmitted blocks) is greater than the MBR, an RG Down is sent to the UE to
  • 120. reduce the SG of the UE. As a result, the transmission rate of the UE is reduced and is kept approximate to the MBR. The UE maintains the SG according to the AG (AG is used only to increase the rate in the RAN6.0) and the RG (Up, Hold, and Down) sent by the NodeB. The UE determines the actual transmission rate by reference to the SG. The actual transmission rate is less than or equal to the corresponding transmission rate of the SG. The resources (air interface load, IUB bandwidth, and CEs) on the RAN side are limited. If the resources on the RAN side are limited, the SG that the NodeB actually allocates to the UE is small. As a result, the UE reports that the SG is limited.  Cause 1: The air interface load is limited.  Principle description: 1) According to basic function 1 of the HSUPA scheduling, when the air interface load on the RAN side is limited, the target load value is the target value configured on the RNC (this value is usually determined at the time of network planning). If the actual value of the cell load exceeds the target value, the uplink coverage of the cell may shrink (the shrinkage depends on the uplink budget margin) and the service at the edge of the cell is affected. Therefore, the cell load needs to be controlled. 2) RNC-related parameter configuration The RNC-related parameters include MaxTargetUlLoadFactor and BackgroundNoise. MaxTargetUlLoadFactor is the target ROT. Related command: MOD CELLHSUPA MaxTargetUlLoadFactor=75 (75 represents 75%, namely, 6 dB) BackgroundNoise is the background noise. Related command: MOD CELLCAC: BackgroundNoise=71 (71 represents –112 + 7.1 = –104.9 dBm) The target RTWP is calculated according to the following formula: Target RTWP = Target ROT + Background Noise. Hence, the target RTWP = –104.9 + 6 = –98.9 dBm 3) The RNC sends a message to the NodeB. The RNC carries the target RTWP and the background noise to the NodeB by sending a PHYSICAL SHARED CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION REQUEST message on the Iub interface. The relationship between the protocol value and the physical value is: physical value = –112 + protocol value/10 (unit: dBm)
  • 121. As shown in the figure below, the protocol value of the target RTWP is 114, the corresponding physical value is –112 + 11.4 = –100.6 dBm. The background noise of the RTWP is 54 and the corresponding physical value of the background noise is –112 + 5.4 = –106.6 dBm. 10. PHYSICAL SHARED CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION REQUEST message (containing the target RTWP and the background) The disagreement of the background set on the RNC LMT with the cell background affects the throughput of the cell. If the setting value of the background noise is much larger than the actual background noise value, the system stability may be reduced. When the setting value of the background noise is greater than the actual background noise value, the actual cell throughput is greater than the throughput that the target ROT corresponds to. When the setting value of the background noise is less than the actual background noise value, the actual cell throughput is less than the throughput that the target ROT corresponds to.  Observation method:
  • 122. Observe the cell uplink RTWP measurement recorded and displayed on the RNC LMT to check whether it is close to the configured target RTWP. If the measured value is close to the target RTWP, the air interface load is limited and reaches the target value.  Solution: 1) Set the target ROT reasonably. 2) Keep the setting value of the background noise equal to the actual background noise value. The background noise update algorithm has not been commercially verified. It will be subsequently supplemented. 3) Eliminate external interference.  Cause 2: The IUB bandwidth is limited.  Principle description: 1) According to basic function 1 of the HSUPA scheduling, when the available bandwidth of the Iub HSUPA is limited on the RAN side, the target load is the adjusted target value after flow control (principle of the Iub flow control: adjust the target load according to the buffer change trend on the transmission path). If the actual cell load exceeds the target load value, the data transmission delay is prolonged or even packet loss occurs on the Iub interface so that the data transmission performance is affected. Therefore, the actual cell load needs to be controlled. 2) When the ATM is adopted on the Iub interface, the HSUPA Iub bandwidth utilization = TCP layer rate/ATM bandwidth
  • 123. 11. ATM transmission efficiency When the TCP layer rate is less than 320 kbit/s, the utilization is less than 73%. When the TCP layer rate ranges from 320 kbit/s to 736 kbit/s, the utilization is 74% or so. When the TCP layer rate ranges from 768 kbit/s to 1376 kbit/s, the utilization is 75% or so. 3) When the IP is adopted on the Iub interface, the HSUPA Iub bandwidth utilization = TCP layer rate/IP bandwidth
  • 124. 12. P bandwidth utilization I When the TCP layer rate is less than 224 kbit/s, the utilization is less than 80%. When the TCP layer rate ranges from 224 kbit/s to 448 kbit/s, the utilization is 80% to 85%. When the TCP layer rate ranges from 480 kbit/s to 1376 kbit/s, the utilization is 85% to 90%.  Observation method: Since the Iub bandwidth is shared by all cells of a NodeB, you need to obtain the rate information of all HSUPA UEs of the NodeB when determining whether the Iub bandwidth is limited. If the sum of the rates of all UEs is approximate to the available bandwidth of the HSUPA times the bandwidth utilization, the Iub bandwidth is limited. In addition, observe the measured RTWPs of all cells. They should all be less than the target value configured on the RNC.  Solution: Improve the available Iub bandwidth of the HSUPA.  Cause 3: The NodeB CEs are limited.  Principle description: When the NodeB CE resources on the RAN side are limited, the dynamic CE adjustment algorithm (not implemented in NodeB V18 but implemented in later versions) reduces the MBR of the UEs or the minimum available SF.  Observation method:
  • 125. Make observations on the NodeB debugging console.  Solution: Add CEs. The service MBR (NodeB MBR) is limited.  Principle description:  See the description of basic function 2 of the HSUPA scheduling.  Concepts of CN assigned MBR, RNC MBR, and NodeB MBR CN assigned MBR: The CN notifies the RNC of the assigned MBR in a RAB Assignment Request message. 13. RAB assignment request message (containing an MBR) RNC MBR:RLC SDU rate (excluding the RLC PDU header)
  • 126. The RNC combines the MBR in the RAB Assignment Request message with the UE capability and the resources on the RAN side to obtain an MBR for the final service setup. This MBR is called RNC MBR. NodeB MBR: MAC-e PDU rate (including retransmitted blocks) The RNC notifies the NodeB of the NodeB MBR in an RL RECFG PREPARE message. 14. RL RECFG PREPARE message (containing NodeB MBR) UE MBR:
  • 127. 15. RB SETUP message (containing the maximum number of available channel codes)  Mappings between CN assigned MBR, RNC MBR, and NodeB MBR RNC MBR = Typical service rate configured on the RNC background, most approximate to the CN MBR E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (NodeB MBR) = Requested maximum rate (RNC MBR) * Requested rate up scale Requested rate up scale: Command: ADD TYPRABHSPA HsupaMaxRateUpScale Requested rate up Value range: 10 to 255 Physical indication range: 1 to 25.5, a
  • 128. scale for the HSUPA service step of 0.1 Physical unit: None Content: The value of this parameter times the uplink maximum rate in an RAM Assignment Request message is the peak rate when the service is borne on an E-DCH. The RNC configures the bottom-layer bandwidth for the UU interface and IUB interface according to the peak rate. The configuration of this parameter is related to the target number of service retransmissions on the E- DCH. Recommended value: 11  Observation method:  Step1: Obtain the uplink rate (IP layer rate) of the UE from a DU meter and UE MAC-e PDU Served rate from the Assistant.  Step 2: Obtain the CN MBR from the RAM Assignment Request message, the RNC MBR from the typical rate configuration in the RNC MML command, and the NodeB MBR from the RL RECFG PREP message.  Step 3: Compare the rates obtained in the previous two steps. If the rate on the DU meter is approximate to the RNC MBR and the corresponding UE MAC-e PDU Served Rate is approximate to the NodeB MBR, the NodeB MBR is limited.  Solution: To improve the throughput of a UE, modify the subscription information and configure a higher MBR. The UE demodulates incorrectly.  Cause 1: The SG is not updated because the CRC of the AG value fails  Principle description: According to the AG, the UE updates the SG that it maintains. If an AG reception error (CRC failure) occurs, the SG maintained by the UE is incorrect. There are two possible causes for the AG reception error: 1) The E-AGCH power in the position where the UE is located is low.
  • 129. Huawei RNC provides two power control modes for the HSUPA downlink control channels (including E-RGCH, E-AGCH, and E- HICH). Power control mode 1: Fixed transmit power relative to the PCPICH. In this mode, each channel adopts a fixed power and all UEs use the same power. This is equivalent to "no power control". Power control mode 2: Power control for UE based on the DPCH transmit power. Since each UE is assigned with its own E-RGCH and E-HICH and signaling can be sent to only one UE on the E-AGCH at a specific time, the downlink control channel of the HSUPA can separately perform power control for each UE. 2) The quality of the E-AGCH signals at the receiving end is high but the UE has bugs so that demodulation errors occur.  Observation method: For cause 1: Step 1: Confirm the current power control mode by using an MML query command. COMMAND: LST MACEPARA (NodeB LMT) Step 2: If the power control mode is fixed transmit power relative to the PCPICH (default algorithm in V18), check whether the parameters used by the system are baseline parameters. If not, change the parameters to the baseline parameters and observe whether the problem is solved. If the problem is not solved, confirm the pilot signal quality (PCPICH RSCP and Ec/Io) in the position where the UE is located. The baseline parameters are set on the assumption that a signal Ec/Io is given at the edge of the cell. If the actual signal Ec/Io at the edge of the cell is less than the assumed value, increase the power offset (PO) on the basis of the baseline parameters. 1. PO for the E- AGCH when the Ec/Io at the edge of cells is –12 dB Control channel Scenario Power Offset (dB) E-AGCH None –11.2 dB If the actual signals at the edge of the cell in a scenario are worse, the Ec/Io decreases by 1 dB and the PO of each channel increases by 1 dB.
  • 130. Compare the AG received by the UE with the one sent by the NodeB (the latter can be obtained from the NodeB scheduling debugging information file). It is forbidden to use the NodeB debugging management systemin a commercial network.  Solution: For cause 1, increase the PO of the E-AGCH on the basis of the baseline parameters according to the actual signal coverage quality at the edge of the cell. For cause 2, remove the bugs from the terminal.  Cause 2: The UE demodulates the RG incorrectly.  Principle description: The UE updates the SG that it maintains based on the RG information. If an RG reception error occurs, infer that the maintained SG is incorrect. The possible causes for a UE RG demodulation error are as follows: 1) The E-RGCH power in the position where the UE is located is low. 2) The E-RGCH power is sufficient, but the E-HICH ACK is demodulated into RG UP owing to the E-HICH interference when RG Hold is sent.  Observation method: Make observations on the NodeB maintenance/debugging console. For cause 1: Step 1: Confirm the current power control mode by using an MML query command. COMMAND:LST MACEPARA (NodeB LMT) Step 2: If the power control mode is fixed transmit power relative to the PCPICH (default algorithm in V18), check whether the parameters used by the system are baseline parameters. Check whether the parameters used by the system are baseline parameters. If not, change the parameters to the baseline parameters and observe whether the problem is solved. If the problem is not solved, confirm the pilot signal quality (PCPICH RSCP and Ec/Io) in the position where the UE is located. The baseline parameters are set on the assumption that a signal Ec/Io is given at the edge of the cell. If the actual signal Ec/Io at the edge of the cell is less than the assumed value, increase the PO on the basis of the baseline parameters. 2. PO for the E- RGCH when the
  • 131. Ec/Io at the edge of cells is –12 dB Control Channel Scenario Power Offset (dB) E-RGCH Single link or serving E_DCH RLS –22 Non-serving E_DCH RLS –17.3 If the actual signals at the edge of the cell in a scenario are worse, the Ec/Io decreases by 1 dB and the PO of each channel increases by 1 dB. Make comparison tests between NodeB and UE and ensure that the E- RGCH power is properly set. Step 3: If the power control mode is power control for UE based on the DPCH transmit power (default algorithm in V22), no test experience is available in V18 and test experience will be supplemented in later versions. For cause 2: Cause 2 is caused by the signature used by the E-HICH and the E- RGCH. A signature error exists in a NodeB test version. When the pilot power is 33 dBm and HICH power is set to 33 – 21 = 12 dBm, AG Hold is normally demodulated. When the HICH power is set to 13 dBm, AG Hold is occasionally demodulated into AG UP. When the HICH power is set to 14 dBm, AG Hold is most demodulated into AG UP. When the HICH power is set to 16 to 18 dBm, AG Hold is basically all demodulated into AG UP.  Solution: For cause 1, increase the PO of the E-RGCH on the basis of the baseline parameters according to the actual signal coverage quality at the edge of the cell. For cause 2, rectify the product. MAC-e PDU Served Rate Exception Location If MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate is normal, further determine whether the MAC-e PDU Served Rate is exceptional. Relationship between the MAC-e PDU Served Rate and the MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate:
  • 132. Served Rate = MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate * Non-DTX Probability Locating an served rate exception is the process of locating a non-DTX probability exception. When a single HSUPA UE uploads a large-sized file, normally, the non-DTX probability should be 100%.A non-DTX probability less than 100% is considered an exception and the cause needs to be analyzed. Factors affecting a non-DTX probability:  The RLC layer is exceptional so that RLC data is not sent in time. See "RLC SDU Throughput UL Exception Location".  The TCP/IP layer is exceptional so that TCP data is not sent in time. See "TCP/IP Layer Rate Exception Location". MAC-e PDU Available Rate Exception Location If MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate and MAC-e PDU Served Rate are both normal, further determine whether the MAC-e PDU Available Rate is exceptional. Relationship between the MAC-e PDU Available Rate and the MAC-e PDU Served Rate: MAC-e PDU Available Rate ≈ MAC-e PDU Served Rate *(1-SBLER) Locating a MAC-e PDU available rate exception is the process of locating an SBLER exception. You can set the target number of the MAC-es PDU retransmissions (usually 0.1 on average) on the RNC LMT. If the measured SBLER deviates greatly from the target number of MAC-es PDU retransmissions, it is considered as an SBLER exception. Factors affecting the SBLER convergence: The uplink outer loop power control is exceptional. The SBLER obtained from the terminal side refers to the block error rate of the MAC-e TB, while the BLER obtained from the RNC side refers to the average number of MAC-esPDU transmissions.  The maximum uplink SIRtarget is set so low that the SBLER is high.  Principle description: When the actual SBLER is greater than the target value, the uplink outer power control of the HSUPA increases the value of the SIRtarget so that the actual SBLER can be converged to the target value. A maximum SIRtarget value is set on the RNC for the purpose of exception prevention. When the SIRtarget required for power control is greater than the maximum SIRtarget value, the maximum SIRtarget value is used. That is, the SIRtarget value is truncated. If the SIRtarget is set too small, the actual SBLER will be greater than the target value.
  • 133. The maximum SIRtarget value is related to other outer loop power control parameters (including reference ETFCI, reference PO, and target number of retransmissions).  Observation method: Query the maximum SIRtarget that the system currently uses. MML command: LST TYPRAB  Solution: Step 1: Check whether the maximum SIRtarget is the default. If not, change it to the default value and observe whether the problem is solved. Step 2: If the problem is not solved after the maximum SIRtarget is changed to the default, check whether the outer loop power control parameters (mainly including reference ETFCI, reference PO, and target number of retransmissions) are set to the defaults. If not, change the values of these parameters to the defaults and observe whether the problem is solved.  Packet loss on the Iub interface causes a high SIRtarget but a low SBLER.  Principle description: The statistics of the number of MAC-es PDU retransmissions for the uplink outer loop power control in the version earlier than V18 involves bit errors on the air interface and packet loss on the Iub interface. When packet loss occurs on the Iub interface, the number of MAC-es PDU retransmissions is larger than the target value. As a result, the SIRtarget is high. In this case, the air interface quality is high, that is, the SBLER observed from the UE is low. The statistics of the number of MAC-es PDU retransmissions for the uplink outer loop power control in the version later than V18 involves only bit errors on the air interface, regardless of packet loss on the Iub interface. Therefore, packet loss on the Iub interface does not affect the performance of power control. The possible causes for packet loss on the Iub interface are as follows: 1) The bottom-layer transmission is exceptional. 2) The Iub uplink transmission is configured incorrectly. 3) Transmission buffer overflows occur.  Observation method: See "RLC SDU Throughput UL Exception Location".  Solution: See "RLC SDU Throughput UL Exception Location". The probability of demodulating ACK into NACK/DTX is high.  Principle description:
  • 134. The UE obtains ACK/NACK/DTX information by demodulating the E- HICH. If ACK is taken for NACK or DTX, the UE performs a retransmission. In this case, the SBLER measured on the UE side is greater than the actual one and the effective rate is reduced. If the E-HICH transmit power is low, the probability of demodulating ACK into NACK or DTX is high. There are two power control algorithms for the E-HICH: 1) Fixed transmit power relative to the PCPICH. 2) Power control for UE based on the DPCH transmit power. Currently, the first algorithm (NodeB V1) is adopted. When the E-HICH power offset is set low, the E-HICH demodulation performance of the UE at the edge of a cell is affected. When the UE is located in a soft handover cell, a soft combination is performed for the E-HICHs in the same RLS, and the E-HICHs in the non- serving RLS can send ACK and DTX coming from the E-HICHs in different RLSs.  Observation method: Confirm the current power control mode by using an MML query command. LST MACEPARA  Solution:  Step 1: If the power control mode is fixed transmit power relative to the PCPICH (default algorithm in V18), check whether the parameters used by the system are baseline parameters. If not, change the parameters to the baseline parameters and observe whether the problem is solved. If the problem is not solved, confirm the pilot signal quality (PCPICH RSCP and Ec/Io) in the position where the UE is located. The baseline parameters are set on the assumption that a signal Ec/Io is given at the edge of the cell. If the actual signal Ec/Io at the edge of the cell is less than the assumed value, increase the Ec/Io on the basis of the baseline parameters. 3. PO for the E- HICH when the Ec/Io at the edge of cells is –12 dB Control Channel Scenario Power Offset (dB) E-HICH Single link –21.2
  • 135. RLS including serving E_DCH cell –21.2 RLS excluding serving E_DCH cell –12 If the actual signals at the edge of the cell in a scenario are worse, the Ec/Io decreases by 1 dB and the PO of each channel increases by 1 dB. Since the R&D personnel do not distinguish between two cases (single link and RLS including serving_DCH cell) in the implementation of the power control, the PO for a single link is the same as that for RLS including serving E_DCH. Make comparison tests between NodeB and UE and ensure that the E- HICH power is properly set. When performing a test, ensure that the uplink channel is in good condition, disable the outer loop power control, and set the SIR to 11 dB. Construct a scenario without HARQ retransmissions so that the NodeB sends HARQ_ACK all the time. Test the probability of demodulating ACK into NACK from the UE side.  Step 2: If the power control mode is power control for UE based on the DPCH transmit power (default algorithm in V22), no test experience is available in V18 and test experience will be supplemented in later versions. RLC SDU Throughput UL Exception Location Working principle of data transmission at the RLC layer:  RLC transmission includes transparent transmission (TM), un- acknowledgment mode (UM), and acknowledgment mode (AM). PS services (FTP and HTTP) usually adopt the AM and the sequence in which the RLC submits SDUs can be configured (sequential submission and non-sequential submission) on the RNC LMT.  The AM adopts the positive/negative acknowledgment strategy for reliable data transmission and adopts a sliding window protocol for flow control.  Before the RLC receives an acknowledgment packet, the maximum number of PDUs that the RLC can send is the RLC Send Window. The sooner the sender receives an acknowledgment, the faster the window slides and the higher the allowed RLC transmission rate is. Otherwise, the RLC transmission rate is lower. Even call drops occur because the RLC is reset.  The sequential submission ensures that no packet loss occurs to the data submitted to the upper-layer and the data is submitted in sequence. PS services usually use TCP/IP. If packet loss happens at the upper layer, it may
  • 136. lead to congestion and slow starting of TCP.. This affects the transmission rate.  Sequential submission is recommended for the RLC and the non-sequential submission for the core network. Factors affecting the RLC layer rate:  Packet loss causes a high RLC retransmission rate.  The RLC send window is full. Judge RLC SDU throughput UL exceptions.  If MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate and MAC-e PDU Served Rate are both normal, further determine whether the RLC PDU throughput UL and RLC SDU throughput UL are exceptional. Relationship between the RLC PDU throughput UL and the MAC-e PDU avaivable rate:  RLC PDU Throughput UL = MAC-e PDU Available Rate * (1-header overhead ratio of MAC-e PDU) As the header overhead ratio is small, seen from the Probe, the RLC throughput curve and the MAC layer rate curve are basically overlapped. This relationship should be kept between RLC PDU throughput UL and MAC-e PDU available rate all the time and no exception should occur. Relationship between RLC SDU throughput UL and RLC PDU throughput UL:  RLC SDU Throughput UL ≈ RLC PDU Throughput UL*(1-RLC PDU Retransmission Rate UL)*header overhead ratio of the RLC PDU For BE services, the uplink outer loop power control usually ensures that the RLC PDU retransmission rate UL is 0% when only MAC-e PDU retransmission happens.Therefore, RLC SDU throughput UL is approximate to the RLC PDU throughput UL * header overhead ratio of the RLC PDU. Otherwise, an exception is considered, that is, the RLC retransmission high. For time sensitive services such as VoIP over the HSUPA, to ensure the real-time of services, the uplink outer loop power control ensures that the MAC-es PDU has a residual BLER. In this case, the RLC PDU retransmission rate UL is approximate to the target residual BLER. Otherwise, an exception is considered, that is, the RLC retransmission rate is not converged within the target value. The version V18 supports only the BE services over the HSUPA. Therefore, the RLC retransmission rate is usually required to approach 0. Factors affecting the RLC SDU throughput UL:  The uplink packet loss on the air interface (MAC-e layer residual SBLER >1%) causes a high RLC retransmission rate.  Principle description: 1) TBs are discarded if they are not received when the number of MAC- e layer retransmissions reaches the maximum. This is packet loss for the RLC layer.
  • 137. 2) If the receiver at the RLC layer detects packet loss, it requires the sender to retransmit the packet through a state report. 3) Data retransmission reduces the transmission efficiency of the RLC, and further affects its efficient throughput. 4) The uplink transmission quality on the air interface is controlled by the uplink outer loop power control. If packet loss occurs in the uplink of the air interface, the uplink outer loop power control is generally exceptional.  Observation method: Method 1: Observe the RLC PDU retransmission rate UL on the Probe. 16. RLC PDU retransmission rate on the Probe Method 2: Observe the residual BLER (Res. BLER) of the MAC-e layer on the Probe. Normally, the Res. BLER is less than 1%. Block – Number of frames failing to be transmitted at the MAC-e layer. That is, if the transmission of a frame still fails after the MAC-e layer retransmits it for multiple times, the RLC layer originates a retransmission. In this case, the value is increased by 1. Block + Number of frames transmitted successfully at the MAC-e layer, equal to SB + Res. BLER Residual block error rate at the MAC-e layer, namely, the number of frames failing to be transmitted at the RLC layer/total number of transmissions at the RLC layer: (Block -) / ((Block -) + (Block +)) * 100%  Solution:
  • 138. The uplink transmission quality on the air interface is controlled by the uplink outer loop power control. If packet loss occurs in the uplink of the air interface, the uplink outer loop power control is usually exceptional. You need to check whether a) Target values for power control are configured correctly. b) The uplink SIRtarget is normal. c) The actual SIR is converged within the target value.  The downlink packet loss on the air interface (the probability of demodulating NACK into ACK is high) causes a high RLC retransmission rate.  Principle description: If the UE takes the NACK sent by the NodeB for ACK, the corresponding TB is not retransmitted. As a result, a block error is introduced at the RLC layer. The block error causes RLC retransmission and affects the throughput. The possible causes for a UE E-HICH demodulation error are as follows: The E-HICH power in the position where the UE is located is low.  Observation method: See High Probability of Demodulating ACK into NACK/DTX.  Solution: See High Probability of Demodulating ACK into NACK/DTX.  The uplink packet loss on the Iub interface (the bottom-layer transmission is exceptional) causes a high RLC retransmission rate.  Principle description: The exceptional bottom-layer transmission (for example, intermittent failure of E1) causes uplink packet loss.  Observation method: The packet loss in the uplink in this case can be observed only on the RNC, instead of the NodeB.  Solution: Observe whether there is any transmission alarm, solve any transmission exception, and clear the alarm.  The uplink packet loss on the Iub interface (the uplink transmission of the Iub interface is configured incorrectly) causes a high RLC retransmission rate.  Principle description: The incorrect uplink transmission configuration on the Iub causes uplink packet loss.
  • 139.  Observation method: The packet loss in the uplink in this case can be observed only on the RNC, instead of the NodeB.  Solution: Check the configuration data of the transmission layer and ensure that the configuration data is correct.  The uplink packet loss on the Iub interface (a transmission buffer overflow occurs) causes a high RLC retransmission rate.  Principle description: The untimely flow control on the Iub interface causes buffer overflows and packet loss.  Observation method: The packet loss in the uplink in this case can be observed through the NodeB debugging console.  Solution: Determine whether the flow control algorithm is exceptional.  The RLC layer fails to return an ACK in time (the RLC state report disable timer is not set properly/the downlink BLER is not converged) so that the RLC send window is full.  Principle description: Currently, the maximum size of the RLC send window can be set to 2047 (the RLC receive/send window size of the terminal is 2047). When the RLC transmission rate is very high, the RLC send window is easily full and cannot send other data if the state report is not returned in time. For example, if the rate on the air interface is 1.4 Mbit/s and the RLC PDU size is 336 bits, the RLC send window can send data for (2047 x 336)/(1.4 x 1000) = 491.28 ms. If the RNC fails to receive a state report within 491.28 ms, the RLC send window is full. The return time of the state report is related to the state report disable timer and the uplink air interface quality. If the state report disable time is set too long, or the uplink BLER is not converged, the RLC send window may be full.  Observation method: Currently, we have very limited means to observe whether the RLC send window is full on the UE side. We must analyze the data on the user plane and the control plane at the RLC layer to learn whether the RLC window is full. Currently, the Assistant V1.4 does not support this function. We can use only the QCAT to make analysis. Therefore, a simple method is reverse inference. Assume that the RLC send window is full and try the following methods to check whether the
  • 140. problem is solved. If the problem is solved, the cause is that the RLC send window is full.  Solution: Method 1: Increase the RLC send window by changing the RLC PDU size from 336 to 656. Method 2: Check whether the state report disable timer is set properly and whether it is set to the default of the baseline. Method 3: Check the convergence of the downlink BLER to ensure the BLER is converged. TCP/IP Layer Rate Exception Location Working principle of data transmission at the TCP/IP layer: TCP/IP adopts the inclusive acknowledgment strategy for reliable data transmission and the sliding window protocol for flow control, and performs congestion control when detecting a network congestion.  Flow control (sliding window) Flow control is used to prevent buffer overflows and saturation of the computer at the receiving end. Flow control generates a window value for the sender to transmit the specified number of bytes in the window. Then, the window is closed and the sender must stop data transmission. The window is not opened until the sender receives an ACK from the receiver.  Inclusive acknowledgment strategy All to-be-transmitted bytes before the confirmed byte number are acknowledged. Suppose that 10 data fragments are to be transmitted. These data fragments cannot reach the destination in sequence. TCP must acknowledge the highest byte number of consecutive bytes without any error. The highest byte number is not allowed to be acknowledged before all the middle bytes reach the destination. If the acknowledgment to the middle bytes is not sent to the sender, the sender TCP entity finally times out and retransmits the unacknowledged data.  Congestion control (timeout and retransmission) TCP determines a network congestion by measuring the round-trip time (RTT) delay timeout or receiving a repeated acknowledgment. When a network congestion is detected, the congestion avoidance algorithm (downspeeding and retransmission) is enabled. Therefore, the factors affecting the TCP/IP data transmission rate include:  Configured TCP receive/send window Although the receive window size is dynamic (if packets out of sequence are received or packets cannot be submitted to the upper layer in time, the available window size becomes small), the configured window size determines the maximum available size of the receive window.
  • 141. According to the formula Capacity (bit)=bandwidth (b/s)*round-trip time (s), if the receive/send window is too small, the transmission rate is affected.  Actual receive window size  RTT fluctuation triggers the congestion avoidance mechanism (packet loss on the CN side, downlink BLER convergence failure, and too small a reverse bandwidth of TCP/IP) TCP/IP layer rate exception judgment: If MAC-e PDU Non-DTX Rate, MAC-e PDU Served Rate, and MAC-e PDU Served Rate are all normal, the traffic of the UE is limited, but the data to be sent is sufficient, it can determined that the TCP/IP layer rate is exceptional.  Too small a TCP receive window on the receiver side makes the send window easily full.  Principle description: TCP/IP adopts the sliding window protocol. The sliding window protocol allows the sender to transmit multiple consecutive packets before the sender stops transmission and waits for an acknowledgment. As it is unnecessary for the sender to stop and wait for an acknowledgment each time it transmits a packet, the sliding window protocol increases the data transmission rate. Theoretically, TCP receive window size should be greater than the product of the bandwidth and the delay. Capacity(bit)=bandwidth(b/s)*round-trip time(s) A 66535-byte window is sufficient for the 1.6 Mbit/s service, but insufficient for 3.6 Mbit/s service. Especially when the delay is greater than 200 ms, the TCP window is easily full. As a result, you observe that the buffers of the RLC and the NodeB are 0.  Observation method: 1) Query the configuration of the TCP receive window at the receiver end. 2) Obtain the current Ping delay (test the RTT) 3) Observe the rate on the UE/DU meter is approximate to the TCP receive window size/RTT.  Solution: 1) Change the TCP receive window size at the receiver end. Use the following registry entries to set the receive window size to 80 KB (80*1024 = 81920). Method 1: Use the DRTCP tool to modify the receive window size and restart the computer.
  • 142. Method 2: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESystemCurrentControlSet ServicesTcpip ParametersTcpWindowSize (REG_DWORD) Restart the computer. 2) If no DRTCP tool is available, use multiple processes to perform verification.  A 100% CPU load at the receiving end cause the TCP receive window to be full.  Principle description: When the CPU load at the receiving end reaches 100%, the data in the TCP receive window cannot be submitted to the upper layer and the TCP receive window is full. When the TCP receive window is full, the receiver notifies the TCP sender of it and the sender stops transmitting data. As a result, the RLC BO is 0 and the UE transmits no data.  Observation method: Observe the Performance tab page in the Windows Task Manager.
  • 143. 17. Receiver's CPU performance observation window  Solution: 1) Close the programs not related to the test at the receiving end. 2) Use high-performance computer at the receiving end.  The RTT timeout at the TCP/IP layer caused by packet loss at the CN side triggers congestion avoidance.  Principle description: TCP provides the reliable transport layer. One of the methods that TCP uses is acknowledging the data received from the other peer, however, data and acknowledgment may be lost. TCP solves the problem by starting a timer when it starts transmitting data. If no acknowledgment is received when the timer expires, TCP retransmits the data. The TCP sender measures the RTT of a connection (measures the RTT from when it transmits a byte with a special sequence number to when it receives an acknowledgment containing this byte) to maintain an RTT timer.
  • 144. If the RTT timer expires, TCP considers that a network congestion occurs and triggers the congestion avoidance mechanism. As a result, the data transmission rate is affected. IP packet loss on the CN side causes the RTT timeout.  Observation method: Start Ethereal on the portable PC attached with a data card to capture TCP data packets, and then analyze the captured packets. Check whether the receiver sends repeated acknowledgment packets.  Solution: Check segment by segment to confirm that the problem lies in the RAN or the CN. Packet loss may happen on the Iu-PS interface, interface between the SGSN and the GGSN, and interface between the GGSN and the receiver.  The RTT timeout at the TCP/IP layer caused by the convergence failure of the downlink BLER triggers congestion avoidance.  Principle description: TCP provides the reliable transport layer. One of the methods that TCP uses is the acknowledgment to the data received from the other peer. However, data and acknowledgment may be lost. TCP solves the problem by starting a timer when data transmission begins. If no acknowledgment is received when the timer expires, TCP retransmits the data. The TCP sender measures the RTT of a connection (measures the RTT from when it transmits a byte with a special sequence number to when it receives an acknowledgment containing this byte) to maintain an RTT timer. If the RTT timer expires, TCP considers that a network congestion occurs and triggers the congestion avoidance mechanism. As a result, the data transmission rate is affected. IP packet loss on the CN side causes the RTT timeout.  Observation method: If the downlink bearer is a DCH, Step 1: Check the convergence of the downlink BLER on the RNC LMT. Often, you are unable to observe the downlink BLER and the terminal does not report the downlink BLER. In this case, you need to use a terminal tool to observe the downlink BLER. Step 2: Observe whether the downlink transmit power is limited and confirm the causes for the downlink BLER convergence failure. If the downlink bearer is an HSDPA,
  • 145. Observe the downlink SBLER and the residual BLER through the Probe.  Solution: If the downlink transmit power is limited, analyze the cause (a long distance from the NodeB) and determine a solution according to the cause. If the downlink transmit power is not limited but the downlink outer loop power control does not converge, the power control performance of the terminal is not ideal. In this case, you can use another type of terminal to perform a test.  Too small a downlink TCP/IP reverse bandwidth causes a large RTT delay.  Principle description: TCP provides a reliable transport layer. One of the methods that TCP uses is acknowledging the data received from the other peer. However, data and acknowledgment may be lost. TCP solves the problem by starting a timer when data transmission begins. If no acknowledgment is received when the timer expires, TCP retransmits the data. The TCP sender measures the RTT of a connection (measures the RTT from when it transmits a byte with a special sequence number to when it receives an acknowledgment containing this byte) to maintain an RTT timer. If the RTT timer expires, TCP considers that a network congestion occurs and triggers the congestion avoidance mechanism. As a result, the data transmission rate is affected. IP packet loss on the CN side causes the RTT timer expiration.  Observation method: Step 1: Check the downlink rate of the service through the RAB Assignment Request message. Step 2: When the downlink channel is a DCH, check the actual downlink bandwidth through the RB SETUP message. When the downlink channel is an HSDPA channel, combine the available bandwidth on the Iub interface to determine the bandwidth that is currently available. Step 3: Query the subscription rate in the HLR. The minimum downlink subscription rate of the HSUPA is recommended to be no less than 128 kbit/s. Step 4: Check whether the AT command is run on the portable test PC to specify a downlink rate.  Solution:
  • 146. If the subscription rate is too low, change the subscription rate or use the AT command to ensure that the downlink rate matches the uplink rate. If the subscription rate is reasonable but the actual RB rate is low, locate the problem from the RAN side. Usually, network resource congestion causes an RB rate increase failure. 6. Analyzing Poor Performance of Data Transfer at CN Side 5.3.6 shows the flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer at CN side.
  • 147. 1. Flow for analyzing poor performance of data transfer at CN side NE Alarms At CN side, analyze the alarms on SGSN, GGSN, LAN switch, router, and firewall (collecting SGSN and GGSN alarms as key task). Clock alarms and transport code error alarms may lead to fluctuation of PS data. Package lose on CN side result in TCP/IP layer RTT overtime touch off congestion avoidance TCP apply credible transmit layer. One method is to affirm the data which receive from the other side. But data and affirmance may lose . TCP transit set a timer in the send time to solve the problem. When the timer overflow , it don’t receive affirm message, it will retransmission data. TCP send point will be a measure to a connect RTT. Maintain a RTT timer.
  • 148. If it measure RTT overtime , TCP think net congestion , it will start-up congestion avoidance. Consequently,it will affect data transmit rate. IP package lose on CN side will make RTT overtime. Environment Problems The rate is relevant to PC, OS, and applications. The internal algorithm of software at different application layer and TCP parameters of OS have great impact on performance. If other conditions are the same, the rate of data transfer on Windows 2000 computer is superior to that on Windows 98 computer. Therefore, it is recommended to use Windows 2000 Professional and Windows 2000 server as the OS of PCs and servers. Now the laptops are installed with Windows XP, so there is no problem concerning perform due to OS. Anyhow,the servers must be installed with Windows 2000 server, because Windows XP will affect the performance of data transfer. The PC (laptop) for being daemon of UE must be of good performance. Tests prove that IBM laptops have good performance in playing VODs. Now Huawei RNP engineers use the new laptops of D Corporation, which have worst performance in data transfer of HSDPA test than the new ones of H Corporation. If the utilization CPU being daemon of UE is 100%, the TCP/IP receiver window is full. As a result, the performance of data transfer is affected. The performance of servers may affect service effect, which must be considered. TCP Receiving and Sending Window For the services (such as VOD and FTP) using TCP protocol, the TCP window size of test laptop (client) and server have great impact on performance of services. Set the window as large as possible to guarantee good performance. Set the window of client and server in the same size, such as 64K. For modification method, see the appendix. Maximum Transmission Unit If a data packet at IP layer is to be sent,and the data packet is larger than the maximum transmission unit (MTU), the IP layer will divide the data packet to pieces. Each piece is smaller than MTU. Using larger MTU and avoiding IP segment and reassembly helps to raise efficiency. MTU is usually smaller than or equal to 1450. Changing MTU includes changing the MTU of server and changing the MTU of test laptop. After PS service connection setup,the service negotiates with the client. The MTU in use takes the smaller of the two MTUs. For modification, see the appendix. Service-related Problems  FTP Use the commercial FTP software, because the FTP software embedded in Windows OS is of average performance. Download data with FTP in
  • 149. binary. The multi-thread downloading software like FlashGet is recommended. If update rate is low , it can consider process multi-FTP transmission at the same time, or use tools send fixed rate package to make sure whether the bottom has a problem.  VOD The software RealPlayer sets the maximum play rate to larger than 384 kbps. The buffer time must not be over long, and 3s is proper. Some computers are installed with qualified video adapter, so the monitor jumps some frames. Change the resolution to 800x600. If the problem is still present, change the video adapter.  Net TV When the rate of down-layer declines, the Net TV is difficult to restore. Note this.  Video conference Set the output rate of convergence TV smaller than the rate of down-layer; otherwise, data packets will be dropped. Huawei conference video sets 64 kbps as step from 128 kbps. The recommended configuration is 320 kbps. If the rate is over low, utilization rate of down-layer rate will be over low. Otherwise, using the rate higher than 320 kbps, such as equal to or larger than 384 kbps, leads to dropping data packets because the rate of down- layer cannot meet the requirements by application layer. As a result, the performance of video conference declines. If a lightning sign appears on the right upper corner of conference TV, there must be code error or packet dropping during transmission. HSDPA Subscribed Rate In test, if the downlink throughput of HSDPA subscriberis only 384 kbps, 128 kbps, or 64kbps. By check the HSDPA cell is set up exactly. After confirmation that the problem is not at RAN side, check the HLR subscribed rate and subscribers'QoS parameters of SGSN and GGSN.  HLR The APN and subscribed rate is changed in MOD GRPS of HLR. You can set multiple APNs to a SIM card. Each APN matches a highest rate. When the maximum rate is not restricted at UE side, the RAB assignment request message sent by CN brings the subscribed rate. If no resource, such as power resource and code resource, is restricted at RNC side, the Activate PDP content Accept message of NAS signaling brings the assigned rate to UE. Obtain the rate contained in the Activate PDP content Accept message in Probe or other DT tools.  GGSN
  • 150. Modify subscribers'' QoS parameters on GGSN. Set downlink bit rate and downlink guaranteed rate as required. The default configuration is 384 kbps. The commands are as below: SET QOS: MBRDNLK=2048, GBRDNLK=2048; The previous command sets the downlink maximum rate to 2048 kbps. As a result, the CN allows the downlink maximum rate of HSDPA to be 2 Mbps.  SGSN Modify downlink maximum rate and downlink guaranteed rate of subscriber by executing the command below: SET 3GSM: MBRDNLK=151, GBRDNLK=151; Set the maximum bandwidth to 151 (standing for 2 Mbps) by executing the command SET 3GSM.
  • 151. 4. Interruption of Data Transfer 1. Analzying DCH Interruption of Data Transfer Description: data transfer is interrupted for a period. The possible causes include:  Call drop during data transfer  After the UE hands over 3G networks to 2G networks, it cannot perform data transfer.  A state transition occurs. After the UE transits from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH and CELL_PCH, when restoring data transfer is necessary and the resource for restoring data transfer is inadequate, the UE cannot restore to CELL_DCH state. Therefore data transfer is affected.  Other causes, like interruption of data transfer. Analyze the problem from alarms, signaling flow, and CHR.
  • 152. 1. Flow for analyzing interruption of data transfer Alarms Query the alarms on CN and RAN. Know the abnormalities in the operation of current system. Guide to analyze and exclude problems. Some problem, such as interruption of data transfer, clock asynchronization in some cells, and NE congestion,can be known from alarms. Signaling Flow Analyze signaling in details to locate interruption of data transfer. Check whether call drops,whether the UE hands overfrom 3G networks to 2G networks, and whether state transits. Collect signaling in several ways. Collect the signaling at UE side by using Probe and UE. Collect the signaling at RNC side on RNC LMT. By comparison of two signaling flow, check whether messages are lost at air interface. Based on analysis and CHR, engineers can locate the problem or obtain the rough direction.  Call Drop For call drop problems, see W-Handover and Call Drop Problem Optimization Guide.
  • 153.  Channel State Transit When the cell state transits to CCH, it cannot restore to CELL_DCH. Check the abnormal information in CHR. If the downlink load is over large by confirmation, or the bandwidth at Iub interface is congested, add carriers or transport resources.  3G2G handover If the data transfer is problematic after handover from a 3G network to a 2G network, the problem involves the cooperation of the two networks. If the 2G network was constructed by partners, locating the problem will be more difficult. Try to set up PS services in the 2G network, and see whether it runs normally. If the data transfer upon access to the 2G network is normal, but the data transfer after handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is abnormal, check the UE and the signaling flow at 3G and 2G NE side. In terms of causes, defining a subscriber or inconsistent configuration of authentication and encryption algorithm may lead to failed update of routing area. Take the case 6.2.10 Analysis of 3G-2G PS Handover Failure in a Deployment. The 3G SGSN encryption algorithm is UEA1, but the partner does not use encryption algorithm. When the UE hands over from the encrypted 3G network to unencrypted 2G network, the 2G network does not send a message to indicate UE to disable encryption algorithm, and the encryption state of UE's message does not synchronize. As a result, when the UE sends the RAU (routing area update) Complete message, the network side fails to receive the message because the UE encrypts the message but the network side does not. 2. Analyzing HSDPA Interruption of Data Transfer An RAB can be mapped on the HS-DSCH of only one cell, so SHO is unavailable on HS-DSCH. As a result, data transfer is interrupted inevitably upon update of serving cell. The SHO associated HSDPA serving cell update includes two aspects:  Intra-NodeB. In the same DSP of a NodeB, interruption of data transfer does not occur because no data needs transiting from one MAC-hs buffer to another MAC-hs buffer.  Inter-NodeB. When MAC-HS is reset, the NodeB drops original data in buffer and restores the dropped data by RNC RLC retransmission. The interruption of data transfer lasts for about 300ms. During the inter-frequency and intra-frequency HHO associated HSDPA serving cell update,the MAC-HS is reset, the NodeB drops original data in buffer and restores the dropped data by RNC RLC retransmission. The interruption of data transfer also occurs.
  • 154. During H2D SHO, intra-frequency HHO, inter-frequency HHO, D2H SHO, intra-frequency HHO, and inter-frequency HHO, the interruption of data transfer also will occur. During the handoverbetween HSDPA and GPRS, data transfer will also be interrupted. The interruption of data transfer includes two aspects:  The interruption of data transfer without update of serving cell or handover  Over long interruption of data transfer with update of serving cell or handover Interruption of data transfer without update of serving cell or handover The causes of interruption of data transfer without update of serving cell or handoverincludes:  Call drop or TRB reset occurs during data transfer  Other abnormalities, such as interruption of transport resource like Iub or completing downloading data files. Locate the problem by checking alarms, whether downloading is complete, and signaling flow.  Alarms Query the alarms on CN and RAN. Know the abnormalities in the operation of current system. Guide analyzing and identifying problems. Some problem, such as interruption of data transfer, clock asynchronization in some cells, and NE congestion, can be known from alarms.  Whether downloading is complete Data transfer is interrupted for a long time, so restoring it is impossible. Check whether downloading the file by FTP is complete.  Signaling Flow According to detailed analysis of RNC and UE signaling, judge whether call drops upon interruption of data transfer, whether the H-H serving cell is updated, and whether H2D or D2H handover occurs. If the interruption of data transfer is caused by call drop, analyze the cause of call drop. For details, see W-Handover and Call Drop Problem Optimization Guide. Analysis of interruption time of data transfer The following two methods help to take statistics ofinterruption time of data transfer:  Use Qualcomm QXDM and QCAT tool. The interval between dropping packet at receiver and receiving current data is the interruption time of data transfer.  Capture TCP/IP packets directly by using the software Ethereal. Analyze the interval between TCP/IP.
  • 155. 1. Interruption delay of TCP displayed in Ethereal In 5.4.2, the data transfer is interrupted for two times, and the interruption delays are respectively 300ms and 300ms. Compare the TCP rate in Ethereal and the rate at application layer in Assistant,and they must match. Therefore, obtain the update point of serving cell in Assistant.
  • 156. 6. Cases About This Chapter The following table lists the contents ofthis chapter. Title Description 6.1 Cases at RAN Side 6.2 Cases at CN Side
  • 157. 1. Cases at RAN Side 1. Call Drop due to Subscriber Congestion (Iub Resource Restriction) Description In a project, there are abundant 3G UEs or data cards. The subscribers are test subscribers,so they need not to pay. As a result, the traffic model in the area is special. The busy hour of traffic is around 23:00, when PS call drops. Analysis According to traffic statistics,the traffic in the cell is heavy.The bandwidth at Iub interface is 1 Mbps, always fully used.If a UE keeps transferring data on line, the transferring is stable. If the subscriber browses web pages without data transfer, the UE transits to idle mode to save resource according to DCCC algorithm. When the UE needs to transfer data again, it must apply for resource again. However, the resource may be used by other UEs, so no resource is assigned to it. As a result, the connection fails. The subscriberfeels that he/she is off line. It is difficult to reconnect to the network. When other subscribers use less resource, the subscribercan succeed in dial to connect to the network. The essence of the problem lies in that excessive subscribers use the resources, so the resource is congested. To solve this problem, use the methods below:  Reduce test subscribers  Add E1 bandwidth 2. Uplink PS64k Service Rate Failing to Meet Acceptance Requirements in a Test (Air Interface Problem) Description For PS64k service, the acceptance contract prescribes that the actual average rate must be larger than 51 kbps, but the uplink rate is about 50 kbps in test. Analysis According to statistics of rate at RNC RLC layer, the maximum rate exceeds 64 kbps, and it fluctuates sharply. As a result, the average rate at application layer displayed by the software FTP is low. According to signaling tracing and statistics ofuplink BLER, the uplink BLER is about 10%. As a result, the rate at application layer fluctuates and the throughput declines.
  • 158. Solution Change the target uplink BLER to 6% or 1%. Change related power control parameter. Setting different target BLER helps balance the performance of single UE and more UEs. According to the information from other networks, different target BLER are set for different networks, but they are small. Note that setting target BLER is according to index of service type. The uplink and downlink bandwidth are usually different, namely, the index of service type is different. Set target BLER after confirming the index of service type. 3. Statistics and Analysis of Ping Time Delay in Different Service Types Description On SNSN, test the transfer delay of streaming and conversationalservice. CN test engineers feed back that the transfer delay of conversationalservice cannot meet the protocol requirement. The test result is that: the ping delay of conversationalservice is 230ms and that of streaming service is 109ms. According to R5 TS23.107 requirement, the delay of conversationalmust be s maller than 100ms. The delay in the test is 115ms (230ms/2), so it does not meet the requirement. Analysis In formal tests,the ping delay of conversationalservice is 230ms and that of streaming service is 109ms. The conversationalservice uses 8k/8k, and the streaming service uses 64k/128k. Their bandwidth is different, so their delay is different. According to R5 TS23.107 requirement, the delay of conversationalmust be smaller than 100ms. The unidirectional delay from UE to Gi interface (UMTS bearer) is 100ms. The delay at RAN is 80ms. The 80ms shall contain the delay at access layer of UE and exclude that of USB and PC. According to test,the end-to-end delay is 115ms (230ms/2), so it does not meet the requirement. It is almost certain that engineers cannot test with 8k/8k bandwidth whether the delay meets the requirement, because the bandwidth is too small. The RNC of current version support PS conversationalservice of 8k only. Now which service uses the type of PS conversationalservice is unknown. Test twice with Sony-Ericsson Z1010, because other UEs fail to support conversationalservice. After the UE is activated, execute the command ping over firewall on GGSN through a laptop.  Activate the four 8k/8k services: background, interactive, streaming, and conversational. Test the delay, and trace SGSN and RNC CDR.  Activate the three 64k/128k services: background, interactive, and streaming. Test the delay, and trace SNSN and RNC CDR. 6.1.3 lists the delay test result of ping packet.
  • 159. 1. Delay test result of ping packet Convers ational Strea ming Inter activ e Backg round 8k/8k 275ms 258ms 293ms 307ms 64k/12 8k - 121ms 134ms 131ms In 8k/8k, the delay of each service is larger than 220ms. In 64k/128k, the delay is smaller. Therefore the delay and bandwidth are relevant. Execute the command ping by 32 bytes,and analyze as below: In 8k/8k, execute the command ping by 32 bytes.It is 60 bytes including the IP head. The TTI of 8k is 40ms. Each TTI has a block. The TB size is 336 bits. As a result, executing the command ping by 32 bytes occurs on two TTIs, namely, 80ms. The downlink is similar. The uplink and downlink must staggera TTI. Assume that the processing at nodes and interface goes infinitely fast. To the air interface and from the air interface take 200ms (5*40 ms). In addition, a PC always sends data about MSN, HTTP protocols.If the PC sends otherpacket during sending ping data, the ping command has to wait. Therefore, 8k bandwidth is over small. In 64k/128k, execute the command ping by 32 bytes.It is 60 bytes including the IP head. The TTI of 128k is 20ms. Each TTI has 8 blocks. The TB size is 336 bits. As a result, executing the command ping by 32 bytes occurs on a TTI, namely, 20ms. The downlink is similar. The uplink and downlink must staggera TTI. Assume that the processing at nodes and interface goes infinitely fast. To the air interface and from the air interface take 60ms (3*20 ms). Adding this to CN cost and laptop cost makes more than 100ms. Execute the command ping by 8 bytes on conversationalservice. After on-site verification, the test is consistent with prediction. Analyze the parts of total delay from laptop, to UE, to NodeB, to RNC, to CN, and to server. Analyze the factors that affect delay in each part. This helps locate delay problems. Compared with 8k/8k streaming service, the typical parameters of 8k/8k conversationalservice must be optimized. 4. Low Rate of HSDPA Data Transfer due to Over Low Pilot Power
  • 160. Description In an HSDPA live demonstration, when the commissioning is complete, the rate of HSDPA service is as low as half of standard rate, and the retransmission rate is high. Analysis On-site NodeB engineers have demonstrated the service in laboratory, and the rate is normal, 1400 kbps. They use big antenna and lower the power on site to cover the sites of the operator. After this, the Ec is –50 dBm, and Ec/Io is –3 dB. Namely, the coverage is qualified. In the on-site test,after starting downloading data, the Ec/Io deteriorates sharply. According to QXDM tracing, the transmission rate is 100% (engineers doubt that the problem is caused by interference and improper installation of antenna,but the cause is not them according to frequency sweep and SITEMASTER test). As a result, engineers doubt that the transmission on the interface board of NodeB and trunk are faulty. After changing the interface board and trunk, the problem is still present. Test with PS384k service, the result is normal. According to causes of problem, the HSDPA feature leads to weak Ec/Io, as a result, the BLER and retransmission rate are high. At the beginning of test, to reduce radiation, engineers lower the pilot power. However, the HSDPA network distribute power according to amount of data as its feature, so the network distributes high power (near 35 dBm) to TCH upon downloading. As a result, the Ec/Io declines, which consequently causes decline of demodulation performance and increment of retransmission rate. Raise the pilot power, and then the transmission rate is normal. The problem is solved. Solution Raise the pilot power from 23 dBm to 33 dBm, and the transmission rate will be normal. Suggestions and Summary As a habit of test,engineers will lower pilot power and then perform test.However, due to new features of HSDPA, lowering pilot power leads to new problems. Lower the pilot power and HSDPA power in the following tests,such as by using attenuator. 5. Unstable HSDPA Rate due to Overhigh Receiving Power of Data Card Description On HBBU, activate HSDPA service, and the retransmission rate is high. The BLER of data sent at the first time is about 60%, the residual BLER is 5%. The downloading rate is low, and the rate fluctuates sharply. Analysis Once the on-site engineers download data, the CQI fluctuates sharply and frequently between 15 and 26. The rate fluctuates between 100 kbps and 600 kbps. The load of HSDPA fluctuates sharply between 3% and 24%. This must be relevant to downloading rate.
  • 161. No FP packet is missing. No packet is missing because the queue is full. In the scheduling period, abundant DTXs exist according to NodeB, with few NACK messages. According to check, the receiving power of data card is as high as –45 dBm, exceeding the normal range (–55 dBm to –85 dBm). The signals are strong,and the attenuation is inadequate, so the measured CQI is inaccurate. Solution Add an attenuatorat the antenna port, and keep the receiving power at about –70 dBm. After this, the problem of frequently fluctuation, as well as the BLER problem, is solved. 6. Decline of Total Throughput in Cell due to AAL2PATH Bandwidth larger than Actual Physical Bandwidth The WCDMA network runs normally. The admission of the cell to be measured is disabled. The cell is unloaded. The neighbor cells are disabled. The HSDPA cell is successfully set up. The power is dynamically distributed. HSDPA uses 5 codes.The MAC-HS scheduling algorithm uses PF. There is one HS-SCCH. The cell uses 8 E1's. One of them uses UNI method, and the rest 7 E1's use the IMA group method. The IMA group bears HSDPAAAL2 PATH. The UNI bears the NCP/CCP/ALCAP/R99 AAL2 PATH at other Iub interfaces. Select a good test point (CPICH RSCP is about –70 dB, Ec/Io is above –6 dB, and the fluctuation is stable). Connect 6 HSDPA UEs one by one to the network. The PS service is activated on UE. The RAN bears PS service on HS-DSCH. Download with FTP, and record the peak throughput of cell. Disconnect the E1 link of IMA group one by one manually while connect 6 subscribers one by one to the network. Record the total peak throughput ofcell after one subscriber accesses the network. Draw a curve chart with the recorded peak throughput of cell at every point, as shown in Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2. 1. Variation of total throughput of one IMA link of HSDPA codes
  • 162. 2. Variation of total throughput of two IMA links of HSDPA codes In Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2, the throughput ofone E1 is lower than the throughput oftwo E1's. Analysis The cell uses 5 HSDPA codes,and class-12 UE. The maximum throughput at MAC layer of cell is 1.72 Mbps.The SBLER is 10%, so the throughput at MAC layer of cell is about 1.55 Mbps.In Figure 6-2, the measured throughput ofcell is consistent with the theoretical rate, but in Figure 6-1, the throughput ofcell declines. Check the Iub bandwidth. The AAL2PATH bandwidth is 10 Mbps,but the physical bandwidth is about 1.9 Mbps with one E1, and 2.8 Mbps with 2 E1's. Obviously, the NodeB flow control does not consider the variation of physical bandwidth, but allocates bandwidth according to configured AAL2PATH bandwidth. The throughput ofcell with 2 E1's is not affected by physical bandwidth. This must be analyzed in terms of flow control at NodeB Iub interface. The Node flow control allocates bandwidth for each subscriberaccording to the data amount in NodeB buffer, the data amount of RNC RLC buffer, and the rate at the air interface. The Iub flow control allocates bandwidth for subscribers that the maximum allocated bandwidth is twice of the rate at the air interface. According to previous analysis,the twice of the rate at the air interface is 3.4 Mbps at most, not exceeding the physical bandwidth of 2 E1's. As a result, the rate of air interface is not affected when there are 2 E1's. When there is 1 E1, the twice of the rate at the air interface exceeds the physical bandwidth of 1 E1. As a result, data packets are missing at Iub interface, and the rate of subscribers is affected. Solution Change the AAL2PATH of HSDPA to 1.9 Mbps when there is one E1. Test again, and the rate of subscribers is about 1.5 Mbps.
  • 163. In actual networks, guarantee that the AAL2PATH allocated bandwidth to HSDPA is smaller than the physical bandwidth at Iub interface. This will affect throughput ofcell. Meanwhile, check NodeB alarms whether there are E1 fault alarms. 7. Causes for an Exceptional UE Throughput and Location Method in a Field Test Factors Affecting the HSUPA Uplink Throughput The uplink throughput ofthe HSUPA is affected by the following three factors:  Maximum transmit power provided by the UE for uplink packet access (UPA)  SG that the UE obtains, which indicates the maximum power that the NodeB allows the UE to transmit  Percentage of the data to be transmitted to the buffer, which indicates the size of data that the UE needs to transmit These factors are represented by corresponding parameters in the QXDM and Probe tools accordingly.  In the Probe, the following limited rates are displayed in the HSUPA Link Statistics window to represent these factors.  Power Limited Rate  SG Limited Rate  Buffer Limited Rate The highest limited rate indicates that it is the major factor affecting the uplink transmission rate of the UE. The measurement period of the Probe is long. These three limited rates are measured within a measurement period of 200 ms.  In each TTI in the data packets recorded by the QXDM, the Payload Reason option is recorded. This option indicates the three factors for the limited server payload: MAX power, SG, and buffer occupancy (that is, whether data lacks or not).  In the figure below, MP in the Reas column indicates the transmission rate of the UE is currently subject to the maximum transmit power.
  • 164.  In the figure below, BO in the Reas column indicates that the UE current has no data to send.
  • 165. During tests, if the throughput of the UE is abnormal (for example, low or fluctuates greatly), you can query the previous parameters to determine the cause. Low UL Rate Caused by the Limited Rate of the Buffer to Which the UE Sends Data Through FTP  Location method: The Buffer Limit Rate observed in the HSUPA Link Statistics window of the Probe is high, approximate to 100%. BO is all displayed in the Reas column of all packets captured by the QXDM.  Solution: When the UE uploads data through FTP, the displayed cause for the buffer limited rate is that the vacancy of the Buffer on the UE side is high because the application layer sends data to the RLC layer at a low rate. After the UE is connected to another portable PC, the uplink transmission of UE is normal. Then, a comparison is made and it is found that the version of the UE drive on the portable PC is old. After the drive is updated, the uplink transmission rate is improved. The records on the Probe and the QXDM are observed later. It is found that no buffer limit exists.  It is also found that different configurations on the portable PC and different types of portable PCs affect the uplink throughput to different extents. For example, the uplink throughput tested by an HP portable PC is slightly higher than that tested by a Dell portable PC. The larger the memory in the portable PC is, the smaller the buffer limit is.
  • 166. Low Uplink Transmission Rate Owing to Limited UE SG Caused by Limited Cell Load  Location method: The SG limited rate observed in the HSUPA Link Statistics window on the Probe is very high. SG is displayed in the Reas column in most captured packets but the current SG does not reach the maximum value. The maximum value in HSUPA phase1 of E270 (cat3) is 23.  Symptom and cause: If the cell load is limited, you often see that the cellload value reaches 1023 (maximum value) when you observe the cell load information on the NodeB debugging console. In addition, you can find that the RTWP of the cell is increased greatly to –90 dBm or so. There are many causes for cell load increase. For example, when multiple UEs simultaneously upload data, the RTWP is increased. It is found during the test that the SIR of some UEs is not converged and leads to exceptional rise in the transmit power of another UE. As a result, the cell load also increases exceptionally and the other UEs cannot transmit data normally.  Solution: When the cell load (or RTWP) is high, first stop the uploading service of all UEs in the cell and observe the RTWP in the cell to determine whether the RTWP increase is caused by the UEs in the cell or other interference. After other interference is removed, test the RTWP increase in the cell when only one UE uploads data. If the RTWP in the cell is increased exceptionally, the problem is caused by the UE.
  • 167. 2. Cases at CN Side 1. Low FTP Downloading Rate due to Over Small TCP Window on Server TCP Description Activate uplink 64 kbps and downlink 384 kbps services on UE and laptop. Download data from the servers of operatorwith CUTEFTP. The average downloading rate of UE is 33 kbps,much lower than 384 kbps. The average rate at FTP application layer is about 28 kbps. Analysis Activate uplink 64 kbps and downlink 128 kbps services, and download data.Engineers obtain the required rate. However, after activating 384 kbps, the maximum rate cannot be reached. Try to connect the UE to Huawei web server (the GGSN Gi interface <-> Lanswitch <-> NE08 <-> Internet <-> Server of operator. The <-> used here means connection between two network elements (NEs). Huawei web servers connect to Lanswitch by Gi interface. The address ofweb server and the address of GGSN Gi interface share the same network segment). The downloading rate reaches 47 kbps. After engineers connect UE to the server of operator, the downloading rate is 30 kbps, far from the required rate. After engineers activate PS service from Huawei SGSN to the GGSN of othervendors (such as N), the rate is about 30 kbps after visiting the server of operator by N's GGSN. Therefore, the problem must not be due to system. Probably the operator restricts the rate on the server, so the downlink 384 kbps is unavailable. Capture packets on Gn and Gi interface, and UE by Sniffer. According to analysis of packet capture, the TCP at the FTP server of operatorrestricts the sending window (the TCP window of the operator's host serveris 63136, but probably the software at application layer restricts the sending window. According to the analysis below, the sending window size of FTP on operator's server is about 8 kbps, much smaller than 64 kbps). According to the basic regulations of data packet at Gi interface, FTP server to client: After sending 6 TCP packets (4 * 1500 + 2 *1190), the server stops sending, and 6 packets must be confirmed. The FTP server receives an ACK message. After the FTP server and client confirm two TCP packets, the server stops sending. There are 4 packets to be confirmed. The FTP server receives an ACK message again. After the FTP server and client confirm two TCP packets, the server sends three continuous TCP packets (2 * 1500 + 1190). There are 5 packets to be confirmed. The FTP server receives an ACK message again. After the FTP server and client confirm two TCP packets. The server sends 3 continuous TCP packets (2 * 1500 + 1190). There are 6 packets to be confirmed. It goes back to the first step. A cycle forms.
  • 168. The FTP server sends at most 8.4 kbyte (4 *1500 + 2 * 1190) packets to be confirmed. According to the second step above,the senderneeds to send 4 kbyte data continuously.Therefore, the FTP server sets the TCP sending window to be smaller than 10 kbyte, and the TCP is optimized to send large block data (over 4 kbytes). The actual TCP window is 7 kbytes on average for FTP server. Assume that the round-trip delay is t mm, so the maximum available rate is (7 kbytes/t)* 8 kbps. According to previous analysis,after activating PS service, do not transfer data. Execute ping to server on UE, and check the delay at the air interface. In Huawei system,the average delay for ping packets is 250ms. According to analysis,7 kbps/0.25 = 28 kbps.Namely, the theoretical average rate at application layer is 28 kbps.This theoretical value is the same as the actual value. Therefore, the operator must have restricted the TCP window at application layer on the server, so the rate keeps low. Solution  To increase rate, engineers must reduce the round-trip delay. When the delay is smaller than 150ms, the rate can reach 384 kbps (7 kbps/0.15 = 46.7 kbps). Actually reducing the delay at air interface is difficult. The Huawei delay at air interface is about 250ms. Therefore, the rate cannot reach 284 kbps.  Download data with multiple threads tool, such as FlashGet and NetAnt. Multiple TCP connects to the server, so the rate can increase. According to test result, download data with more than two threads by using FlashGet or NetAnt, the rate can reach 47 kbps.  Remove the restriction on sending window size of server, and set the sending window size of server to 65535. 2. Simultaneous Uploading and Downloading Description Activate uplink 64 kbps and downlink 384 kbps services on UE and laptop. Connect UE to the server of operator, and upload and download data with FTP simultaneous. Wherein, the downloading rate is greatly affected, and fluctuates sharply. The average downloading rate declines from 47 kbyte to 20 kbyte. However, downloading and uploading respectively are available. Analysis Uploading and downloading simultaneously affect the ACK delay of TCP. This leads to prolonged delay upon confirmation, and the TCP window size is inadequate. Execute the ping command upon for confirming delay upon simultaneous uploading and downloading. Obtain the maximum supported rate with the TCP window size/delay. According to the analysis of the second problem, the TCP window size of operator's serveris about 8.4 kbyte (the operator may use the FTP software Serv-U. Its default sending and receiving buffer is 8293 bytes).Upon simultaneous uploading and downloading, check the ping packet delay by executing the command ping to the server. The ping packet delay is about 1500ms, 8.4/1.4 = 6 kbyte. The previous two paragraphs describe the case of single thread. Start 3 threads and the theoretical rate should be 18 KB/s (6 * 3 = 18). According to actual test,download data with 3 threads by using
  • 169. FlashGet from the operator's server, and upload data with CuteFTP simultaneously. The average sending and receiving rate of UE is 17.9 KB/s in downlink and 7.2 KB/s in uplink. The downlink rate is approximately equal to theoretical value. Namely, when the UE sends data in uplink, the delay increases sharply, so is the uplink response delay to the ACK message. As a result, the TCP judges it as congestion,so the rate declines. This explains that uploading and downloading respectively are available but simultaneous uploading and downloading lead to decline of downlink rate. Solution According to previous analysis,increasing TCP window size of server leads to increasing downlink theoretical rate. Actually, when using Huawei servers for test,set the TCP window size to 65535, download with three threads by using FlashGet. Simultaneously upload data with CuteFTP. The average sending and receiving rate is 46.5 KB/s in downlink and 6 KB/s in uplink. Download data with multiple threads. According to test,download data with 10 threads from operator's server when the TCP window size is 8192. The average sending and receiving rate is 42 KB/s in downlink and 6 KB/s in uplink. The data transfer is unstable with jitters. Send the ACK message in downlink data packets,and sends uplink data packets at a fixed rate. Restrict the uplink rate so that the uplink data packets will not be blocked at the air interface and the delay at the air interface will not increase, and there is no jitter. Obviously, the decline of downlink rate upon uplink and downlink data transfer is not due to Huawei system, and this problem cannot be mitigated by this solution. This is a defect of TCP/IP protocol used in radio transmission. It is good to combine the UE and the driver of wireless Modem to carry out the solution. 3. Decline of Downloading Rate of Multiple UEs Description Activate 6 UEs with downlink 384k service, and connect themto the operator's server simultaneously. Download data with FTP, and the rate declines to 30 KB/s. Analysis Download data on one UE by FTP from operator's server, and the rate is as normal as above 47 KB/s. Download data on two UEs, and then on three. The downloading rate keeps at about 47 KB/s with 4 UEs connected at most. When the fifth UE connects to the server, the rate declines. Try on site as below: Download data with four UEs from the operator's server, and with two UEs from Huawei servers. Check whether the rate is faulty. As a result, the downloading rate of 6 UEs reaches 47 KB/s. Probably, the operator's server does not well cooperate with Huawei networks. Download data with six UEs from Huawei servers. Check whether the rate is faulty. Huawei servers cooperate well with Huawei networks. Probably the operator's server does not well cooperate with Huawei networks.
  • 170. The difference between the operator's server and Huawei server lies in the router and firewall over the operator's server. Try to avoid the impact from firewall and router, and check whether the rate increases. Connect the Gi interface of GGSN to NE08 directly, and download data with UE from the operator's server. Check whether the rate increases. The result proves that the rate remains the same. Therefore, the firewall has no impact on the rate. Download data with six UEs from Huawei servers, and there is no problem. Connect Huawei server to NE08 port to replace the operator's server for test, and check whether the rate is faulty. As a result, the downloading rate of six UEs reaches above 47 KB/s. Therefore, the router is normal. Connect a laptop to Gi interface. Download data with 4 UEs and with a laptop simultaneously, and check whether their downloadings affect each other. Tests prove that they seldom affect each other. The rate of some UEs declines a little, and that of some UEs are seldom affected. The rate of downloading data directly by laptop is 388 KB/s (single thread) or 1000 KB/s (three threads). The export bandwidth to the operator's server is enough, so decline of rate must not be due to bandwidth used for downloading data by multiple UEs simultaneously. After previous verifications, the peripheral equipment problems are excluded, so probably the problem lies in the cooperation between the operator's server and Huawei network. The major differences between Huawei server and the operator server lie in two aspects: MTU and TcpWindowSize. Still on Huawei Server, modify the two parameters for verification: The configuration in the regedit on server is MTU 1450, and TcpWindowSize is 65535. Activate six UEs simultaneously, and the rate is as stable as above 47 KB/s. Keep the MTU of web server at 1450. Modify the TcpWindowSize in regedit to 10 KB (10240). After restart, the rate of simultaneous rate by six UEs keeps above 47 KB/s. Delete the MTU from the regedit of web server (use the default value 1500). Keep TcpWindowSize at 65535. After restart, the rate of six UEs declines sharply (20–30 KB/s). The downloading rate of three UEs keeps at 47 KB/s until the fourth UE joins. Therefore, when the MTU is the default value 1500, the rate of simultaneous downloading by multiple UEs declines. According to the packets captured by Sniffer, the MTU on the operator's server is the default value 1500. According to analysis, when the MTU is 1500, due to the TCP header encapsulated along the path, the data packet is over long when the downlink data packet reaches SGSN. Before sending data packet to RNC, the SGSN must fragment and reassemble the packet. The current SGSN
  • 171. transfers data by using software, so it starts flow control to protect main controller. As a result, the downlink rate declines upon fragment and reassembly. Solution:  Set the MTU of the operator's server to 1450 (if fragment is unnecessary, MTU should be as large as possible. According to test, 1450 is improper).  Set the MTU of laptops connected to UE to 1450 (you must change the MTU at USB port of laptops) so that the SGSN will not start fragment and reassembly. Since it is impossible to modify MTU of the operator's server, solve the problem by using the second method. For how to TCP parameters in Windows, see the appendix. 4. Unstable PS Rate (Loss of IP Packets) Description On-site engineers feed back that the data transfer fluctuates at the beginning every morning. Facts prove this right upon downloading. Figure 6-3 and Figure 6-4 show unstable PS rate. 1. Unstable PS rate (1) 2. Unstable PS rate (2) Analysis Figure 6-5 shows analyzing packets captured by Ethereal upon unstable PS rate.
  • 172. 3. Analyzing packets captured by Ethereal upon unstable PS rate The messages at IP layer mean as below;  499 SN: 436540---next seq = 438000  500: ACK  501 SN: 439460---next seq = 440920  515: ACK. It needs a SN of 438000. This means that the frame 499 is missing, so the TCP layer keeps resending it. Check the cable at Gi interface. After engineers pulling the cable out and plugging it in, the problem is solved.The problem does not occurin the following tracing period. 5. Unstable PS Rate of Single Thread in Commercial Deployment (Loss of IP Packets)
  • 173. Description After the commercial network is launched, the rate of 384 kbps service is unstable.It cannot reach the required rate, and even keeps at several dozen kbps. Analysis Probably the problem is caused by loss of data packets and delay. After capturing packets by segment, the cause proves on the firewall. After repeated tests,the Up/Down and CRC Error occur frequently at the firewall 2 interface 2/2. After another 3 hours'test,the cable between the firewall 2 interface 2/2 and LS12 must not be physically broken, and CRC error must be due to improper installation of fiber. A faulty firewall leads to loss of packets at the application layer, which has great impact on rate. When the firewall is normal, the PS rate increases greatly. However, the rate is still unstable. According to further analysis, the BLER at the air interface is 10%, so it is normal for PS rate to fluctuate at the air interface. After engineers modify the BLER to 1%, the problem is solved. However, the cost is more consumption of power at the air interface and impact on capacity. 6. Unavailable Streaming Service for a Subscriber Description A subscribercannot use streaming service in a deployment. Analysis The subscribercan browse the portal websites, but cannot use streaming service. Meanwhile other subscribers can use streaming service. Therefore, the PS service bearer is normal, and the cause cannot be on RAN, SGSN, and GGSN. Probably the UE, USIM card, and server are faulty. According to further analysis, the problem must be on the USIM card, and the subscriber did not pay for using streaming service. The subscriber can browse the free portal websites. 7. Unavailable PS Services due to Firewall of Laptop Description A subscribercannot use PS services with Nokia 7600 connected to his laptop. Analysis The subscriberfeed back that other subscribers can use PS services with his card. He could use PS service until one day recently. Therefore, the problem is about the laptop. The problem does not occur after he changes the laptop. According to check, the subscriber has installed a firewall on his laptop recently. After uninstalling the firewall, he can use PS services again.
  • 174. 8. Low PS Service Rate in Presentation Occasion Description The rate of PS downlink 384k service is low in presentation. Analysis After numerous tests and analysis, the problem must be at RAN. After engineers analyze to detailed subscribersignaling, data statistics at subscriberplane, the quality of signals at the air interface, and loss of packets at Iub interface, the problem is still present.It is difficult. RNP engineers check the signals on site, and the signals are qualified. After using the laptop of an RNP engineer, the data transfer of PS service is normal. According to further analysis, the problem lies in the driver of public laptop used in presentation.After engineers change the laptop, the problem is solved. 9. Abnormal Ending after Long-time Data Transfer by FTP Description An operator's engineer feed back that the downloading cannot be ended normally when it lasts for over 10 minutes with Huawei 3G network. The downloading is normal with otheroperators' networks or 2G networks. Analysis According to analysis of FTP messages captured by Ethereal, the data session of FTP is over, but it misses the last interactive completion process,and no messages like 221-Goodbye is found. The downloaded files can be opened. After the files are downloaded, they can be opened according to check. Figure 6-6 shows the interactive interface in CuteFTP.
  • 175. 1. Interactive interface in CuteFTP To describe the problem, compare the messages as below: Figure 6-7 shows the signaling of normal downloading by FTP.
  • 176. 2. Signaling of normal downloading by FTP Figure 6-8 shows the signaling of abnormal downloading by FTP.
  • 177. 3. Signaling of abnormal downloading by FTP According to comparison of previous two figures, there are differences. Activate UL64k/DL 32k service, and download data with Qualcomm 6250, and capture packets on RNC and SGSN. Download a 3.5 Mb file with the operator's FTP, and it takes 12 minutes. The problem is still present. Download a 3.5 Mb file with the Windows FTP command, and it takes 30 minutes. After downloading is complete, quit the FTP by typing bye. The problem is still present.Maybe the Outlook is transferring data in daemon during data transfer, so there may be impact. After the transfer is complete, the transfer is abnormally disconnected aftera long time. Download a 0.4 Mb file with the Windows FTP command, and it takes 2 minutes. Quit the FTP by typing bye. The problem is not present. Download a 0.4 Mb file with the operator's FTP, and it takes 2 minutes. The problem is not present. Perform the same operations as the second step.Disconnect the downloading by Outlook in daemon. The result is the same as the second step.See the following print. ----End According to previous operations,the downloading is relevant to time, not the file size. Based on analysis of massive data, the data transfer by FTP is normal, the downloaded content is correct and available, but the signaling is abnormally closed.
  • 178. Without other bettermethod, the method of exchanging NEs and segment is used. Check whether the problem is about UE and server. The problem is still present with verification by three UEs: Nokia 6630, Qualcomm 6250, and Moto 835. The problem is still present with verification by two servers: Eurotel FTP server and Huawei FTP server. The problem is still present with verification by Huawei FTP server in UNIX operating system and in Windows 2000 Professional FTP server. Search for the configuration of FTP server, and no relevant configuration is found. Conclusion: the problem is present with multiple UEs, operators,and Huawei FTP server, so the problem is irrelevant to UEs and FTP server, but relevant to Huawei network. Compare the tests in the 3G network, the 2G network, and the tests of handover to the 2G network after access in the 3G network. According to tests,the problem must be between GGSN and FTP server. This reduces the scope of problem. According to other tests,the problem does not occur when no firewall is over Huawei server. This shows the cause. The problem does not reoccur due to no firewall. According to data analysis, the data transfer at the FTP port is normal, but the signaling port is disconnected after 10 minutes. This must be due to firewall. It is the firewall that can disconnect a port without data transfer after 10 minutes, so the problem is due to firewall. Processing the problem goes smoothly after focusing on the firewall. The expert on firewall explains as below: The FTP session includes two session tables on firewall. One is for FTP control channel, and the default aging time is 10 minutes. The other is FTP data channel, and the default aging time is 4 minutes. The no detect ftp command is configured between domains, the data channel will not update the aging time of control channel upon data transfer. As a result, the control channel is aging and deleted after 10 minutes with the following phenomenon. If the detect ftp command is configured, the data channel will update the aging time of control channel. As a result, the problem does not occur. The problem, in whole process,is irrelevant to RAN. However, the process and result of locating problem is considerable. Changing NEs in test is significantly useful. The difficulty of problem may exceed engineers' consideration.It needs wide-range knowledge. However, after the problem is solved,it seams easy. 10. Analysis of Failure in PS Hanodver Between 3G Network and 2G Network Description A test of handoverbetween Huawei 3G network of trial deployment and the 2G network of a partner is going in a deployment. The test UE is Huawei U626. When the UE hands overfrom the 3G network to the 2G network in connection mode, it keeps being in PS connection,but it cannot transfer
  • 179. data normally. When the UE hands over from the 2G network to the 3G network, it can transfer data normally. Analysis The UE hands over between the 3G network and 2G network. The UE camps on 3G network, and has activated PDP, in PMM Connected state.When the UE moves at the edge of 3G network coverage areas, it starts handing over to 2G network. When the handoveris complete, the PS userplane is restores and can perform data transfer. However, the problem lies in that the UE cannot continue data transfer. Analyze traced signaling. Figure 6-9 shows the signaling of normal handoverbetween 3G network and 2G network. 1. Signaling of normal handover between 3G network and 2G network Check the 3G signaling LMT. During the handoverfrom the 3G network to the 2G network, the handoversignaling is normal at 3G network side. After the UE sends the routing area update request message to the 2G SGSN, the SGSN context and response flow between the 2G SGSN and 3G SGSN is normal. Till now, the handoverof 3G SGSN is complete. The next step is the signaling interaction between the UE and the 2G SGSN, as shown in Figure 6-10:
  • 180. 2. Normal signaling flow between UE and 2G SGSN. Trace the signaling on the partner's 2G SGSN. It is found that the signaling interaction flow from 2G SGSN to GGSN and that of HLR are complete. After the 2G SGSN sends UE the routing area update request message, the UE must sends 2G SGSN the routing area update complete message according to standard flow, which is not found in traced signaling. As a result, the 2G SGSN judges that the UE has not completed the routing area update, so the UE cannot transfer data after handoverto the 2G network. However, the UE keeps being in connected mode after handoverto 2G network, so the UE judges that it has completed routing area update.This indicates that the problem lie between the UE and SGSN. Figure 6-11 shows the signaling flow traced on 2G SGSN.
  • 181. 3. Signaling flow traced on 2G SGSN Check the encryption state of 3G SGSN. The SGSN uses UEA1 as the encryption method, but the serving 2G network uses no encryption method. When the UE hands over from the encryption in 3G network to the non-encryption in 2G network, the 2G network fails to send the encryption and authentication message, indicating UE to disable encryption state,and the encryption state of UE has not synchronized with network side. As a result, the UE encrypted its messages upon sending RAU, but the RAN side does not encrypt messages.Therefore, the RAN side fails to receive RAU result. Solution This problem concerns the partner's equipment at RAN side. It cannot be solved at UE side due to restriction from protocols.Therefore, the solution is to set the encryption item to non-encryption so that the messages sent by UE are not encrypted. As a result, the problem is mitigated.
  • 182. Suggestion and Summary The problem concerns the partner's equipment at RAN side. Not every type of UE meets the problem, because the problem is just incidental. Therefore locate the problem based on signaling and analyze the problem to obtain the correct result.
  • 183. 7. Summary This document describe the access,disconnection of data transfer, low rate of data transfer, unstable rate of data transfer, and interruption of data transfer. It provides the methods for analyzing and processing these problems in terms of traffic statistics and DT/CQT. The experience from analyzing problems in terms of traffic statistics is little, and will be supplemented. In addition, the document details the flow for optimizing DCH bearer of data service and the flow for optimizing HSDPA bearer of data service. The used cases include abundant cases at CN side. Actually, analyzing problems or modifying parameters at CN side must be processed by engineers at CN side. These CN cases just serve as reference for analyzing problems.
  • 184. 8. Appendix About This Chapter The following table lists the contents ofthis chapter. Title Description 8.1 Transport Channel of PS Data 8.2 Theoretical Rates at Each Layer 8.3 Bearer Methods of PS Services 8.4 Method for Modifying TCP Receive Window 8.5 Method for Modifying MTU 8.6 Confirming APN and Rate in Activate PDP Context Request Message 8.7 APN Effect 8.8 PS Tools 8.9 Analysis of PDP Activation
  • 185. 1. Transport Channel of PS Data 8.1 shows the transport channel of PS data. 1. Transport channel of PS data Wherein, the Gi interface connects to the application server, on which the FTP Server software is running. Download data from the application server to UE (MS) through five interfaces: Gi, Gn, IuPS, Iub, and Uu. The PS services use the AM mode of RLC, which supports retransmission.The services like FTP and HTTP use TCP protocol, which also supports retransmission. The parameters of these two protocols (RLC/TCP) have great impact on rate. If the parameters are improper, or packet error or loss of packets occurs during transmission, the rate will decline. Evaluate QoS based on that a computer with UE as its modem runs applications. This concerns the performance of computers and servers.
  • 186. 2. Theoretical Rates at Each Layer 8.2 shows the packet service data flow. 1. Packet Service Data Flow Observe different protocol layers, and there are different definitions of throughput,such as the application layer throughput,RLC layer throughput,and MAC layer throughput. Due to data packet header at each protocollayer, there is overhead.Except the physical layer, the TCP/IP and RLC layer have high overhead.The typical PDU size and overhead at each layer are listed as below. 1. TCP/IP Layer Assume that the MTU is 1500 Bytes. The TCP/UDP header overhead is 20 Bytes. The IP headeroverhead is 20 Bytes. The TCP/UDP PDU size, namely, the payload at application layer, is 1460 Bytes, but the whole IP packet size is 1500 Bytes. 2. RLC Layer The RLC header overhead is 16 Bits.
  • 187. The RLC PDU size is 336 Bits. Assume that the rate at the application layer is 1 Bytes/s.if retransmission at each layer is not considered,the corresponding rate at RLC layer is 1500/1460, namely, 1.027. The rate at MAC-d layer is 1500/1460 * 336/320, namely, 1.079. 3. Retransmission Overhead If the TCP layer retransmission (assume that the retransmission rate is r1) and RLC layer retransmission are considered,the corresponding rate at RLC layer is 1500 * (1 + r1)/1460. The rate at MAC-d layer is 1500 * (1 + r1)/1460 * (1 + r2) * 336/320. 4. MAC-HS Layer If there is only one subscriber, without retransmission at MAC-HS layer, the rate at MAC-HS is (scheduling transport block size TBs)/2ms, and the rate at MAC-d layer is 336 * (TBs/336s)/2ms. In the DT tool Probe, with consideration of multiple subscriberscheduling and retransmission at MAC-HS, there are three rate involved at MAC-HS layer: scheduled rate, served rate, and MAC layer rate. Served Rate = Scheduled Rate * HS-SCCH Success Rate MAC Layer Rate = Served Rate * (1- SBLER) Wherein, the HS-SCCH Success Rate is the success rate for receiving HS-SCCH data by a subscriber, and SLBER is incorrect TB received at MAC-HS layer/total TBs received.
  • 188. 3. Bearer Methods of PS Services In Rel 4 and R99 protocol versions,data service is carried on DCH. If the data services are low in traffic, it can also be carried on FACH. When HSDPA is used in Rel 5, the data service can be carried on DCH or HSDPA. If the traffic is low, the data service can be carried by FACH through state transition. The following three paragraphs describe the method for RNC to judge whether a PS service is carried by DCH or HSDPA in a cell supporting HSDPA. Two parameters are relevant to the SET FRC command on RNC LMT: downlink streaming service HSDPA threshold and downlink BE service HSDPA threshold. Downlink streaming service HSDPA threshold indicates the rate judgment threshold of PS streaming service carried on HS-DSCH. When the downlink maximum rate of PS streaming service is equal to or larger than the threshold,the service can be carried on HS-DSCH. Otherwise, it is carried on DCH. Downlink BE service HSDPA threshold indicates the rate judgment threshold of PS background/interactive service carried on HS-DSCH. When the downlink maximum rate of PS background/interactive service is larger than or equal to the threshold, the service can be carried on HS-DSCH. Otherwise, it is carried on DCH. The service is carried by from DCH or HSDPA to FACH through state transition. 1. DCH The DCH bandwidth depends on the current power resource, code resource, and Iub bandwidth resource. Typical rates include 8 kbps, 32 kbps,64 kbps, 128 kbps, 144 kbps,and 384 kbps. The DCH bandwidth is adjustable by algorithms like DCCC according to the current traffic and coverage conditions,but the adjustment is limited to previous rates. In addition, the interval to trigger adjustment is long. As a result, the adjustment is not frequent. 2. HSDPA The network does not allocate fixed bandwidth or resources for the PS services carried by HSDPA, but perform fast schedule every 2ms. Therefore, the throughput that a subscriber can reach depends on abundant factors,such as:  UE category (capacity level)  Available code resource of HSDPA  Available power resource of HSDPA  Number of HSDPA subscribers  Scheduling algorithm  Radio environment Therefore, the throughput ofsingle PS service carried by HSDPA fluctuates more sharply than that carried by DCH. However, HSDPA uses newtechnologies,such as fast schedule, HARQ, and 16QAM, so the utilization rate of resources is higher, and throughput of whole cell is higher.
  • 189. 3. CCH FACH can carried PS services of low traffic, it can also bear broadcasting services like CMB. FACH uses code resource of different SFs, so it support variable channel rate. This depends on the need by broadcasting services like CMB.
  • 190. 4. Method for Modifying TCP Receive Window For the services (such as VOD and FTP) using TCP protocol, the TCP window size of test laptop (client) and server have great impact on performance of service. To obtain betterperformance, set the window size as large as possible, and set the window size of client and server to the same, such as 64K (65535). 1. Tool Modification Run the DRTCP.exe attached in the appendix 8.8.1. For the running interface, see the method for modifying MTU. Change the TCP Receive Window, such as 65535. 2. Regedit Modification Detailed operations are as below: In Windows 2000,  In HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesTcpip, add string: "TcpWindowSize"="65535"  In HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesTcpipPa rameters, add double type value TcpWindowSize. Set it to 65535 or ffff (hex).
  • 191. 5. Method for Modifying MTU The MTU here is IP packet size. As shown in Figure 5-27, GGSN has two layer IP. The maximum IP packet size is 1500 bytes.If a data packet at IP layer is to be transmitted, and the packet is larger than MTU at IP layer after encapsulation,IP packet fragment is necessary.After fragment, each fragment is smaller than the MTU at IP layer. In terms of PS CN efficiency, avoid IP fragment and reassembly, and meanwhile use the MTU as large as possible. The MTU is usually smaller than or equal to 1450 bytes.The data transmission rate of PS CN is usually higher than the rate at air interface, so the MTU has little impact on the rate at air interface. The default MTU in computers is 1500 bytes. Modifying MTU includes modifying the MTU of server and modifying the MTU of test laptop. The server and client will negotiate,so the actual MTU is the smaller one. Modify MTU by using DRTCP tool or modifying Windows Register. The following sections detail the operations. 1. Tool Modification Run the DRTCP.exe attached in the appendix 8.8.1, with the running interface as shown in . 1. Running interface of DRTCP Server Modify the MTU in Adapter Settings shown in Figure 8-6 , namely, the MTU at the network port.
  • 192. Test Laptop For test laptops,the UE is connected to it by data line and dial-up connection is set up. Data packets are sent through USB port. As a result, modifying MTU of USB port is necessary,namely, the Dial Up(RAS) MTU as shown in . After modification, restart the Windows operating system. 2. Regedit Modification Modifying MTU of server Modify the MTU of network port on server. In Windows 2000, in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesTcpipParametersInterfaces{..... ....}, add a double byte value, named mtu, with the value of 1450. Modifying MTU of client For activating UE and laptop, dial-up connection is used with data line. Data packets are sent through USB port. Modify the MTU of USB on laptop as below: In Windows 2000, in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesNdisWanParametersProtocols0 , modify the ProtocolMTU to 1450. After modification, restart the Windows operating system.
  • 193. 6. Confirming APN and Rate in Activate PDP Context Request Message When the UE originates data services, the QoS is sent to the systemin Activate PDP Context Request message. The message result is as shown in 8.6. 1. Detailed resolution of Activate PDP Context Request message 1. Traffic Classes: The traffic classes in an Activate PDP Context Request message include the following:
  • 194. Traffic class, 0 0 0 Subscribed traffic class 0 0 1 Conversational class 0 1 0 Streaming class 0 1 1 Interactive class 1 0 0 Background class 1 1 1 Reserved Among them, Subscribed traffic class is not determined by the UE, but determined by the core network according to the subscription information of the UE. 2. Maximum Bit Rates and Guaranteed Bit Rates max bit rate up: Maximum uplink rate. In the preceding figure, the value of this field is 64, which corresponds to 64 kbit/s. max bit rate down: Maximum downlink rate. In the preceding figure, the value of this field is 104, which corresponds to 384 kbit/s. guar bit rate up: Guaranteed uplink bit rate. In the preceding figure, the value of this field is 0, which means that there is no requirement for the guaranteed uplink bit rate. guar bit rate down: Guaranteed downlink bit rate. In the preceding figure, the value of this field is 0, which means that there is no requirement for the guaranteed downlink bit rate. Rate conversion method stipulated in protocol 24.008: x is the required original value of a rate in a message If 0<x<64, the actual rate is x kbit/s. If 128>x>=64, the actual rate is 64 + (x – 64) * 8 kbit/s. In the preceding figure, the value of the max bit rate down field is 104 and the maximum downlink bit rate is 384 kbit/s calculated according to the conversion formula 64 + (104 – 64) *8. If 255>x>=128, the actual rate is 576 + (x – 128) * 64 kbit/s. If x = 255, the actual rate is 0 kbit/s. 3. APN The APN in the message is a character string in the ASCII format and cannot be read directly, as shown in the figure below. You can use Ultra Edit to convert the ASCII codes into a character string. Method of converting ASCII codes into a character string: Open the UltraEdit and create a file. Click Edit and choose Hex Edit and enter the ASCII codes.Then you can see the character string of the APN. In the figure below, the character string of the APN starts from the fourth bytes.
  • 195. 1. Converting ASCII codes into a character string by using the UltraEdit Converting ASCII code to string in UltraEdit proceeds as below:  Run UltraEdit  Create a File  Select Edit > Hex Edit  Type the ASCII code of APN in the messages You can see the APN string in Figure 8-8, it start at the fourth byte.
  • 196. 7. APN Effect 1. Major Effect In GPRS/WCDMA networks, APN has the following effects:  In GRPS/WCDMA backbone networks, APN identifies GGSN.  APN defines the external PDN that GGSN can connect to, such as ISP networks, private networks, and enterprise intranets. 2. Method for Naming APN APN consists the following two parts:  APN network identity It defines the external networks that subscribers can connect to by the GGSN. This part is compulsory. It is assigned to ISP or Huawei by network operators, the same identity as the fixed Internet domain name. For example, to define subscribers to connect to Huawei enterprise intranet by the GGSN, the APN network identity must be huawei.com.  APN operator identity It defines the GPRS/WCDMA backbone network. This part is optional. For example, in a GPRS network, it could be xxx.yyy.gprs (such as MNC.MCC.gprs), which identifies the PLMN network of GGSN. APN network identity is saved in HLR as a subscribed data.When a UE originate packet services, it provides APN for SGSN. APN is used by SGSN to select the GGSN to be connected and by GGSN to judge the external networks to be connected.In addition, HLR can save a wildcard. In this way, the MS or SGSN can select an APN that is not saved in HLR. Subscribers select GGSN by different APNs. Namely, subscribers can activate multiple PDP context, and each PDP context is related to an APN. Subscribers select different APNs to connect to different external networks through different GGSNs. 3. APN Configuration Before configuring APN on GGSN9811, the PDN that can be visited by subscribers must be clearly known. Set different APNs to different PDNs. For example, the GGSN9811 allows a subscriber to visit Internet through an ISP and an enterprise intranet simultaneously, and two APNs must be set up on GGSN9811: one for visiting Internet, and the other for visiting the enterprise intranet.
  • 197. 8. PS Tools 1. TCP Receive Window and MTU Modification Tools Modify TCP receive window and MTU with the following tool: For the detailed method, see the appendix 8.4 and 8.5. 2. Sniffer Sniffer can capture, construct,and send packets. It constructs transferdata at a fixed rate, and then obtains the rate at other NEs. This eliminates the external impact. Sniffer can send packets at UE side or on server. It can construct data transfer at fixed rate in uplink and downlink simultaneously, or just construct data transfer in uplink or downlink. Verifying Bearer Capacity of System by IP Data Packet of Fixed Rate Constructed by Sniffer In service demonstration, if the rate declines, it is difficult to judge whether the systemis faulty or the source rate declines. By IP data packet of fixed rate constructed by sniffer, engineers can focus on systemproblems without being disturbed by source rate. How to construct IP data packet of uplink and downlink fixed rate Execute the ping command on a computer of UE daemon to the application server. Capture the ping packet by using capture function of Sniffer. Send the ping packet automatically and continuously by using the packet generator function of Sniffer, and then obtain the data flow of uplink and downlink fixed rate (if the system is normal). Calculate the rate according to sending interval and ping packet size. Monitor by the monitoring software at UE daemon whether the uplink and downlink rate are normal. Execute the ping command on the application service to UE. Capture the ping packet by using capture function of Sniffer. Send the ping packet automatically and continuously by using the packet generator function of Sniffer, and then obtain the data flow of uplink and downlink fixed rate (if the system is normal). How to construct IP data packet of unidirectional uplink fixed rate Capture the ping packet by using capture function of Sniffer. Destroy the IP packet and data related to ping by using the packet generator function of Sniffer. The IP header remains the same. Send the IP packet automatically and continuously. When the IP packet reaches the application server, it
  • 198. will be dropped by the server because the server cannot identify the content of IP packet. As a result, the data flow of unidirectional uplink fixed rate is obtained (if the system is normal). How to construct IP data packet of unidirectional downlink fixed rate Use the same method as mentioned in how to construct IP data packet of unidirectional uplink fixed rate. The data flow of unidirectional uplink fixed rate is obtained (if the system is normal). Judge by Sniffer Whether Packets are lost in Uplink and Downlink Use the previous method for capturing packets. Set the Sniffer to send ping packets of fixed number. Monitor at the destination by Sniffer whether the ping packets of the same number are received. This checks whether packets are lost during transmission. 3. Common Tool to Capture Packet: Ethereal Ethereal captures packets.It can parse protocols like HTTP, RTP, and FTP, even WAP, and GSM- MAP protocols. It can also analyze the throughput of TCP flow, delay distribution, and RTP flow. It features to resolute IP packet and time label of high precision (ms level). The latest version of Ethereal can record the content of PPP protocolon laptop. It helps to analyze end-to-end problems and delay conveniently. 4. HSDPA Test UE In terms of test methods, the PS service test carried by HSDPA is the same as that carried by DCH. Select the test UEs that support HSDPA. Now the UEs available in HSDPA PS service test include Huawei E620 data card, Qualcomm TM6275, and UB TM500. Huawei E620 data card is a category 12 UE. It supports 5HS-PDSCH codes at most. It supports QPSK, but not 16QAM. The maximum throughput at physical layer is 1.8 Mbps.The actual throughput at application rate is 1.4 Mbps.Huawei E620 data card supports combination of PS and AMR services,but not VP service. Qualcomm TM6275 is a category 11 or 12 UE. It supports 5 HS-PDSCH codes at most. It supports QPSK, but not 16QAM. It supports streaming and VP services. UB TM500 is an emulation test UE. It can emulate the UEs of multiple categories. It supports 15 HS- PDSCH codes at most. It supports QPSK and 16QAM. It supports the combination of PS and CS services, namely, after a subscriberstarts PS service, it then start CS service. Huawei E620 data card and Qualcomm TM6275 are for DT. TM500 is large, unfit for DT, but it can emulate multiple UE categories. In laboratory, HSDPA performance test requires UE to support 10 or 15 codes,but no UE or data card support 10 or 15 codes.As a result, using TM500 for test is necessary.
  • 199. 9. Analysis of PDP Activation The GRPS subscribed data can include the subscribed information of multiple packet data protocol (PDP) address.In MS, SGSN, and GGSN, one or more PDP contexts describe each PDP address. Each PDP context is in the following two states:inactive or active state. In active state,PDP context is activated in MS, SGSN, and GGSN. It contains the routing and mapping information to process PDP PDU between MS and GGSN. The PDP context activation process contains the activation process originated by MS, the activation proces s originated by network, and the second activation process.The activation process originated by MS is used upon PS service connection. 8.9 shows the PDP context activation process originated by MS. 1. PDP context activation process originated by MS The MS sends SGSN the Activate PDP Context Request (NSAPI, TI, PDP Type, PDP Address, Access Point Name, QoS Requested). The PDP Address indicates the dynamic address or the static address.If the PDP Address is dynamic address,set it to null. The following aspects lead to unsuccessfulPDP activation process:  Activation rejected, unspecified (#31): Huawei SGSN defines GTPU interaction failure, expiration, operation SDB failure, activation failure due to other abnormalities to this kind of failure.  Activation rejected by GGSN (#30): GGSN rejects or fails to decode the corresponding activation request.  Missing or unknown APN (#27): APN is not contained in the activation request message or cannot be extracted. Huawei SGSN takes DNS resolution failure, DHCP or MIP GGSN address acquisition failure, APN error specified by activation at network side, other APN error as activation failure. These are internal causes.  Unknown PDP address or PDP type (#28): the PDP address or PDP type cannot be identified by SGSN.
  • 200.  User Authentication failed (#29): user authentication fails.  Service option not supported (#32): the requested serving PLMN does not support this. Huawei SGSN takes wildcard (*) activation rejection, service non-supportive, IPV6 non-supportive as this type.  Requested service option not subscribed (#33): requested service is not subscribed. Huawei SGSN takes mismatch subscribed information, VPLMN access inhibit, and charging restricted callingVPLMN as this type.  Insufficient resources (#26): activation fails due to inadequate resource. Huawei SGSN takes the following causes as inadequate resource.  UGBI PDP resource congestion  UGBI board congestion  RPU failure  Inadequate SDB or SM CB resource  Activation failure due to internal charging restricted calling  Operator Determined Barring (#8): operators bar PDP activation process.  Service option temporarily out of order (#34): this is a cause value which MSC use to indicate that function are inadequate to support corresponding requests. Huawei SGSN is seldom used, so neglect it.  NSAPI already used (#35): the requested NSAPI is already used by PDP activated by the subscriber, but the cause value will not be sent.  Protocol error, unspecified (#111): Huawei SGSN in abnormal SDB or SM state may confront this type of activation rejection. 2008-12-15 All rights reserved Page166 , Total166